org.opencv.imgproc

## Class Imgproc

- java.lang.Object
- - org.opencv.imgproc.Imgproc

-     public class Imgproc
      extends Object

- - ### Field Summary

    Fields
    Modifier and Type | Field and Description
    --- | ---
    `static int` | `ADAPTIVE_THRESH_GAUSSIAN_C`
    `static int` | `ADAPTIVE_THRESH_MEAN_C`
    `static int` | `CC_STAT_AREA`
    `static int` | `CC_STAT_HEIGHT`
    `static int` | `CC_STAT_LEFT`
    `static int` | `CC_STAT_MAX`
    `static int` | `CC_STAT_TOP`
    `static int` | `CC_STAT_WIDTH`
    `static int` | `CCL_DEFAULT`
    `static int` | `CCL_GRANA`
    `static int` | `CCL_WU`
    `static int` | `CHAIN_APPROX_NONE`
    `static int` | `CHAIN_APPROX_SIMPLE`
    `static int` | `CHAIN_APPROX_TC89_KCOS`
    `static int` | `CHAIN_APPROX_TC89_L1`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerBG2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerBG2BGR_EA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerBG2BGR_VNG`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerBG2BGRA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerBG2GRAY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerBG2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerBG2RGB_EA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerBG2RGB_VNG`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerBG2RGBA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGB2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGB2BGR_EA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGB2BGR_VNG`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGB2BGRA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGB2GRAY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGB2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGB2RGB_EA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGB2RGB_VNG`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGB2RGBA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGR2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGR2BGR_EA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGR2BGR_VNG`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGR2BGRA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGR2GRAY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGR2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGR2RGB_EA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGR2RGB_VNG`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerGR2RGBA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerRG2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerRG2BGR_EA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerRG2BGR_VNG`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerRG2BGRA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerRG2GRAY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerRG2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerRG2RGB_EA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerRG2RGB_VNG`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BayerRG2RGBA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2BGR555`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2BGR565`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2BGRA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2GRAY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2HLS`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2HLS_FULL`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2HSV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2HSV_FULL`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2Lab`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2Luv`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2RGBA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2XYZ`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2YCrCb`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2YUV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2YUV_I420`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2YUV_IYUV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR2YUV_YV12`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR5552BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR5552BGRA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR5552GRAY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR5552RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR5552RGBA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR5652BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR5652BGRA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR5652GRAY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR5652RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGR5652RGBA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGRA2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGRA2BGR555`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGRA2BGR565`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGRA2GRAY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGRA2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGRA2RGBA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGRA2YUV_I420`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGRA2YUV_IYUV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_BGRA2YUV_YV12`
    `static int` | `COLOR_COLORCVT_MAX`
    `static int` | `COLOR_GRAY2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_GRAY2BGR555`
    `static int` | `COLOR_GRAY2BGR565`
    `static int` | `COLOR_GRAY2BGRA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_GRAY2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_GRAY2RGBA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_HLS2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_HLS2BGR_FULL`
    `static int` | `COLOR_HLS2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_HLS2RGB_FULL`
    `static int` | `COLOR_HSV2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_HSV2BGR_FULL`
    `static int` | `COLOR_HSV2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_HSV2RGB_FULL`
    `static int` | `COLOR_Lab2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_Lab2LBGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_Lab2LRGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_Lab2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_LBGR2Lab`
    `static int` | `COLOR_LBGR2Luv`
    `static int` | `COLOR_LRGB2Lab`
    `static int` | `COLOR_LRGB2Luv`
    `static int` | `COLOR_Luv2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_Luv2LBGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_Luv2LRGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_Luv2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_mRGBA2RGBA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2BGR555`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2BGR565`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2BGRA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2GRAY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2HLS`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2HLS_FULL`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2HSV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2HSV_FULL`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2Lab`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2Luv`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2RGBA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2XYZ`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2YCrCb`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2YUV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2YUV_I420`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2YUV_IYUV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGB2YUV_YV12`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGBA2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGBA2BGR555`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGBA2BGR565`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGBA2BGRA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGBA2GRAY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGBA2mRGBA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGBA2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGBA2YUV_I420`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGBA2YUV_IYUV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_RGBA2YUV_YV12`
    `static int` | `COLOR_XYZ2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_XYZ2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YCrCb2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YCrCb2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGR_I420`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGR_IYUV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGR_NV12`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGR_NV21`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGR_UYNV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGR_UYVY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGR_Y422`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGR_YUNV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGR_YUY2`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGR_YUYV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGR_YV12`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGR_YVYU`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGRA_I420`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGRA_IYUV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGRA_NV12`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGRA_NV21`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGRA_UYNV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGRA_UYVY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGRA_Y422`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGRA_YUNV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGRA_YUY2`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGRA_YUYV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGRA_YV12`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2BGRA_YVYU`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2GRAY_420`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2GRAY_I420`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2GRAY_IYUV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2GRAY_NV12`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2GRAY_NV21`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2GRAY_UYNV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2GRAY_UYVY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2GRAY_Y422`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2GRAY_YUNV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2GRAY_YUY2`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2GRAY_YUYV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2GRAY_YV12`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2GRAY_YVYU`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGB_I420`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGB_IYUV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGB_NV12`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGB_NV21`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGB_UYNV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGB_UYVY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGB_Y422`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGB_YUNV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGB_YUY2`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGB_YUYV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGB_YV12`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGB_YVYU`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGBA_I420`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGBA_IYUV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGBA_NV12`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGBA_NV21`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGBA_UYNV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGBA_UYVY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGBA_Y422`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGBA_YUNV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGBA_YUY2`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGBA_YUYV`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGBA_YV12`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV2RGBA_YVYU`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV420p2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV420p2BGRA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV420p2GRAY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV420p2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV420p2RGBA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV420sp2BGR`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV420sp2BGRA`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV420sp2GRAY`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV420sp2RGB`
    `static int` | `COLOR_YUV420sp2RGBA`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_AUTUMN`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_BONE`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_CIVIDIS`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_COOL`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_HOT`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_HSV`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_INFERNO`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_JET`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_MAGMA`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_OCEAN`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_PARULA`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_PINK`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_PLASMA`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_RAINBOW`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_SPRING`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_SUMMER`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_TWILIGHT`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_TWILIGHT_SHIFTED`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_VIRIDIS`
    `static int` | `COLORMAP_WINTER`
    `static int` | `CONTOURS_MATCH_I1`
    `static int` | `CONTOURS_MATCH_I2`
    `static int` | `CONTOURS_MATCH_I3`
    `static int` | `CV_BILATERAL`
    `static int` | `CV_BLUR`
    `static int` | `CV_BLUR_NO_SCALE`
    `static int` | `CV_CANNY_L2_GRADIENT`
    `static int` | `CV_CHAIN_CODE`
    `static int` | `CV_CLOCKWISE`
    `static int` | `CV_COMP_BHATTACHARYYA`
    `static int` | `CV_COMP_CHISQR`
    `static int` | `CV_COMP_CHISQR_ALT`
    `static int` | `CV_COMP_CORREL`
    `static int` | `CV_COMP_HELLINGER`
    `static int` | `CV_COMP_INTERSECT`
    `static int` | `CV_COMP_KL_DIV`
    `static int` | `CV_CONTOURS_MATCH_I1`
    `static int` | `CV_CONTOURS_MATCH_I2`
    `static int` | `CV_CONTOURS_MATCH_I3`
    `static int` | `CV_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE`
    `static int` | `CV_DIST_C`
    `static int` | `CV_DIST_FAIR`
    `static int` | `CV_DIST_HUBER`
    `static int` | `CV_DIST_L1`
    `static int` | `CV_DIST_L12`
    `static int` | `CV_DIST_L2`
    `static int` | `CV_DIST_LABEL_CCOMP`
    `static int` | `CV_DIST_LABEL_PIXEL`
    `static int` | `CV_DIST_MASK_3`
    `static int` | `CV_DIST_MASK_5`
    `static int` | `CV_DIST_MASK_PRECISE`
    `static int` | `CV_DIST_USER`
    `static int` | `CV_DIST_WELSCH`
    `static int` | `CV_GAUSSIAN`
    `static int` | `CV_GAUSSIAN_5x5`
    `static int` | `CV_HOUGH_GRADIENT`
    `static int` | `CV_HOUGH_MULTI_SCALE`
    `static int` | `CV_HOUGH_PROBABILISTIC`
    `static int` | `CV_HOUGH_STANDARD`
    `static int` | `CV_LINK_RUNS`
    `static int` | `CV_MAX_SOBEL_KSIZE`
    `static int` | `CV_MEDIAN`
    `static int` | `CV_mRGBA2RGBA`
    `static int` | `CV_POLY_APPROX_DP`
    `static int` | `CV_RGBA2mRGBA`
    `static int` | `CV_SCHARR`
    `static int` | `CV_SHAPE_CROSS`
    `static int` | `CV_SHAPE_CUSTOM`
    `static int` | `CV_SHAPE_ELLIPSE`
    `static int` | `CV_SHAPE_RECT`
    `static int` | `CV_WARP_FILL_OUTLIERS`
    `static int` | `CV_WARP_INVERSE_MAP`
    `static int` | `DIST_C`
    `static int` | `DIST_FAIR`
    `static int` | `DIST_HUBER`
    `static int` | `DIST_L1`
    `static int` | `DIST_L12`
    `static int` | `DIST_L2`
    `static int` | `DIST_LABEL_CCOMP`
    `static int` | `DIST_LABEL_PIXEL`
    `static int` | `DIST_MASK_3`
    `static int` | `DIST_MASK_5`
    `static int` | `DIST_MASK_PRECISE`
    `static int` | `DIST_USER`
    `static int` | `DIST_WELSCH`
    `static int` | `FLOODFILL_FIXED_RANGE`
    `static int` | `FLOODFILL_MASK_ONLY`
    `static int` | `GC_BGD`
    `static int` | `GC_EVAL`
    `static int` | `GC_EVAL_FREEZE_MODEL`
    `static int` | `GC_FGD`
    `static int` | `GC_INIT_WITH_MASK`
    `static int` | `GC_INIT_WITH_RECT`
    `static int` | `GC_PR_BGD`
    `static int` | `GC_PR_FGD`
    `static int` | `HISTCMP_BHATTACHARYYA`
    `static int` | `HISTCMP_CHISQR`
    `static int` | `HISTCMP_CHISQR_ALT`
    `static int` | `HISTCMP_CORREL`
    `static int` | `HISTCMP_HELLINGER`
    `static int` | `HISTCMP_INTERSECT`
    `static int` | `HISTCMP_KL_DIV`
    `static int` | `HOUGH_GRADIENT`
    `static int` | `HOUGH_MULTI_SCALE`
    `static int` | `HOUGH_PROBABILISTIC`
    `static int` | `HOUGH_STANDARD`
    `static int` | `INTER_AREA`
    `static int` | `INTER_BITS`
    `static int` | `INTER_BITS2`
    `static int` | `INTER_CUBIC`
    `static int` | `INTER_LANCZOS4`
    `static int` | `INTER_LINEAR`
    `static int` | `INTER_LINEAR_EXACT`
    `static int` | `INTER_MAX`
    `static int` | `INTER_NEAREST`
    `static int` | `INTER_TAB_SIZE`
    `static int` | `INTER_TAB_SIZE2`
    `static int` | `INTERSECT_FULL`
    `static int` | `INTERSECT_NONE`
    `static int` | `INTERSECT_PARTIAL`
    `static int` | `LINE_4`
    `static int` | `LINE_8`
    `static int` | `LINE_AA`
    `static int` | `LSD_REFINE_ADV`
    `static int` | `LSD_REFINE_NONE`
    `static int` | `LSD_REFINE_STD`
    `static int` | `MARKER_CROSS`
    `static int` | `MARKER_DIAMOND`
    `static int` | `MARKER_SQUARE`
    `static int` | `MARKER_STAR`
    `static int` | `MARKER_TILTED_CROSS`
    `static int` | `MARKER_TRIANGLE_DOWN`
    `static int` | `MARKER_TRIANGLE_UP`
    `static int` | `MORPH_BLACKHAT`
    `static int` | `MORPH_CLOSE`
    `static int` | `MORPH_CROSS`
    `static int` | `MORPH_DILATE`
    `static int` | `MORPH_ELLIPSE`
    `static int` | `MORPH_ERODE`
    `static int` | `MORPH_GRADIENT`
    `static int` | `MORPH_HITMISS`
    `static int` | `MORPH_OPEN`
    `static int` | `MORPH_RECT`
    `static int` | `MORPH_TOPHAT`
    `static int` | `PROJ_SPHERICAL_EQRECT`
    `static int` | `PROJ_SPHERICAL_ORTHO`
    `static int` | `RETR_CCOMP`
    `static int` | `RETR_EXTERNAL`
    `static int` | `RETR_FLOODFILL`
    `static int` | `RETR_LIST`
    `static int` | `RETR_TREE`
    `static int` | `THRESH_BINARY`
    `static int` | `THRESH_BINARY_INV`
    `static int` | `THRESH_MASK`
    `static int` | `THRESH_OTSU`
    `static int` | `THRESH_TOZERO`
    `static int` | `THRESH_TOZERO_INV`
    `static int` | `THRESH_TRIANGLE`
    `static int` | `THRESH_TRUNC`
    `static int` | `TM_CCOEFF`
    `static int` | `TM_CCOEFF_NORMED`
    `static int` | `TM_CCORR`
    `static int` | `TM_CCORR_NORMED`
    `static int` | `TM_SQDIFF`
    `static int` | `TM_SQDIFF_NORMED`
    `static int` | `WARP_FILL_OUTLIERS`
    `static int` | `WARP_INVERSE_MAP`
    `static int` | `WARP_POLAR_LINEAR`
    `static int` | `WARP_POLAR_LOG`

  - ### Constructor Summary

    Constructors
    Constructor and Description
    `Imgproc()`

  - ### Method Summary

    All Methods Static Methods Concrete Methods Deprecated Methods
    Modifier and Type | Method and Description
    --- | ---
    `static void` | `accumulate(Mat src, Mat dst)` Adds an image to the accumulator image.
    `static void` | `accumulate(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat mask)` Adds an image to the accumulator image.
    `static void` | `accumulateProduct(Mat src1, Mat src2, Mat dst)` Adds the per-element product of two input images to the accumulator image.
    `static void` | `accumulateProduct(Mat src1, Mat src2, Mat dst, Mat mask)` Adds the per-element product of two input images to the accumulator image.
    `static void` | `accumulateSquare(Mat src, Mat dst)` Adds the square of a source image to the accumulator image.
    `static void` | `accumulateSquare(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat mask)` Adds the square of a source image to the accumulator image.
    `static void` | `accumulateWeighted(Mat src, Mat dst, double alpha)` Updates a running average.
    `static void` | `accumulateWeighted(Mat src, Mat dst, double alpha, Mat mask)` Updates a running average.
    `static void` | `adaptiveThreshold(Mat src, Mat dst, double maxValue, int adaptiveMethod, int thresholdType, int blockSize, double C)` Applies an adaptive threshold to an array.
    `static void` | `applyColorMap(Mat src, Mat dst, int colormap)` Applies a GNU Octave/MATLAB equivalent colormap on a given image.
    `static void` | `applyColorMap(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat userColor)` Applies a user colormap on a given image.
    `static void` | `approxPolyDP(MatOfPoint2f curve, MatOfPoint2f approxCurve, double epsilon, boolean closed)` Approximates a polygonal curve(s) with the specified precision.
    `static double` | `arcLength(MatOfPoint2f curve, boolean closed)` Calculates a contour perimeter or a curve length.
    `static void` | `arrowedLine(Mat img, Point pt1, Point pt2, Scalar color)` Draws a arrow segment pointing from the first point to the second one.
    `static void` | `arrowedLine(Mat img, Point pt1, Point pt2, Scalar color, int thickness)` Draws a arrow segment pointing from the first point to the second one.
    `static void` | `arrowedLine(Mat img, Point pt1, Point pt2, Scalar color, int thickness, int line_type)` Draws a arrow segment pointing from the first point to the second one.
    `static void` | `arrowedLine(Mat img, Point pt1, Point pt2, Scalar color, int thickness, int line_type, int shift)` Draws a arrow segment pointing from the first point to the second one.
    `static void` | `arrowedLine(Mat img, Point pt1, Point pt2, Scalar color, int thickness, int line_type, int shift, double tipLength)` Draws a arrow segment pointing from the first point to the second one.
    `static void` | `bilateralFilter(Mat src, Mat dst, int d, double sigmaColor, double sigmaSpace)` Applies the bilateral filter to an image.
    `static void` | `bilateralFilter(Mat src, Mat dst, int d, double sigmaColor, double sigmaSpace, int borderType)` Applies the bilateral filter to an image.
    `static void` | `blur(Mat src, Mat dst, Size ksize)` Blurs an image using the normalized box filter.
    `static void` | `blur(Mat src, Mat dst, Size ksize, Point anchor)` Blurs an image using the normalized box filter.
    `static void` | `blur(Mat src, Mat dst, Size ksize, Point anchor, int borderType)` Blurs an image using the normalized box filter.
    `static Rect` | `boundingRect(Mat array)` Calculates the up-right bounding rectangle of a point set or non-zero pixels of gray-scale image.
    `static void` | `boxFilter(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Size ksize)` Blurs an image using the box filter.
    `static void` | `boxFilter(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Size ksize, Point anchor)` Blurs an image using the box filter.
    `static void` | `boxFilter(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Size ksize, Point anchor, boolean normalize)` Blurs an image using the box filter.
    `static void` | `boxFilter(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Size ksize, Point anchor, boolean normalize, int borderType)` Blurs an image using the box filter.
    `static void` | `boxPoints(RotatedRect box, Mat points)` Finds the four vertices of a rotated rect.
    `static void` | `calcBackProject(List<Mat> images, MatOfInt channels, Mat hist, Mat dst, MatOfFloat ranges, double scale)`
    `static void` | `calcHist(List<Mat> images, MatOfInt channels, Mat mask, Mat hist, MatOfInt histSize, MatOfFloat ranges)`
    `static void` | `calcHist(List<Mat> images, MatOfInt channels, Mat mask, Mat hist, MatOfInt histSize, MatOfFloat ranges, boolean accumulate)`
    `static void` | `Canny(Mat image, Mat edges, double threshold1, double threshold2)` Finds edges in an image using the Canny algorithm CITE: Canny86 .
    `static void` | `Canny(Mat image, Mat edges, double threshold1, double threshold2, int apertureSize)` Finds edges in an image using the Canny algorithm CITE: Canny86 .
    `static void` | `Canny(Mat image, Mat edges, double threshold1, double threshold2, int apertureSize, boolean L2gradient)` Finds edges in an image using the Canny algorithm CITE: Canny86 .
    `static void` | `Canny(Mat dx, Mat dy, Mat edges, double threshold1, double threshold2)` \overload Finds edges in an image using the Canny algorithm with custom image gradient.
    `static void` | `Canny(Mat dx, Mat dy, Mat edges, double threshold1, double threshold2, boolean L2gradient)` \overload Finds edges in an image using the Canny algorithm with custom image gradient.
    `static void` | `circle(Mat img, Point center, int radius, Scalar color)` Draws a circle.
    `static void` | `circle(Mat img, Point center, int radius, Scalar color, int thickness)` Draws a circle.
    `static void` | `circle(Mat img, Point center, int radius, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType)` Draws a circle.
    `static void` | `circle(Mat img, Point center, int radius, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType, int shift)` Draws a circle.
    `static boolean` | `clipLine(Rect imgRect, Point pt1, Point pt2)`
    `static double` | `compareHist(Mat H1, Mat H2, int method)` Compares two histograms.
    `static int` | `connectedComponents(Mat image, Mat labels)`
    `static int` | `connectedComponents(Mat image, Mat labels, int connectivity)`
    `static int` | `connectedComponents(Mat image, Mat labels, int connectivity, int ltype)`
    `static int` | `connectedComponentsWithAlgorithm(Mat image, Mat labels, int connectivity, int ltype, int ccltype)` computes the connected components labeled image of boolean image image with 4 or 8 way connectivity - returns N, the total number of labels [0, N-1] where 0 represents the background label.
    `static int` | `connectedComponentsWithStats(Mat image, Mat labels, Mat stats, Mat centroids)`
    `static int` | `connectedComponentsWithStats(Mat image, Mat labels, Mat stats, Mat centroids, int connectivity)`
    `static int` | `connectedComponentsWithStats(Mat image, Mat labels, Mat stats, Mat centroids, int connectivity, int ltype)`
    `static int` | `connectedComponentsWithStatsWithAlgorithm(Mat image, Mat labels, Mat stats, Mat centroids, int connectivity, int ltype, int ccltype)` computes the connected components labeled image of boolean image and also produces a statistics output for each label image with 4 or 8 way connectivity - returns N, the total number of labels [0, N-1] where 0 represents the background label.
    `static double` | `contourArea(Mat contour)` Calculates a contour area.
    `static double` | `contourArea(Mat contour, boolean oriented)` Calculates a contour area.
    `static void` | `convertMaps(Mat map1, Mat map2, Mat dstmap1, Mat dstmap2, int dstmap1type)` Converts image transformation maps from one representation to another.
    `static void` | `convertMaps(Mat map1, Mat map2, Mat dstmap1, Mat dstmap2, int dstmap1type, boolean nninterpolation)` Converts image transformation maps from one representation to another.
    `static void` | `convexHull(MatOfPoint points, MatOfInt hull)` Finds the convex hull of a point set.
    `static void` | `convexHull(MatOfPoint points, MatOfInt hull, boolean clockwise)` Finds the convex hull of a point set.
    `static void` | `convexityDefects(MatOfPoint contour, MatOfInt convexhull, MatOfInt4 convexityDefects)` Finds the convexity defects of a contour.
    `static void` | `cornerEigenValsAndVecs(Mat src, Mat dst, int blockSize, int ksize)` Calculates eigenvalues and eigenvectors of image blocks for corner detection.
    `static void` | `cornerEigenValsAndVecs(Mat src, Mat dst, int blockSize, int ksize, int borderType)` Calculates eigenvalues and eigenvectors of image blocks for corner detection.
    `static void` | `cornerHarris(Mat src, Mat dst, int blockSize, int ksize, double k)` Harris corner detector.
    `static void` | `cornerHarris(Mat src, Mat dst, int blockSize, int ksize, double k, int borderType)` Harris corner detector.
    `static void` | `cornerMinEigenVal(Mat src, Mat dst, int blockSize)` Calculates the minimal eigenvalue of gradient matrices for corner detection.
    `static void` | `cornerMinEigenVal(Mat src, Mat dst, int blockSize, int ksize)` Calculates the minimal eigenvalue of gradient matrices for corner detection.
    `static void` | `cornerMinEigenVal(Mat src, Mat dst, int blockSize, int ksize, int borderType)` Calculates the minimal eigenvalue of gradient matrices for corner detection.
    `static void` | `cornerSubPix(Mat image, Mat corners, Size winSize, Size zeroZone, TermCriteria criteria)` Refines the corner locations.
    `static CLAHE` | `createCLAHE()` Creates a smart pointer to a cv::CLAHE class and initializes it.
    `static CLAHE` | `createCLAHE(double clipLimit)` Creates a smart pointer to a cv::CLAHE class and initializes it.
    `static CLAHE` | `createCLAHE(double clipLimit, Size tileGridSize)` Creates a smart pointer to a cv::CLAHE class and initializes it.
    `static GeneralizedHoughBallard` | `createGeneralizedHoughBallard()` Creates a smart pointer to a cv::GeneralizedHoughBallard class and initializes it.
    `static GeneralizedHoughGuil` | `createGeneralizedHoughGuil()` Creates a smart pointer to a cv::GeneralizedHoughGuil class and initializes it.
    `static void` | `createHanningWindow(Mat dst, Size winSize, int type)` This function computes a Hanning window coefficients in two dimensions.
    `static LineSegmentDetector` | `createLineSegmentDetector()` Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it.
    `static LineSegmentDetector` | `createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine)` Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it.
    `static LineSegmentDetector` | `createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine, double _scale)` Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it.
    `static LineSegmentDetector` | `createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine, double _scale, double _sigma_scale)` Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it.
    `static LineSegmentDetector` | `createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine, double _scale, double _sigma_scale, double _quant)` Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it.
    `static LineSegmentDetector` | `createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine, double _scale, double _sigma_scale, double _quant, double _ang_th)` Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it.
    `static LineSegmentDetector` | `createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine, double _scale, double _sigma_scale, double _quant, double _ang_th, double _log_eps)` Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it.
    `static LineSegmentDetector` | `createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine, double _scale, double _sigma_scale, double _quant, double _ang_th, double _log_eps, double _density_th)` Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it.
    `static LineSegmentDetector` | `createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine, double _scale, double _sigma_scale, double _quant, double _ang_th, double _log_eps, double _density_th, int _n_bins)` Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it.
    `static void` | `cvtColor(Mat src, Mat dst, int code)` Converts an image from one color space to another.
    `static void` | `cvtColor(Mat src, Mat dst, int code, int dstCn)` Converts an image from one color space to another.
    `static void` | `cvtColorTwoPlane(Mat src1, Mat src2, Mat dst, int code)` Converts an image from one color space to another where the source image is stored in two planes.
    `static void` | `demosaicing(Mat src, Mat dst, int code)` main function for all demosaicing processes
    `static void` | `demosaicing(Mat src, Mat dst, int code, int dstCn)` main function for all demosaicing processes
    `static void` | `dilate(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat kernel)` Dilates an image by using a specific structuring element.
    `static void` | `dilate(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat kernel, Point anchor)` Dilates an image by using a specific structuring element.
    `static void` | `dilate(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat kernel, Point anchor, int iterations)` Dilates an image by using a specific structuring element.
    `static void` | `dilate(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat kernel, Point anchor, int iterations, int borderType)` Dilates an image by using a specific structuring element.
    `static void` | `dilate(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat kernel, Point anchor, int iterations, int borderType, Scalar borderValue)` Dilates an image by using a specific structuring element.
    `static void` | `distanceTransform(Mat src, Mat dst, int distanceType, int maskSize)`
    `static void` | `distanceTransform(Mat src, Mat dst, int distanceType, int maskSize, int dstType)`
    `static void` | `distanceTransformWithLabels(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat labels, int distanceType, int maskSize)` Calculates the distance to the closest zero pixel for each pixel of the source image.
    `static void` | `distanceTransformWithLabels(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat labels, int distanceType, int maskSize, int labelType)` Calculates the distance to the closest zero pixel for each pixel of the source image.
    `static void` | `drawContours(Mat image, List<MatOfPoint> contours, int contourIdx, Scalar color)` Draws contours outlines or filled contours.
    `static void` | `drawContours(Mat image, List<MatOfPoint> contours, int contourIdx, Scalar color, int thickness)` Draws contours outlines or filled contours.
    `static void` | `drawContours(Mat image, List<MatOfPoint> contours, int contourIdx, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType)` Draws contours outlines or filled contours.
    `static void` | `drawContours(Mat image, List<MatOfPoint> contours, int contourIdx, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType, Mat hierarchy)` Draws contours outlines or filled contours.
    `static void` | `drawContours(Mat image, List<MatOfPoint> contours, int contourIdx, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType, Mat hierarchy, int maxLevel)` Draws contours outlines or filled contours.
    `static void` | `drawContours(Mat image, List<MatOfPoint> contours, int contourIdx, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType, Mat hierarchy, int maxLevel, Point offset)` Draws contours outlines or filled contours.
    `static void` | `drawMarker(Mat img, Point position, Scalar color)` Draws a marker on a predefined position in an image.
    `static void` | `drawMarker(Mat img, Point position, Scalar color, int markerType)` Draws a marker on a predefined position in an image.
    `static void` | `drawMarker(Mat img, Point position, Scalar color, int markerType, int markerSize)` Draws a marker on a predefined position in an image.
    `static void` | `drawMarker(Mat img, Point position, Scalar color, int markerType, int markerSize, int thickness)` Draws a marker on a predefined position in an image.
    `static void` | `drawMarker(Mat img, Point position, Scalar color, int markerType, int markerSize, int thickness, int line_type)` Draws a marker on a predefined position in an image.
    `static void` | `ellipse(Mat img, Point center, Size axes, double angle, double startAngle, double endAngle, Scalar color)` Draws a simple or thick elliptic arc or fills an ellipse sector.
    `static void` | `ellipse(Mat img, Point center, Size axes, double angle, double startAngle, double endAngle, Scalar color, int thickness)` Draws a simple or thick elliptic arc or fills an ellipse sector.
    `static void` | `ellipse(Mat img, Point center, Size axes, double angle, double startAngle, double endAngle, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType)` Draws a simple or thick elliptic arc or fills an ellipse sector.
    `static void` | `ellipse(Mat img, Point center, Size axes, double angle, double startAngle, double endAngle, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType, int shift)` Draws a simple or thick elliptic arc or fills an ellipse sector.
    `static void` | `ellipse(Mat img, RotatedRect box, Scalar color)`
    `static void` | `ellipse(Mat img, RotatedRect box, Scalar color, int thickness)`
    `static void` | `ellipse(Mat img, RotatedRect box, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType)`
    `static void` | `ellipse2Poly(Point center, Size axes, int angle, int arcStart, int arcEnd, int delta, MatOfPoint pts)` Approximates an elliptic arc with a polyline.
    `static float` | `EMD(Mat signature1, Mat signature2, int distType)` Computes the "minimal work" distance between two weighted point configurations.
    `static float` | `EMD(Mat signature1, Mat signature2, int distType, Mat cost)` Computes the "minimal work" distance between two weighted point configurations.
    `static float` | `EMD(Mat signature1, Mat signature2, int distType, Mat cost, Mat flow)` Computes the "minimal work" distance between two weighted point configurations.
    `static void` | `equalizeHist(Mat src, Mat dst)` Equalizes the histogram of a grayscale image.
    `static void` | `erode(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat kernel)` Erodes an image by using a specific structuring element.
    `static void` | `erode(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat kernel, Point anchor)` Erodes an image by using a specific structuring element.
    `static void` | `erode(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat kernel, Point anchor, int iterations)` Erodes an image by using a specific structuring element.
    `static void` | `erode(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat kernel, Point anchor, int iterations, int borderType)` Erodes an image by using a specific structuring element.
    `static void` | `erode(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat kernel, Point anchor, int iterations, int borderType, Scalar borderValue)` Erodes an image by using a specific structuring element.
    `static void` | `fillConvexPoly(Mat img, MatOfPoint points, Scalar color)` Fills a convex polygon.
    `static void` | `fillConvexPoly(Mat img, MatOfPoint points, Scalar color, int lineType)` Fills a convex polygon.
    `static void` | `fillConvexPoly(Mat img, MatOfPoint points, Scalar color, int lineType, int shift)` Fills a convex polygon.
    `static void` | `fillPoly(Mat img, List<MatOfPoint> pts, Scalar color)` Fills the area bounded by one or more polygons.
    `static void` | `fillPoly(Mat img, List<MatOfPoint> pts, Scalar color, int lineType)` Fills the area bounded by one or more polygons.
    `static void` | `fillPoly(Mat img, List<MatOfPoint> pts, Scalar color, int lineType, int shift)` Fills the area bounded by one or more polygons.
    `static void` | `fillPoly(Mat img, List<MatOfPoint> pts, Scalar color, int lineType, int shift, Point offset)` Fills the area bounded by one or more polygons.
    `static void` | `filter2D(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Mat kernel)` Convolves an image with the kernel.
    `static void` | `filter2D(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Mat kernel, Point anchor)` Convolves an image with the kernel.
    `static void` | `filter2D(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Mat kernel, Point anchor, double delta)` Convolves an image with the kernel.
    `static void` | `filter2D(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Mat kernel, Point anchor, double delta, int borderType)` Convolves an image with the kernel.
    `static void` | `findContours(Mat image, List<MatOfPoint> contours, Mat hierarchy, int mode, int method)` Finds contours in a binary image.
    `static void` | `findContours(Mat image, List<MatOfPoint> contours, Mat hierarchy, int mode, int method, Point offset)` Finds contours in a binary image.
    `static RotatedRect` | `fitEllipse(MatOfPoint2f points)` Fits an ellipse around a set of 2D points.
    `static RotatedRect` | `fitEllipseAMS(Mat points)` Fits an ellipse around a set of 2D points.
    `static RotatedRect` | `fitEllipseDirect(Mat points)` Fits an ellipse around a set of 2D points.
    `static void` | `fitLine(Mat points, Mat line, int distType, double param, double reps, double aeps)` Fits a line to a 2D or 3D point set.
    `static int` | `floodFill(Mat image, Mat mask, Point seedPoint, Scalar newVal)` Fills a connected component with the given color.
    `static int` | `floodFill(Mat image, Mat mask, Point seedPoint, Scalar newVal, Rect rect)` Fills a connected component with the given color.
    `static int` | `floodFill(Mat image, Mat mask, Point seedPoint, Scalar newVal, Rect rect, Scalar loDiff)` Fills a connected component with the given color.
    `static int` | `floodFill(Mat image, Mat mask, Point seedPoint, Scalar newVal, Rect rect, Scalar loDiff, Scalar upDiff)` Fills a connected component with the given color.
    `static int` | `floodFill(Mat image, Mat mask, Point seedPoint, Scalar newVal, Rect rect, Scalar loDiff, Scalar upDiff, int flags)` Fills a connected component with the given color.
    `static void` | `GaussianBlur(Mat src, Mat dst, Size ksize, double sigmaX)` Blurs an image using a Gaussian filter.
    `static void` | `GaussianBlur(Mat src, Mat dst, Size ksize, double sigmaX, double sigmaY)` Blurs an image using a Gaussian filter.
    `static void` | `GaussianBlur(Mat src, Mat dst, Size ksize, double sigmaX, double sigmaY, int borderType)` Blurs an image using a Gaussian filter.
    `static Mat` | `getAffineTransform(MatOfPoint2f src, MatOfPoint2f dst)`
    `static Mat` | `getDefaultNewCameraMatrix(Mat cameraMatrix)` Returns the default new camera matrix.
    `static Mat` | `getDefaultNewCameraMatrix(Mat cameraMatrix, Size imgsize)` Returns the default new camera matrix.
    `static Mat` | `getDefaultNewCameraMatrix(Mat cameraMatrix, Size imgsize, boolean centerPrincipalPoint)` Returns the default new camera matrix.
    `static void` | `getDerivKernels(Mat kx, Mat ky, int dx, int dy, int ksize)` Returns filter coefficients for computing spatial image derivatives.
    `static void` | `getDerivKernels(Mat kx, Mat ky, int dx, int dy, int ksize, boolean normalize)` Returns filter coefficients for computing spatial image derivatives.
    `static void` | `getDerivKernels(Mat kx, Mat ky, int dx, int dy, int ksize, boolean normalize, int ktype)` Returns filter coefficients for computing spatial image derivatives.
    `static double` | `getFontScaleFromHeight(int fontFace, int pixelHeight)` Calculates the font-specific size to use to achieve a given height in pixels.
    `static double` | `getFontScaleFromHeight(int fontFace, int pixelHeight, int thickness)` Calculates the font-specific size to use to achieve a given height in pixels.
    `static Mat` | `getGaborKernel(Size ksize, double sigma, double theta, double lambd, double gamma)` Returns Gabor filter coefficients.
    `static Mat` | `getGaborKernel(Size ksize, double sigma, double theta, double lambd, double gamma, double psi)` Returns Gabor filter coefficients.
    `static Mat` | `getGaborKernel(Size ksize, double sigma, double theta, double lambd, double gamma, double psi, int ktype)` Returns Gabor filter coefficients.
    `static Mat` | `getGaussianKernel(int ksize, double sigma)` Returns Gaussian filter coefficients.
    `static Mat` | `getGaussianKernel(int ksize, double sigma, int ktype)` Returns Gaussian filter coefficients.
    `static Mat` | `getPerspectiveTransform(Mat src, Mat dst)` Calculates a perspective transform from four pairs of the corresponding points.
    `static void` | `getRectSubPix(Mat image, Size patchSize, Point center, Mat patch)` Retrieves a pixel rectangle from an image with sub-pixel accuracy.
    `static void` | `getRectSubPix(Mat image, Size patchSize, Point center, Mat patch, int patchType)` Retrieves a pixel rectangle from an image with sub-pixel accuracy.
    `static Mat` | `getRotationMatrix2D(Point center, double angle, double scale)` Calculates an affine matrix of 2D rotation.
    `static Mat` | `getStructuringElement(int shape, Size ksize)` Returns a structuring element of the specified size and shape for morphological operations.
    `static Mat` | `getStructuringElement(int shape, Size ksize, Point anchor)` Returns a structuring element of the specified size and shape for morphological operations.
    `static Size` | `getTextSize(String text, int fontFace, double fontScale, int thickness, int[] baseLine)`
    `static void` | `goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image, MatOfPoint corners, int maxCorners, double qualityLevel, double minDistance)` Determines strong corners on an image.
    `static void` | `goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image, MatOfPoint corners, int maxCorners, double qualityLevel, double minDistance, Mat mask)` Determines strong corners on an image.
    `static void` | `goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image, MatOfPoint corners, int maxCorners, double qualityLevel, double minDistance, Mat mask, int blockSize)` Determines strong corners on an image.
    `static void` | `goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image, MatOfPoint corners, int maxCorners, double qualityLevel, double minDistance, Mat mask, int blockSize, boolean useHarrisDetector)` Determines strong corners on an image.
    `static void` | `goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image, MatOfPoint corners, int maxCorners, double qualityLevel, double minDistance, Mat mask, int blockSize, boolean useHarrisDetector, double k)` Determines strong corners on an image.
    `static void` | `goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image, MatOfPoint corners, int maxCorners, double qualityLevel, double minDistance, Mat mask, int blockSize, int gradientSize)`
    `static void` | `goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image, MatOfPoint corners, int maxCorners, double qualityLevel, double minDistance, Mat mask, int blockSize, int gradientSize, boolean useHarrisDetector)`
    `static void` | `goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image, MatOfPoint corners, int maxCorners, double qualityLevel, double minDistance, Mat mask, int blockSize, int gradientSize, boolean useHarrisDetector, double k)`
    `static void` | `grabCut(Mat img, Mat mask, Rect rect, Mat bgdModel, Mat fgdModel, int iterCount)` Runs the GrabCut algorithm.
    `static void` | `grabCut(Mat img, Mat mask, Rect rect, Mat bgdModel, Mat fgdModel, int iterCount, int mode)` Runs the GrabCut algorithm.
    `static void` | `HoughCircles(Mat image, Mat circles, int method, double dp, double minDist)` Finds circles in a grayscale image using the Hough transform.
    `static void` | `HoughCircles(Mat image, Mat circles, int method, double dp, double minDist, double param1)` Finds circles in a grayscale image using the Hough transform.
    `static void` | `HoughCircles(Mat image, Mat circles, int method, double dp, double minDist, double param1, double param2)` Finds circles in a grayscale image using the Hough transform.
    `static void` | `HoughCircles(Mat image, Mat circles, int method, double dp, double minDist, double param1, double param2, int minRadius)` Finds circles in a grayscale image using the Hough transform.
    `static void` | `HoughCircles(Mat image, Mat circles, int method, double dp, double minDist, double param1, double param2, int minRadius, int maxRadius)` Finds circles in a grayscale image using the Hough transform.
    `static void` | `HoughLines(Mat image, Mat lines, double rho, double theta, int threshold)` Finds lines in a binary image using the standard Hough transform.
    `static void` | `HoughLines(Mat image, Mat lines, double rho, double theta, int threshold, double srn)` Finds lines in a binary image using the standard Hough transform.
    `static void` | `HoughLines(Mat image, Mat lines, double rho, double theta, int threshold, double srn, double stn)` Finds lines in a binary image using the standard Hough transform.
    `static void` | `HoughLines(Mat image, Mat lines, double rho, double theta, int threshold, double srn, double stn, double min_theta)` Finds lines in a binary image using the standard Hough transform.
    `static void` | `HoughLines(Mat image, Mat lines, double rho, double theta, int threshold, double srn, double stn, double min_theta, double max_theta)` Finds lines in a binary image using the standard Hough transform.
    `static void` | `HoughLinesP(Mat image, Mat lines, double rho, double theta, int threshold)` Finds line segments in a binary image using the probabilistic Hough transform.
    `static void` | `HoughLinesP(Mat image, Mat lines, double rho, double theta, int threshold, double minLineLength)` Finds line segments in a binary image using the probabilistic Hough transform.
    `static void` | `HoughLinesP(Mat image, Mat lines, double rho, double theta, int threshold, double minLineLength, double maxLineGap)` Finds line segments in a binary image using the probabilistic Hough transform.
    `static void` | `HoughLinesPointSet(Mat _point, Mat _lines, int lines_max, int threshold, double min_rho, double max_rho, double rho_step, double min_theta, double max_theta, double theta_step)` Finds lines in a set of points using the standard Hough transform.
    `static void` | `HuMoments(Moments m, Mat hu)`
    `static void` | `initUndistortRectifyMap(Mat cameraMatrix, Mat distCoeffs, Mat R, Mat newCameraMatrix, Size size, int m1type, Mat map1, Mat map2)` Computes the undistortion and rectification transformation map.
    `static float` | `initWideAngleProjMap(Mat cameraMatrix, Mat distCoeffs, Size imageSize, int destImageWidth, int m1type, Mat map1, Mat map2)`
    `static float` | `initWideAngleProjMap(Mat cameraMatrix, Mat distCoeffs, Size imageSize, int destImageWidth, int m1type, Mat map1, Mat map2, int projType)`
    `static float` | `initWideAngleProjMap(Mat cameraMatrix, Mat distCoeffs, Size imageSize, int destImageWidth, int m1type, Mat map1, Mat map2, int projType, double alpha)`
    `static void` | `integral(Mat src, Mat sum)`
    `static void` | `integral(Mat src, Mat sum, int sdepth)`
    `static void` | `integral2(Mat src, Mat sum, Mat sqsum)`
    `static void` | `integral2(Mat src, Mat sum, Mat sqsum, int sdepth)`
    `static void` | `integral2(Mat src, Mat sum, Mat sqsum, int sdepth, int sqdepth)`
    `static void` | `integral3(Mat src, Mat sum, Mat sqsum, Mat tilted)` Calculates the integral of an image.
    `static void` | `integral3(Mat src, Mat sum, Mat sqsum, Mat tilted, int sdepth)` Calculates the integral of an image.
    `static void` | `integral3(Mat src, Mat sum, Mat sqsum, Mat tilted, int sdepth, int sqdepth)` Calculates the integral of an image.
    `static float` | `intersectConvexConvex(Mat _p1, Mat _p2, Mat _p12)`
    `static float` | `intersectConvexConvex(Mat _p1, Mat _p2, Mat _p12, boolean handleNested)`
    `static void` | `invertAffineTransform(Mat M, Mat iM)` Inverts an affine transformation.
    `static boolean` | `isContourConvex(MatOfPoint contour)` Tests a contour convexity.
    `static void` | `Laplacian(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth)` Calculates the Laplacian of an image.
    `static void` | `Laplacian(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, int ksize)` Calculates the Laplacian of an image.
    `static void` | `Laplacian(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, int ksize, double scale)` Calculates the Laplacian of an image.
    `static void` | `Laplacian(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, int ksize, double scale, double delta)` Calculates the Laplacian of an image.
    `static void` | `Laplacian(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, int ksize, double scale, double delta, int borderType)` Calculates the Laplacian of an image.
    `static void` | `line(Mat img, Point pt1, Point pt2, Scalar color)` Draws a line segment connecting two points.
    `static void` | `line(Mat img, Point pt1, Point pt2, Scalar color, int thickness)` Draws a line segment connecting two points.
    `static void` | `line(Mat img, Point pt1, Point pt2, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType)` Draws a line segment connecting two points.
    `static void` | `line(Mat img, Point pt1, Point pt2, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType, int shift)` Draws a line segment connecting two points.
    `static void` | `linearPolar(Mat src, Mat dst, Point center, double maxRadius, int flags)` Deprecated. This function produces same result as cv::warpPolar(src, dst, src.size(), center, maxRadius, flags) Transform the source image using the following transformation (See REF: polar_remaps_reference_image "Polar remaps reference image c)"): \(\begin{array}{l} dst( \rho , \phi ) = src(x,y) \\ dst.size() \leftarrow src.size() \end{array}\) where \(\begin{array}{l} I = (dx,dy) = (x - center.x,y - center.y) \\ \rho = Kmag \cdot \texttt{magnitude} (I) ,\\ \phi = angle \cdot \texttt{angle} (I) \end{array}\) and \(\begin{array}{l} Kx = src.cols / maxRadius \\ Ky = src.rows / 2\Pi \end{array}\)
    `static void` | `logPolar(Mat src, Mat dst, Point center, double M, int flags)` Deprecated. This function produces same result as cv::warpPolar(src, dst, src.size(), center, maxRadius, flags+WARP_POLAR_LOG); Transform the source image using the following transformation (See REF: polar_remaps_reference_image "Polar remaps reference image d)"): \(\begin{array}{l} dst( \rho , \phi ) = src(x,y) \\ dst.size() \leftarrow src.size() \end{array}\) where \(\begin{array}{l} I = (dx,dy) = (x - center.x,y - center.y) \\ \rho = M \cdot log_e(\texttt{magnitude} (I)) ,\\ \phi = Kangle \cdot \texttt{angle} (I) \\ \end{array}\) and \(\begin{array}{l} M = src.cols / log_e(maxRadius) \\ Kangle = src.rows / 2\Pi \\ \end{array}\) The function emulates the human "foveal" vision and can be used for fast scale and rotation-invariant template matching, for object tracking and so forth.
    `static double` | `matchShapes(Mat contour1, Mat contour2, int method, double parameter)` Compares two shapes.
    `static void` | `matchTemplate(Mat image, Mat templ, Mat result, int method)` Compares a template against overlapped image regions.
    `static void` | `matchTemplate(Mat image, Mat templ, Mat result, int method, Mat mask)` Compares a template against overlapped image regions.
    `static void` | `medianBlur(Mat src, Mat dst, int ksize)` Blurs an image using the median filter.
    `static RotatedRect` | `minAreaRect(MatOfPoint2f points)` Finds a rotated rectangle of the minimum area enclosing the input 2D point set.
    `static void` | `minEnclosingCircle(MatOfPoint2f points, Point center, float[] radius)` Finds a circle of the minimum area enclosing a 2D point set.
    `static double` | `minEnclosingTriangle(Mat points, Mat triangle)` Finds a triangle of minimum area enclosing a 2D point set and returns its area.
    `static Moments` | `moments(Mat array)` Calculates all of the moments up to the third order of a polygon or rasterized shape.
    `static Moments` | `moments(Mat array, boolean binaryImage)` Calculates all of the moments up to the third order of a polygon or rasterized shape.
    `static void` | `morphologyEx(Mat src, Mat dst, int op, Mat kernel)` Performs advanced morphological transformations.
    `static void` | `morphologyEx(Mat src, Mat dst, int op, Mat kernel, Point anchor)` Performs advanced morphological transformations.
    `static void` | `morphologyEx(Mat src, Mat dst, int op, Mat kernel, Point anchor, int iterations)` Performs advanced morphological transformations.
    `static void` | `morphologyEx(Mat src, Mat dst, int op, Mat kernel, Point anchor, int iterations, int borderType)` Performs advanced morphological transformations.
    `static void` | `morphologyEx(Mat src, Mat dst, int op, Mat kernel, Point anchor, int iterations, int borderType, Scalar borderValue)` Performs advanced morphological transformations.
    `static Point` | `phaseCorrelate(Mat src1, Mat src2)` The function is used to detect translational shifts that occur between two images.
    `static Point` | `phaseCorrelate(Mat src1, Mat src2, Mat window)` The function is used to detect translational shifts that occur between two images.
    `static Point` | `phaseCorrelate(Mat src1, Mat src2, Mat window, double[] response)` The function is used to detect translational shifts that occur between two images.
    `static double` | `pointPolygonTest(MatOfPoint2f contour, Point pt, boolean measureDist)` Performs a point-in-contour test.
    `static void` | `polylines(Mat img, List<MatOfPoint> pts, boolean isClosed, Scalar color)` Draws several polygonal curves.
    `static void` | `polylines(Mat img, List<MatOfPoint> pts, boolean isClosed, Scalar color, int thickness)` Draws several polygonal curves.
    `static void` | `polylines(Mat img, List<MatOfPoint> pts, boolean isClosed, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType)` Draws several polygonal curves.
    `static void` | `polylines(Mat img, List<MatOfPoint> pts, boolean isClosed, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType, int shift)` Draws several polygonal curves.
    `static void` | `preCornerDetect(Mat src, Mat dst, int ksize)` Calculates a feature map for corner detection.
    `static void` | `preCornerDetect(Mat src, Mat dst, int ksize, int borderType)` Calculates a feature map for corner detection.
    `static void` | `putText(Mat img, String text, Point org, int fontFace, double fontScale, Scalar color)` Draws a text string.
    `static void` | `putText(Mat img, String text, Point org, int fontFace, double fontScale, Scalar color, int thickness)` Draws a text string.
    `static void` | `putText(Mat img, String text, Point org, int fontFace, double fontScale, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType)` Draws a text string.
    `static void` | `putText(Mat img, String text, Point org, int fontFace, double fontScale, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType, boolean bottomLeftOrigin)` Draws a text string.
    `static void` | `pyrDown(Mat src, Mat dst)` Blurs an image and downsamples it.
    `static void` | `pyrDown(Mat src, Mat dst, Size dstsize)` Blurs an image and downsamples it.
    `static void` | `pyrDown(Mat src, Mat dst, Size dstsize, int borderType)` Blurs an image and downsamples it.
    `static void` | `pyrMeanShiftFiltering(Mat src, Mat dst, double sp, double sr)` Performs initial step of meanshift segmentation of an image.
    `static void` | `pyrMeanShiftFiltering(Mat src, Mat dst, double sp, double sr, int maxLevel)` Performs initial step of meanshift segmentation of an image.
    `static void` | `pyrMeanShiftFiltering(Mat src, Mat dst, double sp, double sr, int maxLevel, TermCriteria termcrit)` Performs initial step of meanshift segmentation of an image.
    `static void` | `pyrUp(Mat src, Mat dst)` Upsamples an image and then blurs it.
    `static void` | `pyrUp(Mat src, Mat dst, Size dstsize)` Upsamples an image and then blurs it.
    `static void` | `pyrUp(Mat src, Mat dst, Size dstsize, int borderType)` Upsamples an image and then blurs it.
    `static void` | `rectangle(Mat img, Point pt1, Point pt2, Scalar color)` Draws a simple, thick, or filled up-right rectangle.
    `static void` | `rectangle(Mat img, Point pt1, Point pt2, Scalar color, int thickness)` Draws a simple, thick, or filled up-right rectangle.
    `static void` | `rectangle(Mat img, Point pt1, Point pt2, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType)` Draws a simple, thick, or filled up-right rectangle.
    `static void` | `rectangle(Mat img, Point pt1, Point pt2, Scalar color, int thickness, int lineType, int shift)` Draws a simple, thick, or filled up-right rectangle.
    `static void` | `remap(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat map1, Mat map2, int interpolation)` Applies a generic geometrical transformation to an image.
    `static void` | `remap(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat map1, Mat map2, int interpolation, int borderMode)` Applies a generic geometrical transformation to an image.
    `static void` | `remap(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat map1, Mat map2, int interpolation, int borderMode, Scalar borderValue)` Applies a generic geometrical transformation to an image.
    `static void` | `resize(Mat src, Mat dst, Size dsize)` Resizes an image.
    `static void` | `resize(Mat src, Mat dst, Size dsize, double fx)` Resizes an image.
    `static void` | `resize(Mat src, Mat dst, Size dsize, double fx, double fy)` Resizes an image.
    `static void` | `resize(Mat src, Mat dst, Size dsize, double fx, double fy, int interpolation)` Resizes an image.
    `static int` | `rotatedRectangleIntersection(RotatedRect rect1, RotatedRect rect2, Mat intersectingRegion)` Finds out if there is any intersection between two rotated rectangles.
    `static void` | `Scharr(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, int dx, int dy)` Calculates the first x- or y- image derivative using Scharr operator.
    `static void` | `Scharr(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, int dx, int dy, double scale)` Calculates the first x- or y- image derivative using Scharr operator.
    `static void` | `Scharr(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, int dx, int dy, double scale, double delta)` Calculates the first x- or y- image derivative using Scharr operator.
    `static void` | `Scharr(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, int dx, int dy, double scale, double delta, int borderType)` Calculates the first x- or y- image derivative using Scharr operator.
    `static void` | `sepFilter2D(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Mat kernelX, Mat kernelY)` Applies a separable linear filter to an image.
    `static void` | `sepFilter2D(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Mat kernelX, Mat kernelY, Point anchor)` Applies a separable linear filter to an image.
    `static void` | `sepFilter2D(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Mat kernelX, Mat kernelY, Point anchor, double delta)` Applies a separable linear filter to an image.
    `static void` | `sepFilter2D(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Mat kernelX, Mat kernelY, Point anchor, double delta, int borderType)` Applies a separable linear filter to an image.
    `static void` | `Sobel(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, int dx, int dy)` Calculates the first, second, third, or mixed image derivatives using an extended Sobel operator.
    `static void` | `Sobel(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, int dx, int dy, int ksize)` Calculates the first, second, third, or mixed image derivatives using an extended Sobel operator.
    `static void` | `Sobel(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, int dx, int dy, int ksize, double scale)` Calculates the first, second, third, or mixed image derivatives using an extended Sobel operator.
    `static void` | `Sobel(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, int dx, int dy, int ksize, double scale, double delta)` Calculates the first, second, third, or mixed image derivatives using an extended Sobel operator.
    `static void` | `Sobel(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, int dx, int dy, int ksize, double scale, double delta, int borderType)` Calculates the first, second, third, or mixed image derivatives using an extended Sobel operator.
    `static void` | `spatialGradient(Mat src, Mat dx, Mat dy)` Calculates the first order image derivative in both x and y using a Sobel operator Equivalent to calling: `Sobel( src, dx, CV_16SC1, 1, 0, 3 ); Sobel( src, dy, CV_16SC1, 0, 1, 3 );`
    `static void` | `spatialGradient(Mat src, Mat dx, Mat dy, int ksize)` Calculates the first order image derivative in both x and y using a Sobel operator Equivalent to calling: `Sobel( src, dx, CV_16SC1, 1, 0, 3 ); Sobel( src, dy, CV_16SC1, 0, 1, 3 );`
    `static void` | `spatialGradient(Mat src, Mat dx, Mat dy, int ksize, int borderType)` Calculates the first order image derivative in both x and y using a Sobel operator Equivalent to calling: `Sobel( src, dx, CV_16SC1, 1, 0, 3 ); Sobel( src, dy, CV_16SC1, 0, 1, 3 );`
    `static void` | `sqrBoxFilter(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Size ksize)` Calculates the normalized sum of squares of the pixel values overlapping the filter.
    `static void` | `sqrBoxFilter(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Size ksize, Point anchor)` Calculates the normalized sum of squares of the pixel values overlapping the filter.
    `static void` | `sqrBoxFilter(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Size ksize, Point anchor, boolean normalize)` Calculates the normalized sum of squares of the pixel values overlapping the filter.
    `static void` | `sqrBoxFilter(Mat src, Mat dst, int ddepth, Size ksize, Point anchor, boolean normalize, int borderType)` Calculates the normalized sum of squares of the pixel values overlapping the filter.
    `static double` | `threshold(Mat src, Mat dst, double thresh, double maxval, int type)` Applies a fixed-level threshold to each array element.
    `static void` | `undistort(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat cameraMatrix, Mat distCoeffs)` Transforms an image to compensate for lens distortion.
    `static void` | `undistort(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat cameraMatrix, Mat distCoeffs, Mat newCameraMatrix)` Transforms an image to compensate for lens distortion.
    `static void` | `undistortPoints(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat cameraMatrix, Mat distCoeffs)` Computes the ideal point coordinates from the observed point coordinates.
    `static void` | `undistortPoints(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat cameraMatrix, Mat distCoeffs, Mat R)` Computes the ideal point coordinates from the observed point coordinates.
    `static void` | `undistortPoints(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat cameraMatrix, Mat distCoeffs, Mat R, Mat P)` Computes the ideal point coordinates from the observed point coordinates.
    `static void` | `undistortPointsIter(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat cameraMatrix, Mat distCoeffs, Mat R, Mat P, TermCriteria criteria)` Note: Default version of #undistortPoints does 5 iterations to compute undistorted points.
    `static void` | `warpAffine(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat M, Size dsize)` Applies an affine transformation to an image.
    `static void` | `warpAffine(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat M, Size dsize, int flags)` Applies an affine transformation to an image.
    `static void` | `warpAffine(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat M, Size dsize, int flags, int borderMode)` Applies an affine transformation to an image.
    `static void` | `warpAffine(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat M, Size dsize, int flags, int borderMode, Scalar borderValue)` Applies an affine transformation to an image.
    `static void` | `warpPerspective(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat M, Size dsize)` Applies a perspective transformation to an image.
    `static void` | `warpPerspective(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat M, Size dsize, int flags)` Applies a perspective transformation to an image.
    `static void` | `warpPerspective(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat M, Size dsize, int flags, int borderMode)` Applies a perspective transformation to an image.
    `static void` | `warpPerspective(Mat src, Mat dst, Mat M, Size dsize, int flags, int borderMode, Scalar borderValue)` Applies a perspective transformation to an image.
    `static void` | `warpPolar(Mat src, Mat dst, Size dsize, Point center, double maxRadius, int flags)` Remaps an image to polar or semilog-polar coordinates space polar_remaps_reference_image ![Polar remaps reference](pics/polar_remap_doc.png) Transform the source image using the following transformation: \( dst(\rho , \phi ) = src(x,y) \) where \( \begin{array}{l} \vec{I} = (x - center.x, \;y - center.y) \\ \phi = Kangle \cdot \texttt{angle} (\vec{I}) \\ \rho = \left\{\begin{matrix} Klin \cdot \texttt{magnitude} (\vec{I}) & default \\ Klog \cdot log_e(\texttt{magnitude} (\vec{I})) & if \; semilog \\ \end{matrix}\right.
    `static void` | `watershed(Mat image, Mat markers)` Performs a marker-based image segmentation using the watershed algorithm.

    - ### Methods inherited from class java.lang.Object

      `clone, equals, finalize, getClass, hashCode, notify, notifyAll, toString, wait, wait, wait`

- - ### Field Detail

    - #### INTERSECT_NONE

          public static final int INTERSECT_NONE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### INTERSECT_PARTIAL

          public static final int INTERSECT_PARTIAL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### INTERSECT_FULL

          public static final int INTERSECT_FULL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### HISTCMP_CORREL

          public static final int HISTCMP_CORREL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### HISTCMP_CHISQR

          public static final int HISTCMP_CHISQR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### HISTCMP_INTERSECT

          public static final int HISTCMP_INTERSECT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### HISTCMP_BHATTACHARYYA

          public static final int HISTCMP_BHATTACHARYYA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### HISTCMP_HELLINGER

          public static final int HISTCMP_HELLINGER

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### HISTCMP_CHISQR_ALT

          public static final int HISTCMP_CHISQR_ALT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### HISTCMP_KL_DIV

          public static final int HISTCMP_KL_DIV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### LINE_AA

          public static final int LINE_AA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### LINE_8

          public static final int LINE_8

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### LINE_4

          public static final int LINE_4

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_GAUSSIAN_5x5

          public static final int CV_GAUSSIAN_5x5

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_SCHARR

          public static final int CV_SCHARR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_MAX_SOBEL_KSIZE

          public static final int CV_MAX_SOBEL_KSIZE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_RGBA2mRGBA

          public static final int CV_RGBA2mRGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_mRGBA2RGBA

          public static final int CV_mRGBA2RGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_WARP_FILL_OUTLIERS

          public static final int CV_WARP_FILL_OUTLIERS

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_WARP_INVERSE_MAP

          public static final int CV_WARP_INVERSE_MAP

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_CHAIN_CODE

          public static final int CV_CHAIN_CODE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_LINK_RUNS

          public static final int CV_LINK_RUNS

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_POLY_APPROX_DP

          public static final int CV_POLY_APPROX_DP

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_CONTOURS_MATCH_I1

          public static final int CV_CONTOURS_MATCH_I1

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_CONTOURS_MATCH_I2

          public static final int CV_CONTOURS_MATCH_I2

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_CONTOURS_MATCH_I3

          public static final int CV_CONTOURS_MATCH_I3

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_CLOCKWISE

          public static final int CV_CLOCKWISE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE

          public static final int CV_COUNTER_CLOCKWISE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_COMP_CORREL

          public static final int CV_COMP_CORREL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_COMP_CHISQR

          public static final int CV_COMP_CHISQR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_COMP_INTERSECT

          public static final int CV_COMP_INTERSECT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_COMP_BHATTACHARYYA

          public static final int CV_COMP_BHATTACHARYYA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_COMP_HELLINGER

          public static final int CV_COMP_HELLINGER

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_COMP_CHISQR_ALT

          public static final int CV_COMP_CHISQR_ALT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_COMP_KL_DIV

          public static final int CV_COMP_KL_DIV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_DIST_MASK_3

          public static final int CV_DIST_MASK_3

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_DIST_MASK_5

          public static final int CV_DIST_MASK_5

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_DIST_MASK_PRECISE

          public static final int CV_DIST_MASK_PRECISE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_DIST_LABEL_CCOMP

          public static final int CV_DIST_LABEL_CCOMP

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_DIST_LABEL_PIXEL

          public static final int CV_DIST_LABEL_PIXEL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_DIST_USER

          public static final int CV_DIST_USER

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_DIST_L1

          public static final int CV_DIST_L1

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_DIST_L2

          public static final int CV_DIST_L2

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_DIST_C

          public static final int CV_DIST_C

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_DIST_L12

          public static final int CV_DIST_L12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_DIST_FAIR

          public static final int CV_DIST_FAIR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_DIST_WELSCH

          public static final int CV_DIST_WELSCH

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_DIST_HUBER

          public static final int CV_DIST_HUBER

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_CANNY_L2_GRADIENT

          public static final int CV_CANNY_L2_GRADIENT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_HOUGH_STANDARD

          public static final int CV_HOUGH_STANDARD

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_HOUGH_PROBABILISTIC

          public static final int CV_HOUGH_PROBABILISTIC

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_HOUGH_MULTI_SCALE

          public static final int CV_HOUGH_MULTI_SCALE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_HOUGH_GRADIENT

          public static final int CV_HOUGH_GRADIENT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### DIST_USER

          public static final int DIST_USER

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### DIST_L1

          public static final int DIST_L1

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### DIST_L2

          public static final int DIST_L2

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### DIST_C

          public static final int DIST_C

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### DIST_L12

          public static final int DIST_L12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### DIST_FAIR

          public static final int DIST_FAIR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### DIST_WELSCH

          public static final int DIST_WELSCH

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### DIST_HUBER

          public static final int DIST_HUBER

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MORPH_RECT

          public static final int MORPH_RECT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MORPH_CROSS

          public static final int MORPH_CROSS

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MORPH_ELLIPSE

          public static final int MORPH_ELLIPSE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### DIST_LABEL_CCOMP

          public static final int DIST_LABEL_CCOMP

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### DIST_LABEL_PIXEL

          public static final int DIST_LABEL_PIXEL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### WARP_POLAR_LINEAR

          public static final int WARP_POLAR_LINEAR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### WARP_POLAR_LOG

          public static final int WARP_POLAR_LOG

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### PROJ_SPHERICAL_ORTHO

          public static final int PROJ_SPHERICAL_ORTHO

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### PROJ_SPHERICAL_EQRECT

          public static final int PROJ_SPHERICAL_EQRECT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_SHAPE_RECT

          public static final int CV_SHAPE_RECT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_SHAPE_CROSS

          public static final int CV_SHAPE_CROSS

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_SHAPE_ELLIPSE

          public static final int CV_SHAPE_ELLIPSE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_SHAPE_CUSTOM

          public static final int CV_SHAPE_CUSTOM

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2BGRA

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2BGRA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2RGBA

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2RGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGRA2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_BGRA2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGBA2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_RGBA2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2RGBA

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2RGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2BGRA

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2BGRA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGBA2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_RGBA2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGRA2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_BGRA2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGRA2RGBA

          public static final int COLOR_BGRA2RGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGBA2BGRA

          public static final int COLOR_RGBA2BGRA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2GRAY

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2GRAY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2GRAY

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2GRAY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_GRAY2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_GRAY2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_GRAY2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_GRAY2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_GRAY2BGRA

          public static final int COLOR_GRAY2BGRA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_GRAY2RGBA

          public static final int COLOR_GRAY2RGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGRA2GRAY

          public static final int COLOR_BGRA2GRAY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGBA2GRAY

          public static final int COLOR_RGBA2GRAY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2BGR565

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2BGR565

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2BGR565

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2BGR565

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR5652BGR

          public static final int COLOR_BGR5652BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR5652RGB

          public static final int COLOR_BGR5652RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGRA2BGR565

          public static final int COLOR_BGRA2BGR565

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGBA2BGR565

          public static final int COLOR_RGBA2BGR565

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR5652BGRA

          public static final int COLOR_BGR5652BGRA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR5652RGBA

          public static final int COLOR_BGR5652RGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_GRAY2BGR565

          public static final int COLOR_GRAY2BGR565

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR5652GRAY

          public static final int COLOR_BGR5652GRAY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2BGR555

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2BGR555

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2BGR555

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2BGR555

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR5552BGR

          public static final int COLOR_BGR5552BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR5552RGB

          public static final int COLOR_BGR5552RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGRA2BGR555

          public static final int COLOR_BGRA2BGR555

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGBA2BGR555

          public static final int COLOR_RGBA2BGR555

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR5552BGRA

          public static final int COLOR_BGR5552BGRA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR5552RGBA

          public static final int COLOR_BGR5552RGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_GRAY2BGR555

          public static final int COLOR_GRAY2BGR555

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR5552GRAY

          public static final int COLOR_BGR5552GRAY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2XYZ

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2XYZ

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2XYZ

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2XYZ

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_XYZ2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_XYZ2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_XYZ2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_XYZ2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2YCrCb

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2YCrCb

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2YCrCb

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2YCrCb

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YCrCb2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_YCrCb2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YCrCb2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_YCrCb2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2HSV

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2HSV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2HSV

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2HSV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2Lab

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2Lab

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2Lab

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2Lab

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2Luv

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2Luv

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2Luv

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2Luv

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2HLS

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2HLS

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2HLS

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2HLS

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_HSV2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_HSV2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_HSV2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_HSV2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_Lab2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_Lab2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_Lab2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_Lab2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_Luv2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_Luv2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_Luv2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_Luv2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_HLS2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_HLS2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_HLS2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_HLS2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2HSV_FULL

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2HSV_FULL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2HSV_FULL

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2HSV_FULL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2HLS_FULL

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2HLS_FULL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2HLS_FULL

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2HLS_FULL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_HSV2BGR_FULL

          public static final int COLOR_HSV2BGR_FULL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_HSV2RGB_FULL

          public static final int COLOR_HSV2RGB_FULL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_HLS2BGR_FULL

          public static final int COLOR_HLS2BGR_FULL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_HLS2RGB_FULL

          public static final int COLOR_HLS2RGB_FULL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_LBGR2Lab

          public static final int COLOR_LBGR2Lab

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_LRGB2Lab

          public static final int COLOR_LRGB2Lab

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_LBGR2Luv

          public static final int COLOR_LBGR2Luv

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_LRGB2Luv

          public static final int COLOR_LRGB2Luv

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_Lab2LBGR

          public static final int COLOR_Lab2LBGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_Lab2LRGB

          public static final int COLOR_Lab2LRGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_Luv2LBGR

          public static final int COLOR_Luv2LBGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_Luv2LRGB

          public static final int COLOR_Luv2LRGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2YUV

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2YUV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2YUV

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2YUV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGB_NV12

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGB_NV12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGR_NV12

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGR_NV12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGB_NV21

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGB_NV21

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGR_NV21

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGR_NV21

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV420sp2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_YUV420sp2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV420sp2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_YUV420sp2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGBA_NV12

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGBA_NV12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGRA_NV12

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGRA_NV12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGBA_NV21

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGBA_NV21

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGRA_NV21

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGRA_NV21

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV420sp2RGBA

          public static final int COLOR_YUV420sp2RGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV420sp2BGRA

          public static final int COLOR_YUV420sp2BGRA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGB_YV12

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGB_YV12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGR_YV12

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGR_YV12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGB_IYUV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGB_IYUV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGR_IYUV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGR_IYUV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGB_I420

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGB_I420

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGR_I420

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGR_I420

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV420p2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_YUV420p2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV420p2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_YUV420p2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGBA_YV12

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGBA_YV12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGRA_YV12

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGRA_YV12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGBA_IYUV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGBA_IYUV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGRA_IYUV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGRA_IYUV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGBA_I420

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGBA_I420

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGRA_I420

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGRA_I420

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV420p2RGBA

          public static final int COLOR_YUV420p2RGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV420p2BGRA

          public static final int COLOR_YUV420p2BGRA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2GRAY_420

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2GRAY_420

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2GRAY_NV21

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2GRAY_NV21

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2GRAY_NV12

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2GRAY_NV12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2GRAY_YV12

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2GRAY_YV12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2GRAY_IYUV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2GRAY_IYUV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2GRAY_I420

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2GRAY_I420

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV420sp2GRAY

          public static final int COLOR_YUV420sp2GRAY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV420p2GRAY

          public static final int COLOR_YUV420p2GRAY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGB_UYVY

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGB_UYVY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGR_UYVY

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGR_UYVY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGB_Y422

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGB_Y422

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGR_Y422

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGR_Y422

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGB_UYNV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGB_UYNV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGR_UYNV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGR_UYNV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGBA_UYVY

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGBA_UYVY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGRA_UYVY

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGRA_UYVY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGBA_Y422

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGBA_Y422

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGRA_Y422

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGRA_Y422

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGBA_UYNV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGBA_UYNV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGRA_UYNV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGRA_UYNV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGB_YUY2

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGB_YUY2

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGR_YUY2

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGR_YUY2

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGB_YVYU

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGB_YVYU

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGR_YVYU

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGR_YVYU

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGB_YUYV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGB_YUYV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGR_YUYV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGR_YUYV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGB_YUNV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGB_YUNV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGR_YUNV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGR_YUNV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGBA_YUY2

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGBA_YUY2

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGRA_YUY2

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGRA_YUY2

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGBA_YVYU

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGBA_YVYU

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGRA_YVYU

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGRA_YVYU

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGBA_YUYV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGBA_YUYV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGRA_YUYV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGRA_YUYV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2RGBA_YUNV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2RGBA_YUNV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2BGRA_YUNV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2BGRA_YUNV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2GRAY_UYVY

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2GRAY_UYVY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2GRAY_YUY2

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2GRAY_YUY2

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2GRAY_Y422

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2GRAY_Y422

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2GRAY_UYNV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2GRAY_UYNV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2GRAY_YVYU

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2GRAY_YVYU

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2GRAY_YUYV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2GRAY_YUYV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_YUV2GRAY_YUNV

          public static final int COLOR_YUV2GRAY_YUNV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGBA2mRGBA

          public static final int COLOR_RGBA2mRGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_mRGBA2RGBA

          public static final int COLOR_mRGBA2RGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2YUV_I420

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2YUV_I420

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2YUV_I420

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2YUV_I420

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2YUV_IYUV

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2YUV_IYUV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2YUV_IYUV

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2YUV_IYUV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGBA2YUV_I420

          public static final int COLOR_RGBA2YUV_I420

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGRA2YUV_I420

          public static final int COLOR_BGRA2YUV_I420

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGBA2YUV_IYUV

          public static final int COLOR_RGBA2YUV_IYUV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGRA2YUV_IYUV

          public static final int COLOR_BGRA2YUV_IYUV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGB2YUV_YV12

          public static final int COLOR_RGB2YUV_YV12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGR2YUV_YV12

          public static final int COLOR_BGR2YUV_YV12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_RGBA2YUV_YV12

          public static final int COLOR_RGBA2YUV_YV12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BGRA2YUV_YV12

          public static final int COLOR_BGRA2YUV_YV12

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerBG2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_BayerBG2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGB2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGB2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerRG2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_BayerRG2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGR2BGR

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGR2BGR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerBG2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_BayerBG2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGB2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGB2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerRG2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_BayerRG2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGR2RGB

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGR2RGB

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerBG2GRAY

          public static final int COLOR_BayerBG2GRAY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGB2GRAY

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGB2GRAY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerRG2GRAY

          public static final int COLOR_BayerRG2GRAY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGR2GRAY

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGR2GRAY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerBG2BGR_VNG

          public static final int COLOR_BayerBG2BGR_VNG

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGB2BGR_VNG

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGB2BGR_VNG

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerRG2BGR_VNG

          public static final int COLOR_BayerRG2BGR_VNG

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGR2BGR_VNG

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGR2BGR_VNG

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerBG2RGB_VNG

          public static final int COLOR_BayerBG2RGB_VNG

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGB2RGB_VNG

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGB2RGB_VNG

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerRG2RGB_VNG

          public static final int COLOR_BayerRG2RGB_VNG

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGR2RGB_VNG

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGR2RGB_VNG

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerBG2BGR_EA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerBG2BGR_EA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGB2BGR_EA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGB2BGR_EA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerRG2BGR_EA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerRG2BGR_EA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGR2BGR_EA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGR2BGR_EA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerBG2RGB_EA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerBG2RGB_EA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGB2RGB_EA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGB2RGB_EA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerRG2RGB_EA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerRG2RGB_EA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGR2RGB_EA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGR2RGB_EA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerBG2BGRA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerBG2BGRA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGB2BGRA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGB2BGRA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerRG2BGRA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerRG2BGRA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGR2BGRA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGR2BGRA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerBG2RGBA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerBG2RGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGB2RGBA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGB2RGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerRG2RGBA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerRG2RGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_BayerGR2RGBA

          public static final int COLOR_BayerGR2RGBA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLOR_COLORCVT_MAX

          public static final int COLOR_COLORCVT_MAX

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### TM_SQDIFF

          public static final int TM_SQDIFF

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### TM_SQDIFF_NORMED

          public static final int TM_SQDIFF_NORMED

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### TM_CCORR

          public static final int TM_CCORR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### TM_CCORR_NORMED

          public static final int TM_CCORR_NORMED

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### TM_CCOEFF

          public static final int TM_CCOEFF

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### TM_CCOEFF_NORMED

          public static final int TM_CCOEFF_NORMED

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CHAIN_APPROX_NONE

          public static final int CHAIN_APPROX_NONE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CHAIN_APPROX_SIMPLE

          public static final int CHAIN_APPROX_SIMPLE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CHAIN_APPROX_TC89_L1

          public static final int CHAIN_APPROX_TC89_L1

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CHAIN_APPROX_TC89_KCOS

          public static final int CHAIN_APPROX_TC89_KCOS

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MARKER_CROSS

          public static final int MARKER_CROSS

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MARKER_TILTED_CROSS

          public static final int MARKER_TILTED_CROSS

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MARKER_STAR

          public static final int MARKER_STAR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MARKER_DIAMOND

          public static final int MARKER_DIAMOND

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MARKER_SQUARE

          public static final int MARKER_SQUARE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MARKER_TRIANGLE_UP

          public static final int MARKER_TRIANGLE_UP

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MARKER_TRIANGLE_DOWN

          public static final int MARKER_TRIANGLE_DOWN

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### INTER_NEAREST

          public static final int INTER_NEAREST

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### INTER_LINEAR

          public static final int INTER_LINEAR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### INTER_CUBIC

          public static final int INTER_CUBIC

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### INTER_AREA

          public static final int INTER_AREA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### INTER_LANCZOS4

          public static final int INTER_LANCZOS4

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### INTER_LINEAR_EXACT

          public static final int INTER_LINEAR_EXACT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### INTER_MAX

          public static final int INTER_MAX

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### WARP_FILL_OUTLIERS

          public static final int WARP_FILL_OUTLIERS

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### WARP_INVERSE_MAP

          public static final int WARP_INVERSE_MAP

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CCL_WU

          public static final int CCL_WU

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CCL_DEFAULT

          public static final int CCL_DEFAULT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CCL_GRANA

          public static final int CCL_GRANA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### THRESH_BINARY

          public static final int THRESH_BINARY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### THRESH_BINARY_INV

          public static final int THRESH_BINARY_INV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### THRESH_TRUNC

          public static final int THRESH_TRUNC

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### THRESH_TOZERO

          public static final int THRESH_TOZERO

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### THRESH_TOZERO_INV

          public static final int THRESH_TOZERO_INV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### THRESH_MASK

          public static final int THRESH_MASK

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### THRESH_OTSU

          public static final int THRESH_OTSU

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### THRESH_TRIANGLE

          public static final int THRESH_TRIANGLE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CC_STAT_LEFT

          public static final int CC_STAT_LEFT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CC_STAT_TOP

          public static final int CC_STAT_TOP

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CC_STAT_WIDTH

          public static final int CC_STAT_WIDTH

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CC_STAT_HEIGHT

          public static final int CC_STAT_HEIGHT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CC_STAT_AREA

          public static final int CC_STAT_AREA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CC_STAT_MAX

          public static final int CC_STAT_MAX

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### ADAPTIVE_THRESH_MEAN_C

          public static final int ADAPTIVE_THRESH_MEAN_C

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### ADAPTIVE_THRESH_GAUSSIAN_C

          public static final int ADAPTIVE_THRESH_GAUSSIAN_C

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MORPH_ERODE

          public static final int MORPH_ERODE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MORPH_DILATE

          public static final int MORPH_DILATE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MORPH_OPEN

          public static final int MORPH_OPEN

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MORPH_CLOSE

          public static final int MORPH_CLOSE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MORPH_GRADIENT

          public static final int MORPH_GRADIENT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MORPH_TOPHAT

          public static final int MORPH_TOPHAT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MORPH_BLACKHAT

          public static final int MORPH_BLACKHAT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### MORPH_HITMISS

          public static final int MORPH_HITMISS

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### HOUGH_STANDARD

          public static final int HOUGH_STANDARD

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### HOUGH_PROBABILISTIC

          public static final int HOUGH_PROBABILISTIC

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### HOUGH_MULTI_SCALE

          public static final int HOUGH_MULTI_SCALE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### HOUGH_GRADIENT

          public static final int HOUGH_GRADIENT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### RETR_EXTERNAL

          public static final int RETR_EXTERNAL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### RETR_LIST

          public static final int RETR_LIST

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### RETR_CCOMP

          public static final int RETR_CCOMP

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### RETR_TREE

          public static final int RETR_TREE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### RETR_FLOODFILL

          public static final int RETR_FLOODFILL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CONTOURS_MATCH_I1

          public static final int CONTOURS_MATCH_I1

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CONTOURS_MATCH_I2

          public static final int CONTOURS_MATCH_I2

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CONTOURS_MATCH_I3

          public static final int CONTOURS_MATCH_I3

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### GC_INIT_WITH_RECT

          public static final int GC_INIT_WITH_RECT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### GC_INIT_WITH_MASK

          public static final int GC_INIT_WITH_MASK

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### GC_EVAL

          public static final int GC_EVAL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### GC_EVAL_FREEZE_MODEL

          public static final int GC_EVAL_FREEZE_MODEL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### DIST_MASK_3

          public static final int DIST_MASK_3

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### DIST_MASK_5

          public static final int DIST_MASK_5

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### DIST_MASK_PRECISE

          public static final int DIST_MASK_PRECISE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_AUTUMN

          public static final int COLORMAP_AUTUMN

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_BONE

          public static final int COLORMAP_BONE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_JET

          public static final int COLORMAP_JET

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_WINTER

          public static final int COLORMAP_WINTER

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_RAINBOW

          public static final int COLORMAP_RAINBOW

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_OCEAN

          public static final int COLORMAP_OCEAN

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_SUMMER

          public static final int COLORMAP_SUMMER

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_SPRING

          public static final int COLORMAP_SPRING

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_COOL

          public static final int COLORMAP_COOL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_HSV

          public static final int COLORMAP_HSV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_PINK

          public static final int COLORMAP_PINK

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_HOT

          public static final int COLORMAP_HOT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_PARULA

          public static final int COLORMAP_PARULA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_MAGMA

          public static final int COLORMAP_MAGMA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_INFERNO

          public static final int COLORMAP_INFERNO

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_PLASMA

          public static final int COLORMAP_PLASMA

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_VIRIDIS

          public static final int COLORMAP_VIRIDIS

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_CIVIDIS

          public static final int COLORMAP_CIVIDIS

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_TWILIGHT

          public static final int COLORMAP_TWILIGHT

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### COLORMAP_TWILIGHT_SHIFTED

          public static final int COLORMAP_TWILIGHT_SHIFTED

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_BLUR_NO_SCALE

          public static final int CV_BLUR_NO_SCALE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_BLUR

          public static final int CV_BLUR

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_GAUSSIAN

          public static final int CV_GAUSSIAN

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_MEDIAN

          public static final int CV_MEDIAN

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### CV_BILATERAL

          public static final int CV_BILATERAL

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### FLOODFILL_FIXED_RANGE

          public static final int FLOODFILL_FIXED_RANGE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### FLOODFILL_MASK_ONLY

          public static final int FLOODFILL_MASK_ONLY

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### INTER_BITS

          public static final int INTER_BITS

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### INTER_BITS2

          public static final int INTER_BITS2

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### INTER_TAB_SIZE

          public static final int INTER_TAB_SIZE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### INTER_TAB_SIZE2

          public static final int INTER_TAB_SIZE2

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### LSD_REFINE_NONE

          public static final int LSD_REFINE_NONE

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### LSD_REFINE_STD

          public static final int LSD_REFINE_STD

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### LSD_REFINE_ADV

          public static final int LSD_REFINE_ADV

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### GC_BGD

          public static final int GC_BGD

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### GC_FGD

          public static final int GC_FGD

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### GC_PR_BGD

          public static final int GC_PR_BGD

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

    - #### GC_PR_FGD

          public static final int GC_PR_FGD

      See Also:
        Constant Field Values

  - ### Constructor Detail

    - #### Imgproc

          public Imgproc()

  - ### Method Detail

    - #### getAffineTransform

          public static Mat getAffineTransform(MatOfPoint2f src,
                                               MatOfPoint2f dst)

    - #### getDefaultNewCameraMatrix

          public static Mat getDefaultNewCameraMatrix(Mat cameraMatrix,
                                                      Size imgsize,
                                                      boolean centerPrincipalPoint)

      Returns the default new camera matrix. The function returns the camera matrix that is either an exact copy of the input cameraMatrix (when centerPrinicipalPoint=false ), or the modified one (when centerPrincipalPoint=true). In the latter case, the new camera matrix will be: \(\begin{bmatrix} f_x && 0 && ( \texttt{imgSize.width} -1)*0.5 \\ 0 && f_y && ( \texttt{imgSize.height} -1)*0.5 \\ 0 && 0 && 1 \end{bmatrix} ,\) where \(f_x\) and \(f_y\) are \((0,0)\) and \((1,1)\) elements of cameraMatrix, respectively. By default, the undistortion functions in OpenCV (see #initUndistortRectifyMap, #undistort) do not move the principal point. However, when you work with stereo, it is important to move the principal points in both views to the same y-coordinate (which is required by most of stereo correspondence algorithms), and may be to the same x-coordinate too. So, you can form the new camera matrix for each view where the principal points are located at the center.
      Parameters:
        `cameraMatrix` - Input camera matrix.
        `imgsize` - Camera view image size in pixels.
        `centerPrincipalPoint` - Location of the principal point in the new camera matrix. The parameter indicates whether this location should be at the image center or not.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### getDefaultNewCameraMatrix

          public static Mat getDefaultNewCameraMatrix(Mat cameraMatrix,
                                                      Size imgsize)

      Returns the default new camera matrix. The function returns the camera matrix that is either an exact copy of the input cameraMatrix (when centerPrinicipalPoint=false ), or the modified one (when centerPrincipalPoint=true). In the latter case, the new camera matrix will be: \(\begin{bmatrix} f_x && 0 && ( \texttt{imgSize.width} -1)*0.5 \\ 0 && f_y && ( \texttt{imgSize.height} -1)*0.5 \\ 0 && 0 && 1 \end{bmatrix} ,\) where \(f_x\) and \(f_y\) are \((0,0)\) and \((1,1)\) elements of cameraMatrix, respectively. By default, the undistortion functions in OpenCV (see #initUndistortRectifyMap, #undistort) do not move the principal point. However, when you work with stereo, it is important to move the principal points in both views to the same y-coordinate (which is required by most of stereo correspondence algorithms), and may be to the same x-coordinate too. So, you can form the new camera matrix for each view where the principal points are located at the center.
      Parameters:
        `cameraMatrix` - Input camera matrix.
        `imgsize` - Camera view image size in pixels. parameter indicates whether this location should be at the image center or not.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### getDefaultNewCameraMatrix

          public static Mat getDefaultNewCameraMatrix(Mat cameraMatrix)

      Returns the default new camera matrix. The function returns the camera matrix that is either an exact copy of the input cameraMatrix (when centerPrinicipalPoint=false ), or the modified one (when centerPrincipalPoint=true). In the latter case, the new camera matrix will be: \(\begin{bmatrix} f_x && 0 && ( \texttt{imgSize.width} -1)*0.5 \\ 0 && f_y && ( \texttt{imgSize.height} -1)*0.5 \\ 0 && 0 && 1 \end{bmatrix} ,\) where \(f_x\) and \(f_y\) are \((0,0)\) and \((1,1)\) elements of cameraMatrix, respectively. By default, the undistortion functions in OpenCV (see #initUndistortRectifyMap, #undistort) do not move the principal point. However, when you work with stereo, it is important to move the principal points in both views to the same y-coordinate (which is required by most of stereo correspondence algorithms), and may be to the same x-coordinate too. So, you can form the new camera matrix for each view where the principal points are located at the center.
      Parameters:
        `cameraMatrix` - Input camera matrix. parameter indicates whether this location should be at the image center or not.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### getGaborKernel

          public static Mat getGaborKernel(Size ksize,
                                           double sigma,
                                           double theta,
                                           double lambd,
                                           double gamma,
                                           double psi,
                                           int ktype)

      Returns Gabor filter coefficients. For more details about gabor filter equations and parameters, see: [Gabor Filter](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gabor_filter).
      Parameters:
        `ksize` - Size of the filter returned.
        `sigma` - Standard deviation of the gaussian envelope.
        `theta` - Orientation of the normal to the parallel stripes of a Gabor function.
        `lambd` - Wavelength of the sinusoidal factor.
        `gamma` - Spatial aspect ratio.
        `psi` - Phase offset.
        `ktype` - Type of filter coefficients. It can be CV_32F or CV_64F .
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### getGaborKernel

          public static Mat getGaborKernel(Size ksize,
                                           double sigma,
                                           double theta,
                                           double lambd,
                                           double gamma,
                                           double psi)

      Returns Gabor filter coefficients. For more details about gabor filter equations and parameters, see: [Gabor Filter](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gabor_filter).
      Parameters:
        `ksize` - Size of the filter returned.
        `sigma` - Standard deviation of the gaussian envelope.
        `theta` - Orientation of the normal to the parallel stripes of a Gabor function.
        `lambd` - Wavelength of the sinusoidal factor.
        `gamma` - Spatial aspect ratio.
        `psi` - Phase offset.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### getGaborKernel

          public static Mat getGaborKernel(Size ksize,
                                           double sigma,
                                           double theta,
                                           double lambd,
                                           double gamma)

      Returns Gabor filter coefficients. For more details about gabor filter equations and parameters, see: [Gabor Filter](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gabor_filter).
      Parameters:
        `ksize` - Size of the filter returned.
        `sigma` - Standard deviation of the gaussian envelope.
        `theta` - Orientation of the normal to the parallel stripes of a Gabor function.
        `lambd` - Wavelength of the sinusoidal factor.
        `gamma` - Spatial aspect ratio.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### getGaussianKernel

          public static Mat getGaussianKernel(int ksize,
                                              double sigma,
                                              int ktype)

      Returns Gaussian filter coefficients. The function computes and returns the \(\texttt{ksize} \times 1\) matrix of Gaussian filter coefficients: \(G_i= \alpha *e^{-(i-( \texttt{ksize} -1)/2)^2/(2* \texttt{sigma}^2)},\) where \(i=0..\texttt{ksize}-1\) and \(\alpha\) is the scale factor chosen so that \(\sum_i G_i=1\). Two of such generated kernels can be passed to sepFilter2D. Those functions automatically recognize smoothing kernels (a symmetrical kernel with sum of weights equal to 1) and handle them accordingly. You may also use the higher-level GaussianBlur.
      Parameters:
        `ksize` - Aperture size. It should be odd ( \(\texttt{ksize} \mod 2 = 1\) ) and positive.
        `sigma` - Gaussian standard deviation. If it is non-positive, it is computed from ksize as `sigma = 0.3*((ksize-1)*0.5 - 1) + 0.8`.
        `ktype` - Type of filter coefficients. It can be CV_32F or CV_64F . SEE: sepFilter2D, getDerivKernels, getStructuringElement, GaussianBlur
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### getGaussianKernel

          public static Mat getGaussianKernel(int ksize,
                                              double sigma)

      Returns Gaussian filter coefficients. The function computes and returns the \(\texttt{ksize} \times 1\) matrix of Gaussian filter coefficients: \(G_i= \alpha *e^{-(i-( \texttt{ksize} -1)/2)^2/(2* \texttt{sigma}^2)},\) where \(i=0..\texttt{ksize}-1\) and \(\alpha\) is the scale factor chosen so that \(\sum_i G_i=1\). Two of such generated kernels can be passed to sepFilter2D. Those functions automatically recognize smoothing kernels (a symmetrical kernel with sum of weights equal to 1) and handle them accordingly. You may also use the higher-level GaussianBlur.
      Parameters:
        `ksize` - Aperture size. It should be odd ( \(\texttt{ksize} \mod 2 = 1\) ) and positive.
        `sigma` - Gaussian standard deviation. If it is non-positive, it is computed from ksize as `sigma = 0.3*((ksize-1)*0.5 - 1) + 0.8`. SEE: sepFilter2D, getDerivKernels, getStructuringElement, GaussianBlur
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### getPerspectiveTransform

          public static Mat getPerspectiveTransform(Mat src,
                                                    Mat dst)

      Calculates a perspective transform from four pairs of the corresponding points. The function calculates the \(3 \times 3\) matrix of a perspective transform so that: \(\begin{bmatrix} t_i x'_i \\ t_i y'_i \\ t_i \end{bmatrix} = \texttt{map_matrix} \cdot \begin{bmatrix} x_i \\ y_i \\ 1 \end{bmatrix}\) where \(dst(i)=(x'_i,y'_i), src(i)=(x_i, y_i), i=0,1,2,3\)
      Parameters:
        `src` - Coordinates of quadrangle vertices in the source image.
        `dst` - Coordinates of the corresponding quadrangle vertices in the destination image. SEE: findHomography, warpPerspective, perspectiveTransform
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### getRotationMatrix2D

          public static Mat getRotationMatrix2D(Point center,
                                                double angle,
                                                double scale)

      Calculates an affine matrix of 2D rotation. The function calculates the following matrix: \(\begin{bmatrix} \alpha & \beta & (1- \alpha ) \cdot \texttt{center.x} - \beta \cdot \texttt{center.y} \\ - \beta & \alpha & \beta \cdot \texttt{center.x} + (1- \alpha ) \cdot \texttt{center.y} \end{bmatrix}\) where \(\begin{array}{l} \alpha = \texttt{scale} \cdot \cos \texttt{angle} , \\ \beta = \texttt{scale} \cdot \sin \texttt{angle} \end{array}\) The transformation maps the rotation center to itself. If this is not the target, adjust the shift.
      Parameters:
        `center` - Center of the rotation in the source image.
        `angle` - Rotation angle in degrees. Positive values mean counter-clockwise rotation (the coordinate origin is assumed to be the top-left corner).
        `scale` - Isotropic scale factor. SEE: getAffineTransform, warpAffine, transform
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### getStructuringElement

          public static Mat getStructuringElement(int shape,
                                                  Size ksize,
                                                  Point anchor)

      Returns a structuring element of the specified size and shape for morphological operations. The function constructs and returns the structuring element that can be further passed to #erode, #dilate or #morphologyEx. But you can also construct an arbitrary binary mask yourself and use it as the structuring element.
      Parameters:
        `shape` - Element shape that could be one of #MorphShapes
        `ksize` - Size of the structuring element.
        `anchor` - Anchor position within the element. The default value \((-1, -1)\) means that the anchor is at the center. Note that only the shape of a cross-shaped element depends on the anchor position. In other cases the anchor just regulates how much the result of the morphological operation is shifted.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### getStructuringElement

          public static Mat getStructuringElement(int shape,
                                                  Size ksize)

      Returns a structuring element of the specified size and shape for morphological operations. The function constructs and returns the structuring element that can be further passed to #erode, #dilate or #morphologyEx. But you can also construct an arbitrary binary mask yourself and use it as the structuring element.
      Parameters:
        `shape` - Element shape that could be one of #MorphShapes
        `ksize` - Size of the structuring element. anchor is at the center. Note that only the shape of a cross-shaped element depends on the anchor position. In other cases the anchor just regulates how much the result of the morphological operation is shifted.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### moments

          public static Moments moments(Mat array,
                                        boolean binaryImage)

      Calculates all of the moments up to the third order of a polygon or rasterized shape. The function computes moments, up to the 3rd order, of a vector shape or a rasterized shape. The results are returned in the structure cv::Moments.
      Parameters:
        `array` - Raster image (single-channel, 8-bit or floating-point 2D array) or an array ( \(1 \times N\) or \(N \times 1\) ) of 2D points (Point or Point2f ).
        `binaryImage` - If it is true, all non-zero image pixels are treated as 1's. The parameter is used for images only.
      Returns:
        moments. Note: Only applicable to contour moments calculations from Python bindings: Note that the numpy type for the input array should be either np.int32 or np.float32. SEE: contourArea, arcLength

    - #### moments

          public static Moments moments(Mat array)

      Calculates all of the moments up to the third order of a polygon or rasterized shape. The function computes moments, up to the 3rd order, of a vector shape or a rasterized shape. The results are returned in the structure cv::Moments.
      Parameters:
        `array` - Raster image (single-channel, 8-bit or floating-point 2D array) or an array ( \(1 \times N\) or \(N \times 1\) ) of 2D points (Point or Point2f ). used for images only.
      Returns:
        moments. Note: Only applicable to contour moments calculations from Python bindings: Note that the numpy type for the input array should be either np.int32 or np.float32. SEE: contourArea, arcLength

    - #### phaseCorrelate

          public static Point phaseCorrelate(Mat src1,
                                             Mat src2,
                                             Mat window,
                                             double[] response)

      The function is used to detect translational shifts that occur between two images. The operation takes advantage of the Fourier shift theorem for detecting the translational shift in the frequency domain. It can be used for fast image registration as well as motion estimation. For more information please see <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phase_correlation> Calculates the cross-power spectrum of two supplied source arrays. The arrays are padded if needed with getOptimalDFTSize. The function performs the following equations:
      - First it applies a Hanning window (see <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hann_function>) to each image to remove possible edge effects. This window is cached until the array size changes to speed up processing time.
      - Next it computes the forward DFTs of each source array: \(\mathbf{G}_a = \mathcal{F}\{src_1\}, \; \mathbf{G}_b = \mathcal{F}\{src_2\}\) where \(\mathcal{F}\) is the forward DFT.
      - It then computes the cross-power spectrum of each frequency domain array: \(R = \frac{ \mathbf{G}_a \mathbf{G}_b^*}{|\mathbf{G}_a \mathbf{G}_b^*|}\)
      - Next the cross-correlation is converted back into the time domain via the inverse DFT: \(r = \mathcal{F}^{-1}\{R\}\)
      - Finally, it computes the peak location and computes a 5x5 weighted centroid around the peak to achieve sub-pixel accuracy. \((\Delta x, \Delta y) = \texttt{weightedCentroid} \{\arg \max_{(x, y)}\{r\}\}\)
      - If non-zero, the response parameter is computed as the sum of the elements of r within the 5x5 centroid around the peak location. It is normalized to a maximum of 1 (meaning there is a single peak) and will be smaller when there are multiple peaks.
      Parameters:
        `src1` - Source floating point array (CV_32FC1 or CV_64FC1)
        `src2` - Source floating point array (CV_32FC1 or CV_64FC1)
        `window` - Floating point array with windowing coefficients to reduce edge effects (optional).
        `response` - Signal power within the 5x5 centroid around the peak, between 0 and 1 (optional).
      Returns:
        detected phase shift (sub-pixel) between the two arrays. SEE: dft, getOptimalDFTSize, idft, mulSpectrums createHanningWindow

    - #### phaseCorrelate

          public static Point phaseCorrelate(Mat src1,
                                             Mat src2,
                                             Mat window)

      The function is used to detect translational shifts that occur between two images. The operation takes advantage of the Fourier shift theorem for detecting the translational shift in the frequency domain. It can be used for fast image registration as well as motion estimation. For more information please see <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phase_correlation> Calculates the cross-power spectrum of two supplied source arrays. The arrays are padded if needed with getOptimalDFTSize. The function performs the following equations:
      - First it applies a Hanning window (see <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hann_function>) to each image to remove possible edge effects. This window is cached until the array size changes to speed up processing time.
      - Next it computes the forward DFTs of each source array: \(\mathbf{G}_a = \mathcal{F}\{src_1\}, \; \mathbf{G}_b = \mathcal{F}\{src_2\}\) where \(\mathcal{F}\) is the forward DFT.
      - It then computes the cross-power spectrum of each frequency domain array: \(R = \frac{ \mathbf{G}_a \mathbf{G}_b^*}{|\mathbf{G}_a \mathbf{G}_b^*|}\)
      - Next the cross-correlation is converted back into the time domain via the inverse DFT: \(r = \mathcal{F}^{-1}\{R\}\)
      - Finally, it computes the peak location and computes a 5x5 weighted centroid around the peak to achieve sub-pixel accuracy. \((\Delta x, \Delta y) = \texttt{weightedCentroid} \{\arg \max_{(x, y)}\{r\}\}\)
      - If non-zero, the response parameter is computed as the sum of the elements of r within the 5x5 centroid around the peak location. It is normalized to a maximum of 1 (meaning there is a single peak) and will be smaller when there are multiple peaks.
      Parameters:
        `src1` - Source floating point array (CV_32FC1 or CV_64FC1)
        `src2` - Source floating point array (CV_32FC1 or CV_64FC1)
        `window` - Floating point array with windowing coefficients to reduce edge effects (optional).
      Returns:
        detected phase shift (sub-pixel) between the two arrays. SEE: dft, getOptimalDFTSize, idft, mulSpectrums createHanningWindow

    - #### phaseCorrelate

          public static Point phaseCorrelate(Mat src1,
                                             Mat src2)

      The function is used to detect translational shifts that occur between two images. The operation takes advantage of the Fourier shift theorem for detecting the translational shift in the frequency domain. It can be used for fast image registration as well as motion estimation. For more information please see <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phase_correlation> Calculates the cross-power spectrum of two supplied source arrays. The arrays are padded if needed with getOptimalDFTSize. The function performs the following equations:
      - First it applies a Hanning window (see <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hann_function>) to each image to remove possible edge effects. This window is cached until the array size changes to speed up processing time.
      - Next it computes the forward DFTs of each source array: \(\mathbf{G}_a = \mathcal{F}\{src_1\}, \; \mathbf{G}_b = \mathcal{F}\{src_2\}\) where \(\mathcal{F}\) is the forward DFT.
      - It then computes the cross-power spectrum of each frequency domain array: \(R = \frac{ \mathbf{G}_a \mathbf{G}_b^*}{|\mathbf{G}_a \mathbf{G}_b^*|}\)
      - Next the cross-correlation is converted back into the time domain via the inverse DFT: \(r = \mathcal{F}^{-1}\{R\}\)
      - Finally, it computes the peak location and computes a 5x5 weighted centroid around the peak to achieve sub-pixel accuracy. \((\Delta x, \Delta y) = \texttt{weightedCentroid} \{\arg \max_{(x, y)}\{r\}\}\)
      - If non-zero, the response parameter is computed as the sum of the elements of r within the 5x5 centroid around the peak location. It is normalized to a maximum of 1 (meaning there is a single peak) and will be smaller when there are multiple peaks.
      Parameters:
        `src1` - Source floating point array (CV_32FC1 or CV_64FC1)
        `src2` - Source floating point array (CV_32FC1 or CV_64FC1)
      Returns:
        detected phase shift (sub-pixel) between the two arrays. SEE: dft, getOptimalDFTSize, idft, mulSpectrums createHanningWindow

    - #### createCLAHE

          public static CLAHE createCLAHE(double clipLimit,
                                          Size tileGridSize)

      Creates a smart pointer to a cv::CLAHE class and initializes it.
      Parameters:
        `clipLimit` - Threshold for contrast limiting.
        `tileGridSize` - Size of grid for histogram equalization. Input image will be divided into equally sized rectangular tiles. tileGridSize defines the number of tiles in row and column.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### createCLAHE

          public static CLAHE createCLAHE(double clipLimit)

      Creates a smart pointer to a cv::CLAHE class and initializes it.
      Parameters:
        `clipLimit` - Threshold for contrast limiting. equally sized rectangular tiles. tileGridSize defines the number of tiles in row and column.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### createCLAHE

          public static CLAHE createCLAHE()

      Creates a smart pointer to a cv::CLAHE class and initializes it. equally sized rectangular tiles. tileGridSize defines the number of tiles in row and column.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### createGeneralizedHoughBallard

          public static GeneralizedHoughBallard createGeneralizedHoughBallard()

      Creates a smart pointer to a cv::GeneralizedHoughBallard class and initializes it.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### createGeneralizedHoughGuil

          public static GeneralizedHoughGuil createGeneralizedHoughGuil()

      Creates a smart pointer to a cv::GeneralizedHoughGuil class and initializes it.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### createLineSegmentDetector

          public static LineSegmentDetector createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine,
                                                                      double _scale,
                                                                      double _sigma_scale,
                                                                      double _quant,
                                                                      double _ang_th,
                                                                      double _log_eps,
                                                                      double _density_th,
                                                                      int _n_bins)

      Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it. The LineSegmentDetector algorithm is defined using the standard values. Only advanced users may want to edit those, as to tailor it for their own application.
      Parameters:
        `_refine` - The way found lines will be refined, see #LineSegmentDetectorModes
        `_scale` - The scale of the image that will be used to find the lines. Range (0..1].
        `_sigma_scale` - Sigma for Gaussian filter. It is computed as sigma = _sigma_scale/_scale.
        `_quant` - Bound to the quantization error on the gradient norm.
        `_ang_th` - Gradient angle tolerance in degrees.
        `_log_eps` - Detection threshold: -log10(NFA) > log_eps. Used only when advance refinement is chosen.
        `_density_th` - Minimal density of aligned region points in the enclosing rectangle.
        `_n_bins` - Number of bins in pseudo-ordering of gradient modulus. Note: Implementation has been removed due original code license conflict
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### createLineSegmentDetector

          public static LineSegmentDetector createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine,
                                                                      double _scale,
                                                                      double _sigma_scale,
                                                                      double _quant,
                                                                      double _ang_th,
                                                                      double _log_eps,
                                                                      double _density_th)

      Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it. The LineSegmentDetector algorithm is defined using the standard values. Only advanced users may want to edit those, as to tailor it for their own application.
      Parameters:
        `_refine` - The way found lines will be refined, see #LineSegmentDetectorModes
        `_scale` - The scale of the image that will be used to find the lines. Range (0..1].
        `_sigma_scale` - Sigma for Gaussian filter. It is computed as sigma = _sigma_scale/_scale.
        `_quant` - Bound to the quantization error on the gradient norm.
        `_ang_th` - Gradient angle tolerance in degrees.
        `_log_eps` - Detection threshold: -log10(NFA) > log_eps. Used only when advance refinement is chosen.
        `_density_th` - Minimal density of aligned region points in the enclosing rectangle. Note: Implementation has been removed due original code license conflict
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### createLineSegmentDetector

          public static LineSegmentDetector createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine,
                                                                      double _scale,
                                                                      double _sigma_scale,
                                                                      double _quant,
                                                                      double _ang_th,
                                                                      double _log_eps)

      Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it. The LineSegmentDetector algorithm is defined using the standard values. Only advanced users may want to edit those, as to tailor it for their own application.
      Parameters:
        `_refine` - The way found lines will be refined, see #LineSegmentDetectorModes
        `_scale` - The scale of the image that will be used to find the lines. Range (0..1].
        `_sigma_scale` - Sigma for Gaussian filter. It is computed as sigma = _sigma_scale/_scale.
        `_quant` - Bound to the quantization error on the gradient norm.
        `_ang_th` - Gradient angle tolerance in degrees.
        `_log_eps` - Detection threshold: -log10(NFA) > log_eps. Used only when advance refinement is chosen. Note: Implementation has been removed due original code license conflict
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### createLineSegmentDetector

          public static LineSegmentDetector createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine,
                                                                      double _scale,
                                                                      double _sigma_scale,
                                                                      double _quant,
                                                                      double _ang_th)

      Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it. The LineSegmentDetector algorithm is defined using the standard values. Only advanced users may want to edit those, as to tailor it for their own application.
      Parameters:
        `_refine` - The way found lines will be refined, see #LineSegmentDetectorModes
        `_scale` - The scale of the image that will be used to find the lines. Range (0..1].
        `_sigma_scale` - Sigma for Gaussian filter. It is computed as sigma = _sigma_scale/_scale.
        `_quant` - Bound to the quantization error on the gradient norm.
        `_ang_th` - Gradient angle tolerance in degrees. is chosen. Note: Implementation has been removed due original code license conflict
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### createLineSegmentDetector

          public static LineSegmentDetector createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine,
                                                                      double _scale,
                                                                      double _sigma_scale,
                                                                      double _quant)

      Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it. The LineSegmentDetector algorithm is defined using the standard values. Only advanced users may want to edit those, as to tailor it for their own application.
      Parameters:
        `_refine` - The way found lines will be refined, see #LineSegmentDetectorModes
        `_scale` - The scale of the image that will be used to find the lines. Range (0..1].
        `_sigma_scale` - Sigma for Gaussian filter. It is computed as sigma = _sigma_scale/_scale.
        `_quant` - Bound to the quantization error on the gradient norm. is chosen. Note: Implementation has been removed due original code license conflict
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### createLineSegmentDetector

          public static LineSegmentDetector createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine,
                                                                      double _scale,
                                                                      double _sigma_scale)

      Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it. The LineSegmentDetector algorithm is defined using the standard values. Only advanced users may want to edit those, as to tailor it for their own application.
      Parameters:
        `_refine` - The way found lines will be refined, see #LineSegmentDetectorModes
        `_scale` - The scale of the image that will be used to find the lines. Range (0..1].
        `_sigma_scale` - Sigma for Gaussian filter. It is computed as sigma = _sigma_scale/_scale. is chosen. Note: Implementation has been removed due original code license conflict
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### createLineSegmentDetector

          public static LineSegmentDetector createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine,
                                                                      double _scale)

      Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it. The LineSegmentDetector algorithm is defined using the standard values. Only advanced users may want to edit those, as to tailor it for their own application.
      Parameters:
        `_refine` - The way found lines will be refined, see #LineSegmentDetectorModes
        `_scale` - The scale of the image that will be used to find the lines. Range (0..1]. is chosen. Note: Implementation has been removed due original code license conflict
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### createLineSegmentDetector

          public static LineSegmentDetector createLineSegmentDetector(int _refine)

      Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it. The LineSegmentDetector algorithm is defined using the standard values. Only advanced users may want to edit those, as to tailor it for their own application.
      Parameters:
        `_refine` - The way found lines will be refined, see #LineSegmentDetectorModes is chosen. Note: Implementation has been removed due original code license conflict
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### createLineSegmentDetector

          public static LineSegmentDetector createLineSegmentDetector()

      Creates a smart pointer to a LineSegmentDetector object and initializes it. The LineSegmentDetector algorithm is defined using the standard values. Only advanced users may want to edit those, as to tailor it for their own application. is chosen. Note: Implementation has been removed due original code license conflict
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### boundingRect

          public static Rect boundingRect(Mat array)

      Calculates the up-right bounding rectangle of a point set or non-zero pixels of gray-scale image. The function calculates and returns the minimal up-right bounding rectangle for the specified point set or non-zero pixels of gray-scale image.
      Parameters:
        `array` - Input gray-scale image or 2D point set, stored in std::vector or Mat.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### fitEllipse

          public static RotatedRect fitEllipse(MatOfPoint2f points)

      Fits an ellipse around a set of 2D points. The function calculates the ellipse that fits (in a least-squares sense) a set of 2D points best of all. It returns the rotated rectangle in which the ellipse is inscribed. The first algorithm described by CITE: Fitzgibbon95 is used. Developer should keep in mind that it is possible that the returned ellipse/rotatedRect data contains negative indices, due to the data points being close to the border of the containing Mat element.
      Parameters:
        `points` - Input 2D point set, stored in std::vector<> or Mat
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### fitEllipseAMS

          public static RotatedRect fitEllipseAMS(Mat points)

      Fits an ellipse around a set of 2D points. The function calculates the ellipse that fits a set of 2D points. It returns the rotated rectangle in which the ellipse is inscribed. The Approximate Mean Square (AMS) proposed by CITE: Taubin1991 is used. For an ellipse, this basis set is \( \chi= \left(x^2, x y, y^2, x, y, 1\right) \), which is a set of six free coefficients \( A^T=\left\{A_{\text{xx}},A_{\text{xy}},A_{\text{yy}},A_x,A_y,A_0\right\} \). However, to specify an ellipse, all that is needed is five numbers; the major and minor axes lengths \( (a,b) \), the position \( (x_0,y_0) \), and the orientation \( \theta \). This is because the basis set includes lines, quadratics, parabolic and hyperbolic functions as well as elliptical functions as possible fits. If the fit is found to be a parabolic or hyperbolic function then the standard #fitEllipse method is used. The AMS method restricts the fit to parabolic, hyperbolic and elliptical curves by imposing the condition that \( A^T ( D_x^T D_x + D_y^T D_y) A = 1 \) where the matrices \( Dx \) and \( Dy \) are the partial derivatives of the design matrix \( D \) with respect to x and y. The matrices are formed row by row applying the following to each of the points in the set: \(align*}{ D(i,:)&=\left\{x_i^2, x_i y_i, y_i^2, x_i, y_i, 1\right\} & D_x(i,:)&=\left\{2 x_i,y_i,0,1,0,0\right\} & D_y(i,:)&=\left\{0,x_i,2 y_i,0,1,0\right\} \) The AMS method minimizes the cost function \(equation*}{ \epsilon ^2=\frac{ A^T D^T D A }{ A^T (D_x^T D_x + D_y^T D_y) A^T } \) The minimum cost is found by solving the generalized eigenvalue problem. \(equation*}{ D^T D A = \lambda \left( D_x^T D_x + D_y^T D_y\right) A \)
      Parameters:
        `points` - Input 2D point set, stored in std::vector<> or Mat
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### fitEllipseDirect

          public static RotatedRect fitEllipseDirect(Mat points)

      Fits an ellipse around a set of 2D points. The function calculates the ellipse that fits a set of 2D points. It returns the rotated rectangle in which the ellipse is inscribed. The Direct least square (Direct) method by CITE: Fitzgibbon1999 is used. For an ellipse, this basis set is \( \chi= \left(x^2, x y, y^2, x, y, 1\right) \), which is a set of six free coefficients \( A^T=\left\{A_{\text{xx}},A_{\text{xy}},A_{\text{yy}},A_x,A_y,A_0\right\} \). However, to specify an ellipse, all that is needed is five numbers; the major and minor axes lengths \( (a,b) \), the position \( (x_0,y_0) \), and the orientation \( \theta \). This is because the basis set includes lines, quadratics, parabolic and hyperbolic functions as well as elliptical functions as possible fits. The Direct method confines the fit to ellipses by ensuring that \( 4 A_{xx} A_{yy}- A_{xy}^2 > 0 \). The condition imposed is that \( 4 A_{xx} A_{yy}- A_{xy}^2=1 \) which satisfies the inequality and as the coefficients can be arbitrarily scaled is not overly restrictive. \(equation*}{ \epsilon ^2= A^T D^T D A \quad \text{with} \quad A^T C A =1 \quad \text{and} \quad C=\left(\begin{matrix} 0 & 0 & 2 & 0 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & -1 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 \\ 2 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 & 0 \end{matrix} \right) \) The minimum cost is found by solving the generalized eigenvalue problem. \(equation*}{ D^T D A = \lambda \left( C\right) A \) The system produces only one positive eigenvalue \( \lambda\) which is chosen as the solution with its eigenvector \(\mathbf{u}\). These are used to find the coefficients \(equation*}{ A = \sqrt{\frac{1}{\mathbf{u}^T C \mathbf{u}}} \mathbf{u} \) The scaling factor guarantees that \(A^T C A =1\).
      Parameters:
        `points` - Input 2D point set, stored in std::vector<> or Mat
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### minAreaRect

          public static RotatedRect minAreaRect(MatOfPoint2f points)

      Finds a rotated rectangle of the minimum area enclosing the input 2D point set. The function calculates and returns the minimum-area bounding rectangle (possibly rotated) for a specified point set. Developer should keep in mind that the returned RotatedRect can contain negative indices when data is close to the containing Mat element boundary.
      Parameters:
        `points` - Input vector of 2D points, stored in std::vector<> or Mat
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### clipLine

          public static boolean clipLine(Rect imgRect,
                                         Point pt1,
                                         Point pt2)

      Parameters:
        `imgRect` - Image rectangle.
        `pt1` - First line point.
        `pt2` - Second line point.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### isContourConvex

          public static boolean isContourConvex(MatOfPoint contour)

      Tests a contour convexity. The function tests whether the input contour is convex or not. The contour must be simple, that is, without self-intersections. Otherwise, the function output is undefined.
      Parameters:
        `contour` - Input vector of 2D points, stored in std::vector<> or Mat
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### arcLength

          public static double arcLength(MatOfPoint2f curve,
                                         boolean closed)

      Calculates a contour perimeter or a curve length. The function computes a curve length or a closed contour perimeter.
      Parameters:
        `curve` - Input vector of 2D points, stored in std::vector or Mat.
        `closed` - Flag indicating whether the curve is closed or not.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### compareHist

          public static double compareHist(Mat H1,
                                           Mat H2,
                                           int method)

      Compares two histograms. The function cv::compareHist compares two dense or two sparse histograms using the specified method. The function returns \(d(H_1, H_2)\) . While the function works well with 1-, 2-, 3-dimensional dense histograms, it may not be suitable for high-dimensional sparse histograms. In such histograms, because of aliasing and sampling problems, the coordinates of non-zero histogram bins can slightly shift. To compare such histograms or more general sparse configurations of weighted points, consider using the #EMD function.
      Parameters:
        `H1` - First compared histogram.
        `H2` - Second compared histogram of the same size as H1 .
        `method` - Comparison method, see #HistCompMethods
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### contourArea

          public static double contourArea(Mat contour,
                                           boolean oriented)

      Calculates a contour area. The function computes a contour area. Similarly to moments , the area is computed using the Green formula. Thus, the returned area and the number of non-zero pixels, if you draw the contour using #drawContours or #fillPoly , can be different. Also, the function will most certainly give a wrong results for contours with self-intersections. Example: `vector<Point> contour; contour.push_back(Point2f(0, 0)); contour.push_back(Point2f(10, 0)); contour.push_back(Point2f(10, 10)); contour.push_back(Point2f(5, 4)); double area0 = contourArea(contour); vector<Point> approx; approxPolyDP(contour, approx, 5, true); double area1 = contourArea(approx); cout << "area0 =" << area0 << endl << "area1 =" << area1 << endl << "approx poly vertices" << approx.size() << endl;`
      Parameters:
        `contour` - Input vector of 2D points (contour vertices), stored in std::vector or Mat.
        `oriented` - Oriented area flag. If it is true, the function returns a signed area value, depending on the contour orientation (clockwise or counter-clockwise). Using this feature you can determine orientation of a contour by taking the sign of an area. By default, the parameter is false, which means that the absolute value is returned.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### contourArea

          public static double contourArea(Mat contour)

      Calculates a contour area. The function computes a contour area. Similarly to moments , the area is computed using the Green formula. Thus, the returned area and the number of non-zero pixels, if you draw the contour using #drawContours or #fillPoly , can be different. Also, the function will most certainly give a wrong results for contours with self-intersections. Example: `vector<Point> contour; contour.push_back(Point2f(0, 0)); contour.push_back(Point2f(10, 0)); contour.push_back(Point2f(10, 10)); contour.push_back(Point2f(5, 4)); double area0 = contourArea(contour); vector<Point> approx; approxPolyDP(contour, approx, 5, true); double area1 = contourArea(approx); cout << "area0 =" << area0 << endl << "area1 =" << area1 << endl << "approx poly vertices" << approx.size() << endl;`
      Parameters:
        `contour` - Input vector of 2D points (contour vertices), stored in std::vector or Mat. depending on the contour orientation (clockwise or counter-clockwise). Using this feature you can determine orientation of a contour by taking the sign of an area. By default, the parameter is false, which means that the absolute value is returned.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### getFontScaleFromHeight

          public static double getFontScaleFromHeight(int fontFace,
                                                      int pixelHeight,
                                                      int thickness)

      Calculates the font-specific size to use to achieve a given height in pixels.
      Parameters:
        `fontFace` - Font to use, see cv::HersheyFonts.
        `pixelHeight` - Pixel height to compute the fontScale for
        `thickness` - Thickness of lines used to render the text.See putText for details.
      Returns:
        The fontSize to use for cv::putText SEE: cv::putText

    - #### getFontScaleFromHeight

          public static double getFontScaleFromHeight(int fontFace,
                                                      int pixelHeight)

      Calculates the font-specific size to use to achieve a given height in pixels.
      Parameters:
        `fontFace` - Font to use, see cv::HersheyFonts.
        `pixelHeight` - Pixel height to compute the fontScale for
      Returns:
        The fontSize to use for cv::putText SEE: cv::putText

    - #### matchShapes

          public static double matchShapes(Mat contour1,
                                           Mat contour2,
                                           int method,
                                           double parameter)

      Compares two shapes. The function compares two shapes. All three implemented methods use the Hu invariants (see #HuMoments)
      Parameters:
        `contour1` - First contour or grayscale image.
        `contour2` - Second contour or grayscale image.
        `method` - Comparison method, see #ShapeMatchModes
        `parameter` - Method-specific parameter (not supported now).
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### minEnclosingTriangle

          public static double minEnclosingTriangle(Mat points,
                                                    Mat triangle)

      Finds a triangle of minimum area enclosing a 2D point set and returns its area. The function finds a triangle of minimum area enclosing the given set of 2D points and returns its area. The output for a given 2D point set is shown in the image below. 2D points are depicted in red* and the enclosing triangle in *yellow*. ![Sample output of the minimum enclosing triangle function](pics/minenclosingtriangle.png) The implementation of the algorithm is based on O'Rourke's CITE: ORourke86 and Klee and Laskowski's CITE: KleeLaskowski85 papers. O'Rourke provides a \(\theta(n)\) algorithm for finding the minimal enclosing triangle of a 2D convex polygon with n vertices. Since the #minEnclosingTriangle function takes a 2D point set as input an additional preprocessing step of computing the convex hull of the 2D point set is required. The complexity of the #convexHull function is \(O(n log(n))\) which is higher than \(\theta(n)\). Thus the overall complexity of the function is \(O(n log(n))\).
      Parameters:
        `points` - Input vector of 2D points with depth CV_32S or CV_32F, stored in std::vector<> or Mat
        `triangle` - Output vector of three 2D points defining the vertices of the triangle. The depth of the OutputArray must be CV_32F.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### pointPolygonTest

          public static double pointPolygonTest(MatOfPoint2f contour,
                                                Point pt,
                                                boolean measureDist)

      Performs a point-in-contour test. The function determines whether the point is inside a contour, outside, or lies on an edge (or coincides with a vertex). It returns positive (inside), negative (outside), or zero (on an edge) value, correspondingly. When measureDist=false , the return value is +1, -1, and 0, respectively. Otherwise, the return value is a signed distance between the point and the nearest contour edge. See below a sample output of the function where each image pixel is tested against the contour: ![sample output](pics/pointpolygon.png)
      Parameters:
        `contour` - Input contour.
        `pt` - Point tested against the contour.
        `measureDist` - If true, the function estimates the signed distance from the point to the nearest contour edge. Otherwise, the function only checks if the point is inside a contour or not.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### threshold

          public static double threshold(Mat src,
                                         Mat dst,
                                         double thresh,
                                         double maxval,
                                         int type)

      Applies a fixed-level threshold to each array element. The function applies fixed-level thresholding to a multiple-channel array. The function is typically used to get a bi-level (binary) image out of a grayscale image ( #compare could be also used for this purpose) or for removing a noise, that is, filtering out pixels with too small or too large values. There are several types of thresholding supported by the function. They are determined by type parameter. Also, the special values #THRESH_OTSU or #THRESH_TRIANGLE may be combined with one of the above values. In these cases, the function determines the optimal threshold value using the Otsu's or Triangle algorithm and uses it instead of the specified thresh. Note: Currently, the Otsu's and Triangle methods are implemented only for 8-bit single-channel images.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input array (multiple-channel, 8-bit or 32-bit floating point).
        `dst` - output array of the same size and type and the same number of channels as src.
        `thresh` - threshold value.
        `maxval` - maximum value to use with the #THRESH_BINARY and #THRESH_BINARY_INV thresholding types.
        `type` - thresholding type (see #ThresholdTypes).
      Returns:
        the computed threshold value if Otsu's or Triangle methods used. SEE: adaptiveThreshold, findContours, compare, min, max

    - #### initWideAngleProjMap

          public static float initWideAngleProjMap(Mat cameraMatrix,
                                                   Mat distCoeffs,
                                                   Size imageSize,
                                                   int destImageWidth,
                                                   int m1type,
                                                   Mat map1,
                                                   Mat map2,
                                                   int projType,
                                                   double alpha)

    - #### initWideAngleProjMap

          public static float initWideAngleProjMap(Mat cameraMatrix,
                                                   Mat distCoeffs,
                                                   Size imageSize,
                                                   int destImageWidth,
                                                   int m1type,
                                                   Mat map1,
                                                   Mat map2,
                                                   int projType)

    - #### initWideAngleProjMap

          public static float initWideAngleProjMap(Mat cameraMatrix,
                                                   Mat distCoeffs,
                                                   Size imageSize,
                                                   int destImageWidth,
                                                   int m1type,
                                                   Mat map1,
                                                   Mat map2)

    - #### intersectConvexConvex

          public static float intersectConvexConvex(Mat _p1,
                                                    Mat _p2,
                                                    Mat _p12,
                                                    boolean handleNested)

    - #### intersectConvexConvex

          public static float intersectConvexConvex(Mat _p1,
                                                    Mat _p2,
                                                    Mat _p12)

    - #### EMD

          public static float EMD(Mat signature1,
                                  Mat signature2,
                                  int distType,
                                  Mat cost,
                                  Mat flow)

      Computes the "minimal work" distance between two weighted point configurations. The function computes the earth mover distance and/or a lower boundary of the distance between the two weighted point configurations. One of the applications described in CITE: RubnerSept98, CITE: Rubner2000 is multi-dimensional histogram comparison for image retrieval. EMD is a transportation problem that is solved using some modification of a simplex algorithm, thus the complexity is exponential in the worst case, though, on average it is much faster. In the case of a real metric the lower boundary can be calculated even faster (using linear-time algorithm) and it can be used to determine roughly whether the two signatures are far enough so that they cannot relate to the same object.
      Parameters:
        `signature1` - First signature, a \(\texttt{size1}\times \texttt{dims}+1\) floating-point matrix. Each row stores the point weight followed by the point coordinates. The matrix is allowed to have a single column (weights only) if the user-defined cost matrix is used. The weights must be non-negative and have at least one non-zero value.
        `signature2` - Second signature of the same format as signature1 , though the number of rows may be different. The total weights may be different. In this case an extra "dummy" point is added to either signature1 or signature2. The weights must be non-negative and have at least one non-zero value.
        `distType` - Used metric. See #DistanceTypes.
        `cost` - User-defined \(\texttt{size1}\times \texttt{size2}\) cost matrix. Also, if a cost matrix is used, lower boundary lowerBound cannot be calculated because it needs a metric function. signatures that is a distance between mass centers. The lower boundary may not be calculated if the user-defined cost matrix is used, the total weights of point configurations are not equal, or if the signatures consist of weights only (the signature matrices have a single column). You must initialize \*lowerBound . If the calculated distance between mass centers is greater or equal to \*lowerBound (it means that the signatures are far enough), the function does not calculate EMD. In any case \*lowerBound is set to the calculated distance between mass centers on return. Thus, if you want to calculate both distance between mass centers and EMD, \*lowerBound should be set to 0.
        `flow` - Resultant \(\texttt{size1} \times \texttt{size2}\) flow matrix: \(\texttt{flow}_{i,j}\) is a flow from \(i\) -th point of signature1 to \(j\) -th point of signature2 .
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### EMD

          public static float EMD(Mat signature1,
                                  Mat signature2,
                                  int distType,
                                  Mat cost)

      Computes the "minimal work" distance between two weighted point configurations. The function computes the earth mover distance and/or a lower boundary of the distance between the two weighted point configurations. One of the applications described in CITE: RubnerSept98, CITE: Rubner2000 is multi-dimensional histogram comparison for image retrieval. EMD is a transportation problem that is solved using some modification of a simplex algorithm, thus the complexity is exponential in the worst case, though, on average it is much faster. In the case of a real metric the lower boundary can be calculated even faster (using linear-time algorithm) and it can be used to determine roughly whether the two signatures are far enough so that they cannot relate to the same object.
      Parameters:
        `signature1` - First signature, a \(\texttt{size1}\times \texttt{dims}+1\) floating-point matrix. Each row stores the point weight followed by the point coordinates. The matrix is allowed to have a single column (weights only) if the user-defined cost matrix is used. The weights must be non-negative and have at least one non-zero value.
        `signature2` - Second signature of the same format as signature1 , though the number of rows may be different. The total weights may be different. In this case an extra "dummy" point is added to either signature1 or signature2. The weights must be non-negative and have at least one non-zero value.
        `distType` - Used metric. See #DistanceTypes.
        `cost` - User-defined \(\texttt{size1}\times \texttt{size2}\) cost matrix. Also, if a cost matrix is used, lower boundary lowerBound cannot be calculated because it needs a metric function. signatures that is a distance between mass centers. The lower boundary may not be calculated if the user-defined cost matrix is used, the total weights of point configurations are not equal, or if the signatures consist of weights only (the signature matrices have a single column). You must initialize \*lowerBound . If the calculated distance between mass centers is greater or equal to \*lowerBound (it means that the signatures are far enough), the function does not calculate EMD. In any case \*lowerBound is set to the calculated distance between mass centers on return. Thus, if you want to calculate both distance between mass centers and EMD, \*lowerBound should be set to 0. a flow from \(i\) -th point of signature1 to \(j\) -th point of signature2 .
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### EMD

          public static float EMD(Mat signature1,
                                  Mat signature2,
                                  int distType)

      Computes the "minimal work" distance between two weighted point configurations. The function computes the earth mover distance and/or a lower boundary of the distance between the two weighted point configurations. One of the applications described in CITE: RubnerSept98, CITE: Rubner2000 is multi-dimensional histogram comparison for image retrieval. EMD is a transportation problem that is solved using some modification of a simplex algorithm, thus the complexity is exponential in the worst case, though, on average it is much faster. In the case of a real metric the lower boundary can be calculated even faster (using linear-time algorithm) and it can be used to determine roughly whether the two signatures are far enough so that they cannot relate to the same object.
      Parameters:
        `signature1` - First signature, a \(\texttt{size1}\times \texttt{dims}+1\) floating-point matrix. Each row stores the point weight followed by the point coordinates. The matrix is allowed to have a single column (weights only) if the user-defined cost matrix is used. The weights must be non-negative and have at least one non-zero value.
        `signature2` - Second signature of the same format as signature1 , though the number of rows may be different. The total weights may be different. In this case an extra "dummy" point is added to either signature1 or signature2. The weights must be non-negative and have at least one non-zero value.
        `distType` - Used metric. See #DistanceTypes. is used, lower boundary lowerBound cannot be calculated because it needs a metric function. signatures that is a distance between mass centers. The lower boundary may not be calculated if the user-defined cost matrix is used, the total weights of point configurations are not equal, or if the signatures consist of weights only (the signature matrices have a single column). You must initialize \*lowerBound . If the calculated distance between mass centers is greater or equal to \*lowerBound (it means that the signatures are far enough), the function does not calculate EMD. In any case \*lowerBound is set to the calculated distance between mass centers on return. Thus, if you want to calculate both distance between mass centers and EMD, \*lowerBound should be set to 0. a flow from \(i\) -th point of signature1 to \(j\) -th point of signature2 .
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### connectedComponentsWithAlgorithm

          public static int connectedComponentsWithAlgorithm(Mat image,
                                                             Mat labels,
                                                             int connectivity,
                                                             int ltype,
                                                             int ccltype)

      computes the connected components labeled image of boolean image image with 4 or 8 way connectivity - returns N, the total number of labels [0, N-1] where 0 represents the background label. ltype specifies the output label image type, an important consideration based on the total number of labels or alternatively the total number of pixels in the source image. ccltype specifies the connected components labeling algorithm to use, currently Grana (BBDT) and Wu's (SAUF) algorithms are supported, see the #ConnectedComponentsAlgorithmsTypes for details. Note that SAUF algorithm forces a row major ordering of labels while BBDT does not. This function uses parallel version of both Grana and Wu's algorithms if at least one allowed parallel framework is enabled and if the rows of the image are at least twice the number returned by #getNumberOfCPUs.
      Parameters:
        `image` - the 8-bit single-channel image to be labeled
        `labels` - destination labeled image
        `connectivity` - 8 or 4 for 8-way or 4-way connectivity respectively
        `ltype` - output image label type. Currently CV_32S and CV_16U are supported.
        `ccltype` - connected components algorithm type (see the #ConnectedComponentsAlgorithmsTypes).
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### connectedComponents

          public static int connectedComponents(Mat image,
                                                Mat labels,
                                                int connectivity,
                                                int ltype)

      Parameters:
        `image` - the 8-bit single-channel image to be labeled
        `labels` - destination labeled image
        `connectivity` - 8 or 4 for 8-way or 4-way connectivity respectively
        `ltype` - output image label type. Currently CV_32S and CV_16U are supported.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### connectedComponents

          public static int connectedComponents(Mat image,
                                                Mat labels,
                                                int connectivity)

      Parameters:
        `image` - the 8-bit single-channel image to be labeled
        `labels` - destination labeled image
        `connectivity` - 8 or 4 for 8-way or 4-way connectivity respectively
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### connectedComponents

          public static int connectedComponents(Mat image,
                                                Mat labels)

      Parameters:
        `image` - the 8-bit single-channel image to be labeled
        `labels` - destination labeled image
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### connectedComponentsWithStatsWithAlgorithm

          public static int connectedComponentsWithStatsWithAlgorithm(Mat image,
                                                                      Mat labels,
                                                                      Mat stats,
                                                                      Mat centroids,
                                                                      int connectivity,
                                                                      int ltype,
                                                                      int ccltype)

      computes the connected components labeled image of boolean image and also produces a statistics output for each label image with 4 or 8 way connectivity - returns N, the total number of labels [0, N-1] where 0 represents the background label. ltype specifies the output label image type, an important consideration based on the total number of labels or alternatively the total number of pixels in the source image. ccltype specifies the connected components labeling algorithm to use, currently Grana's (BBDT) and Wu's (SAUF) algorithms are supported, see the #ConnectedComponentsAlgorithmsTypes for details. Note that SAUF algorithm forces a row major ordering of labels while BBDT does not. This function uses parallel version of both Grana and Wu's algorithms (statistics included) if at least one allowed parallel framework is enabled and if the rows of the image are at least twice the number returned by #getNumberOfCPUs.
      Parameters:
        `image` - the 8-bit single-channel image to be labeled
        `labels` - destination labeled image
        `stats` - statistics output for each label, including the background label, see below for available statistics. Statistics are accessed via stats(label, COLUMN) where COLUMN is one of #ConnectedComponentsTypes. The data type is CV_32S.
        `centroids` - centroid output for each label, including the background label. Centroids are accessed via centroids(label, 0) for x and centroids(label, 1) for y. The data type CV_64F.
        `connectivity` - 8 or 4 for 8-way or 4-way connectivity respectively
        `ltype` - output image label type. Currently CV_32S and CV_16U are supported.
        `ccltype` - connected components algorithm type (see #ConnectedComponentsAlgorithmsTypes).
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### connectedComponentsWithStats

          public static int connectedComponentsWithStats(Mat image,
                                                         Mat labels,
                                                         Mat stats,
                                                         Mat centroids,
                                                         int connectivity,
                                                         int ltype)

      Parameters:
        `image` - the 8-bit single-channel image to be labeled
        `labels` - destination labeled image
        `stats` - statistics output for each label, including the background label, see below for available statistics. Statistics are accessed via stats(label, COLUMN) where COLUMN is one of #ConnectedComponentsTypes. The data type is CV_32S.
        `centroids` - centroid output for each label, including the background label. Centroids are accessed via centroids(label, 0) for x and centroids(label, 1) for y. The data type CV_64F.
        `connectivity` - 8 or 4 for 8-way or 4-way connectivity respectively
        `ltype` - output image label type. Currently CV_32S and CV_16U are supported.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### connectedComponentsWithStats

          public static int connectedComponentsWithStats(Mat image,
                                                         Mat labels,
                                                         Mat stats,
                                                         Mat centroids,
                                                         int connectivity)

      Parameters:
        `image` - the 8-bit single-channel image to be labeled
        `labels` - destination labeled image
        `stats` - statistics output for each label, including the background label, see below for available statistics. Statistics are accessed via stats(label, COLUMN) where COLUMN is one of #ConnectedComponentsTypes. The data type is CV_32S.
        `centroids` - centroid output for each label, including the background label. Centroids are accessed via centroids(label, 0) for x and centroids(label, 1) for y. The data type CV_64F.
        `connectivity` - 8 or 4 for 8-way or 4-way connectivity respectively
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### connectedComponentsWithStats

          public static int connectedComponentsWithStats(Mat image,
                                                         Mat labels,
                                                         Mat stats,
                                                         Mat centroids)

      Parameters:
        `image` - the 8-bit single-channel image to be labeled
        `labels` - destination labeled image
        `stats` - statistics output for each label, including the background label, see below for available statistics. Statistics are accessed via stats(label, COLUMN) where COLUMN is one of #ConnectedComponentsTypes. The data type is CV_32S.
        `centroids` - centroid output for each label, including the background label. Centroids are accessed via centroids(label, 0) for x and centroids(label, 1) for y. The data type CV_64F.
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### floodFill

          public static int floodFill(Mat image,
                                      Mat mask,
                                      Point seedPoint,
                                      Scalar newVal,
                                      Rect rect,
                                      Scalar loDiff,
                                      Scalar upDiff,
                                      int flags)

      Fills a connected component with the given color. The function cv::floodFill fills a connected component starting from the seed point with the specified color. The connectivity is determined by the color/brightness closeness of the neighbor pixels. The pixel at \((x,y)\) is considered to belong to the repainted domain if:
      - in case of a grayscale image and floating range \(\texttt{src} (x',y')- \texttt{loDiff} \leq \texttt{src} (x,y) \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')+ \texttt{upDiff}\)
      - in case of a grayscale image and fixed range \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)- \texttt{loDiff} \leq \texttt{src} (x,y) \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)+ \texttt{upDiff}\)
      - in case of a color image and floating range \(\texttt{src} (x',y')_r- \texttt{loDiff} _r \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_r \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')_r+ \texttt{upDiff} _r,\) \(\texttt{src} (x',y')_g- \texttt{loDiff} _g \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_g \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')_g+ \texttt{upDiff} _g\) and \(\texttt{src} (x',y')_b- \texttt{loDiff} _b \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_b \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')_b+ \texttt{upDiff} _b\)
      - in case of a color image and fixed range \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_r- \texttt{loDiff} _r \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_r \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_r+ \texttt{upDiff} _r,\) \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_g- \texttt{loDiff} _g \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_g \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_g+ \texttt{upDiff} _g\) and \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_b- \texttt{loDiff} _b \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_b \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_b+ \texttt{upDiff} _b\)
      where \(src(x',y')\) is the value of one of pixel neighbors that is already known to belong to the component. That is, to be added to the connected component, a color/brightness of the pixel should be close enough to:
      - Color/brightness of one of its neighbors that already belong to the connected component in case of a floating range.
      - Color/brightness of the seed point in case of a fixed range.
      Use these functions to either mark a connected component with the specified color in-place, or build a mask and then extract the contour, or copy the region to another image, and so on.
      Parameters:
        `image` - Input/output 1- or 3-channel, 8-bit, or floating-point image. It is modified by the function unless the #FLOODFILL_MASK_ONLY flag is set in the second variant of the function. See the details below.
        `mask` - Operation mask that should be a single-channel 8-bit image, 2 pixels wider and 2 pixels taller than image. Since this is both an input and output parameter, you must take responsibility of initializing it. Flood-filling cannot go across non-zero pixels in the input mask. For example, an edge detector output can be used as a mask to stop filling at edges. On output, pixels in the mask corresponding to filled pixels in the image are set to 1 or to the a value specified in flags as described below. Additionally, the function fills the border of the mask with ones to simplify internal processing. It is therefore possible to use the same mask in multiple calls to the function to make sure the filled areas do not overlap.
        `seedPoint` - Starting point.
        `newVal` - New value of the repainted domain pixels.
        `loDiff` - Maximal lower brightness/color difference between the currently observed pixel and one of its neighbors belonging to the component, or a seed pixel being added to the component.
        `upDiff` - Maximal upper brightness/color difference between the currently observed pixel and one of its neighbors belonging to the component, or a seed pixel being added to the component.
        `rect` - Optional output parameter set by the function to the minimum bounding rectangle of the repainted domain.
        `flags` - Operation flags. The first 8 bits contain a connectivity value. The default value of 4 means that only the four nearest neighbor pixels (those that share an edge) are considered. A connectivity value of 8 means that the eight nearest neighbor pixels (those that share a corner) will be considered. The next 8 bits (8-16) contain a value between 1 and 255 with which to fill the mask (the default value is 1). For example, 4 | ( 255 << 8 ) will consider 4 nearest neighbours and fill the mask with a value of 255. The following additional options occupy higher bits and therefore may be further combined with the connectivity and mask fill values using bit-wise or (|), see #FloodFillFlags. Note: Since the mask is larger than the filled image, a pixel \((x, y)\) in image corresponds to the pixel \((x+1, y+1)\) in the mask . SEE: findContours
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### floodFill

          public static int floodFill(Mat image,
                                      Mat mask,
                                      Point seedPoint,
                                      Scalar newVal,
                                      Rect rect,
                                      Scalar loDiff,
                                      Scalar upDiff)

      Fills a connected component with the given color. The function cv::floodFill fills a connected component starting from the seed point with the specified color. The connectivity is determined by the color/brightness closeness of the neighbor pixels. The pixel at \((x,y)\) is considered to belong to the repainted domain if:
      - in case of a grayscale image and floating range \(\texttt{src} (x',y')- \texttt{loDiff} \leq \texttt{src} (x,y) \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')+ \texttt{upDiff}\)
      - in case of a grayscale image and fixed range \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)- \texttt{loDiff} \leq \texttt{src} (x,y) \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)+ \texttt{upDiff}\)
      - in case of a color image and floating range \(\texttt{src} (x',y')_r- \texttt{loDiff} _r \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_r \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')_r+ \texttt{upDiff} _r,\) \(\texttt{src} (x',y')_g- \texttt{loDiff} _g \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_g \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')_g+ \texttt{upDiff} _g\) and \(\texttt{src} (x',y')_b- \texttt{loDiff} _b \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_b \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')_b+ \texttt{upDiff} _b\)
      - in case of a color image and fixed range \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_r- \texttt{loDiff} _r \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_r \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_r+ \texttt{upDiff} _r,\) \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_g- \texttt{loDiff} _g \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_g \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_g+ \texttt{upDiff} _g\) and \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_b- \texttt{loDiff} _b \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_b \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_b+ \texttt{upDiff} _b\)
      where \(src(x',y')\) is the value of one of pixel neighbors that is already known to belong to the component. That is, to be added to the connected component, a color/brightness of the pixel should be close enough to:
      - Color/brightness of one of its neighbors that already belong to the connected component in case of a floating range.
      - Color/brightness of the seed point in case of a fixed range.
      Use these functions to either mark a connected component with the specified color in-place, or build a mask and then extract the contour, or copy the region to another image, and so on.
      Parameters:
        `image` - Input/output 1- or 3-channel, 8-bit, or floating-point image. It is modified by the function unless the #FLOODFILL_MASK_ONLY flag is set in the second variant of the function. See the details below.
        `mask` - Operation mask that should be a single-channel 8-bit image, 2 pixels wider and 2 pixels taller than image. Since this is both an input and output parameter, you must take responsibility of initializing it. Flood-filling cannot go across non-zero pixels in the input mask. For example, an edge detector output can be used as a mask to stop filling at edges. On output, pixels in the mask corresponding to filled pixels in the image are set to 1 or to the a value specified in flags as described below. Additionally, the function fills the border of the mask with ones to simplify internal processing. It is therefore possible to use the same mask in multiple calls to the function to make sure the filled areas do not overlap.
        `seedPoint` - Starting point.
        `newVal` - New value of the repainted domain pixels.
        `loDiff` - Maximal lower brightness/color difference between the currently observed pixel and one of its neighbors belonging to the component, or a seed pixel being added to the component.
        `upDiff` - Maximal upper brightness/color difference between the currently observed pixel and one of its neighbors belonging to the component, or a seed pixel being added to the component.
        `rect` - Optional output parameter set by the function to the minimum bounding rectangle of the repainted domain. 4 means that only the four nearest neighbor pixels (those that share an edge) are considered. A connectivity value of 8 means that the eight nearest neighbor pixels (those that share a corner) will be considered. The next 8 bits (8-16) contain a value between 1 and 255 with which to fill the mask (the default value is 1). For example, 4 | ( 255 << 8 ) will consider 4 nearest neighbours and fill the mask with a value of 255. The following additional options occupy higher bits and therefore may be further combined with the connectivity and mask fill values using bit-wise or (|), see #FloodFillFlags. Note: Since the mask is larger than the filled image, a pixel \((x, y)\) in image corresponds to the pixel \((x+1, y+1)\) in the mask . SEE: findContours
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### floodFill

          public static int floodFill(Mat image,
                                      Mat mask,
                                      Point seedPoint,
                                      Scalar newVal,
                                      Rect rect,
                                      Scalar loDiff)

      Fills a connected component with the given color. The function cv::floodFill fills a connected component starting from the seed point with the specified color. The connectivity is determined by the color/brightness closeness of the neighbor pixels. The pixel at \((x,y)\) is considered to belong to the repainted domain if:
      - in case of a grayscale image and floating range \(\texttt{src} (x',y')- \texttt{loDiff} \leq \texttt{src} (x,y) \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')+ \texttt{upDiff}\)
      - in case of a grayscale image and fixed range \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)- \texttt{loDiff} \leq \texttt{src} (x,y) \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)+ \texttt{upDiff}\)
      - in case of a color image and floating range \(\texttt{src} (x',y')_r- \texttt{loDiff} _r \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_r \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')_r+ \texttt{upDiff} _r,\) \(\texttt{src} (x',y')_g- \texttt{loDiff} _g \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_g \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')_g+ \texttt{upDiff} _g\) and \(\texttt{src} (x',y')_b- \texttt{loDiff} _b \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_b \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')_b+ \texttt{upDiff} _b\)
      - in case of a color image and fixed range \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_r- \texttt{loDiff} _r \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_r \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_r+ \texttt{upDiff} _r,\) \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_g- \texttt{loDiff} _g \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_g \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_g+ \texttt{upDiff} _g\) and \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_b- \texttt{loDiff} _b \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_b \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_b+ \texttt{upDiff} _b\)
      where \(src(x',y')\) is the value of one of pixel neighbors that is already known to belong to the component. That is, to be added to the connected component, a color/brightness of the pixel should be close enough to:
      - Color/brightness of one of its neighbors that already belong to the connected component in case of a floating range.
      - Color/brightness of the seed point in case of a fixed range.
      Use these functions to either mark a connected component with the specified color in-place, or build a mask and then extract the contour, or copy the region to another image, and so on.
      Parameters:
        `image` - Input/output 1- or 3-channel, 8-bit, or floating-point image. It is modified by the function unless the #FLOODFILL_MASK_ONLY flag is set in the second variant of the function. See the details below.
        `mask` - Operation mask that should be a single-channel 8-bit image, 2 pixels wider and 2 pixels taller than image. Since this is both an input and output parameter, you must take responsibility of initializing it. Flood-filling cannot go across non-zero pixels in the input mask. For example, an edge detector output can be used as a mask to stop filling at edges. On output, pixels in the mask corresponding to filled pixels in the image are set to 1 or to the a value specified in flags as described below. Additionally, the function fills the border of the mask with ones to simplify internal processing. It is therefore possible to use the same mask in multiple calls to the function to make sure the filled areas do not overlap.
        `seedPoint` - Starting point.
        `newVal` - New value of the repainted domain pixels.
        `loDiff` - Maximal lower brightness/color difference between the currently observed pixel and one of its neighbors belonging to the component, or a seed pixel being added to the component. one of its neighbors belonging to the component, or a seed pixel being added to the component.
        `rect` - Optional output parameter set by the function to the minimum bounding rectangle of the repainted domain. 4 means that only the four nearest neighbor pixels (those that share an edge) are considered. A connectivity value of 8 means that the eight nearest neighbor pixels (those that share a corner) will be considered. The next 8 bits (8-16) contain a value between 1 and 255 with which to fill the mask (the default value is 1). For example, 4 | ( 255 << 8 ) will consider 4 nearest neighbours and fill the mask with a value of 255. The following additional options occupy higher bits and therefore may be further combined with the connectivity and mask fill values using bit-wise or (|), see #FloodFillFlags. Note: Since the mask is larger than the filled image, a pixel \((x, y)\) in image corresponds to the pixel \((x+1, y+1)\) in the mask . SEE: findContours
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### floodFill

          public static int floodFill(Mat image,
                                      Mat mask,
                                      Point seedPoint,
                                      Scalar newVal,
                                      Rect rect)

      Fills a connected component with the given color. The function cv::floodFill fills a connected component starting from the seed point with the specified color. The connectivity is determined by the color/brightness closeness of the neighbor pixels. The pixel at \((x,y)\) is considered to belong to the repainted domain if:
      - in case of a grayscale image and floating range \(\texttt{src} (x',y')- \texttt{loDiff} \leq \texttt{src} (x,y) \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')+ \texttt{upDiff}\)
      - in case of a grayscale image and fixed range \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)- \texttt{loDiff} \leq \texttt{src} (x,y) \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)+ \texttt{upDiff}\)
      - in case of a color image and floating range \(\texttt{src} (x',y')_r- \texttt{loDiff} _r \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_r \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')_r+ \texttt{upDiff} _r,\) \(\texttt{src} (x',y')_g- \texttt{loDiff} _g \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_g \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')_g+ \texttt{upDiff} _g\) and \(\texttt{src} (x',y')_b- \texttt{loDiff} _b \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_b \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')_b+ \texttt{upDiff} _b\)
      - in case of a color image and fixed range \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_r- \texttt{loDiff} _r \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_r \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_r+ \texttt{upDiff} _r,\) \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_g- \texttt{loDiff} _g \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_g \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_g+ \texttt{upDiff} _g\) and \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_b- \texttt{loDiff} _b \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_b \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_b+ \texttt{upDiff} _b\)
      where \(src(x',y')\) is the value of one of pixel neighbors that is already known to belong to the component. That is, to be added to the connected component, a color/brightness of the pixel should be close enough to:
      - Color/brightness of one of its neighbors that already belong to the connected component in case of a floating range.
      - Color/brightness of the seed point in case of a fixed range.
      Use these functions to either mark a connected component with the specified color in-place, or build a mask and then extract the contour, or copy the region to another image, and so on.
      Parameters:
        `image` - Input/output 1- or 3-channel, 8-bit, or floating-point image. It is modified by the function unless the #FLOODFILL_MASK_ONLY flag is set in the second variant of the function. See the details below.
        `mask` - Operation mask that should be a single-channel 8-bit image, 2 pixels wider and 2 pixels taller than image. Since this is both an input and output parameter, you must take responsibility of initializing it. Flood-filling cannot go across non-zero pixels in the input mask. For example, an edge detector output can be used as a mask to stop filling at edges. On output, pixels in the mask corresponding to filled pixels in the image are set to 1 or to the a value specified in flags as described below. Additionally, the function fills the border of the mask with ones to simplify internal processing. It is therefore possible to use the same mask in multiple calls to the function to make sure the filled areas do not overlap.
        `seedPoint` - Starting point.
        `newVal` - New value of the repainted domain pixels. one of its neighbors belonging to the component, or a seed pixel being added to the component. one of its neighbors belonging to the component, or a seed pixel being added to the component.
        `rect` - Optional output parameter set by the function to the minimum bounding rectangle of the repainted domain. 4 means that only the four nearest neighbor pixels (those that share an edge) are considered. A connectivity value of 8 means that the eight nearest neighbor pixels (those that share a corner) will be considered. The next 8 bits (8-16) contain a value between 1 and 255 with which to fill the mask (the default value is 1). For example, 4 | ( 255 << 8 ) will consider 4 nearest neighbours and fill the mask with a value of 255. The following additional options occupy higher bits and therefore may be further combined with the connectivity and mask fill values using bit-wise or (|), see #FloodFillFlags. Note: Since the mask is larger than the filled image, a pixel \((x, y)\) in image corresponds to the pixel \((x+1, y+1)\) in the mask . SEE: findContours
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### floodFill

          public static int floodFill(Mat image,
                                      Mat mask,
                                      Point seedPoint,
                                      Scalar newVal)

      Fills a connected component with the given color. The function cv::floodFill fills a connected component starting from the seed point with the specified color. The connectivity is determined by the color/brightness closeness of the neighbor pixels. The pixel at \((x,y)\) is considered to belong to the repainted domain if:
      - in case of a grayscale image and floating range \(\texttt{src} (x',y')- \texttt{loDiff} \leq \texttt{src} (x,y) \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')+ \texttt{upDiff}\)
      - in case of a grayscale image and fixed range \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)- \texttt{loDiff} \leq \texttt{src} (x,y) \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)+ \texttt{upDiff}\)
      - in case of a color image and floating range \(\texttt{src} (x',y')_r- \texttt{loDiff} _r \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_r \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')_r+ \texttt{upDiff} _r,\) \(\texttt{src} (x',y')_g- \texttt{loDiff} _g \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_g \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')_g+ \texttt{upDiff} _g\) and \(\texttt{src} (x',y')_b- \texttt{loDiff} _b \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_b \leq \texttt{src} (x',y')_b+ \texttt{upDiff} _b\)
      - in case of a color image and fixed range \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_r- \texttt{loDiff} _r \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_r \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_r+ \texttt{upDiff} _r,\) \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_g- \texttt{loDiff} _g \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_g \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_g+ \texttt{upDiff} _g\) and \(\texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_b- \texttt{loDiff} _b \leq \texttt{src} (x,y)_b \leq \texttt{src} ( \texttt{seedPoint} .x, \texttt{seedPoint} .y)_b+ \texttt{upDiff} _b\)
      where \(src(x',y')\) is the value of one of pixel neighbors that is already known to belong to the component. That is, to be added to the connected component, a color/brightness of the pixel should be close enough to:
      - Color/brightness of one of its neighbors that already belong to the connected component in case of a floating range.
      - Color/brightness of the seed point in case of a fixed range.
      Use these functions to either mark a connected component with the specified color in-place, or build a mask and then extract the contour, or copy the region to another image, and so on.
      Parameters:
        `image` - Input/output 1- or 3-channel, 8-bit, or floating-point image. It is modified by the function unless the #FLOODFILL_MASK_ONLY flag is set in the second variant of the function. See the details below.
        `mask` - Operation mask that should be a single-channel 8-bit image, 2 pixels wider and 2 pixels taller than image. Since this is both an input and output parameter, you must take responsibility of initializing it. Flood-filling cannot go across non-zero pixels in the input mask. For example, an edge detector output can be used as a mask to stop filling at edges. On output, pixels in the mask corresponding to filled pixels in the image are set to 1 or to the a value specified in flags as described below. Additionally, the function fills the border of the mask with ones to simplify internal processing. It is therefore possible to use the same mask in multiple calls to the function to make sure the filled areas do not overlap.
        `seedPoint` - Starting point.
        `newVal` - New value of the repainted domain pixels. one of its neighbors belonging to the component, or a seed pixel being added to the component. one of its neighbors belonging to the component, or a seed pixel being added to the component. repainted domain. 4 means that only the four nearest neighbor pixels (those that share an edge) are considered. A connectivity value of 8 means that the eight nearest neighbor pixels (those that share a corner) will be considered. The next 8 bits (8-16) contain a value between 1 and 255 with which to fill the mask (the default value is 1). For example, 4 | ( 255 << 8 ) will consider 4 nearest neighbours and fill the mask with a value of 255. The following additional options occupy higher bits and therefore may be further combined with the connectivity and mask fill values using bit-wise or (|), see #FloodFillFlags. Note: Since the mask is larger than the filled image, a pixel \((x, y)\) in image corresponds to the pixel \((x+1, y+1)\) in the mask . SEE: findContours
      Returns:
        automatically generated

    - #### rotatedRectangleIntersection

          public static int rotatedRectangleIntersection(RotatedRect rect1,
                                                         RotatedRect rect2,
                                                         Mat intersectingRegion)

      Finds out if there is any intersection between two rotated rectangles. If there is then the vertices of the intersecting region are returned as well. Below are some examples of intersection configurations. The hatched pattern indicates the intersecting region and the red vertices are returned by the function. ![intersection examples](pics/intersection.png)
      Parameters:
        `rect1` - First rectangle
        `rect2` - Second rectangle
        `intersectingRegion` - The output array of the vertices of the intersecting region. It returns at most 8 vertices. Stored as std::vector<cv::Point2f> or cv::Mat as Mx1 of type CV_32FC2.
      Returns:
        One of #RectanglesIntersectTypes

    - #### Canny

          public static void Canny(Mat dx,
                                   Mat dy,
                                   Mat edges,
                                   double threshold1,
                                   double threshold2,
                                   boolean L2gradient)

      \overload Finds edges in an image using the Canny algorithm with custom image gradient.
      Parameters:
        `dx` - 16-bit x derivative of input image (CV_16SC1 or CV_16SC3).
        `dy` - 16-bit y derivative of input image (same type as dx).
        `edges` - output edge map; single channels 8-bit image, which has the same size as image .
        `threshold1` - first threshold for the hysteresis procedure.
        `threshold2` - second threshold for the hysteresis procedure.
        `L2gradient` - a flag, indicating whether a more accurate \(L_2\) norm \(=\sqrt{(dI/dx)^2 + (dI/dy)^2}\) should be used to calculate the image gradient magnitude ( L2gradient=true ), or whether the default \(L_1\) norm \(=|dI/dx|+|dI/dy|\) is enough ( L2gradient=false ).

    - #### Canny

          public static void Canny(Mat dx,
                                   Mat dy,
                                   Mat edges,
                                   double threshold1,
                                   double threshold2)

      \overload Finds edges in an image using the Canny algorithm with custom image gradient.
      Parameters:
        `dx` - 16-bit x derivative of input image (CV_16SC1 or CV_16SC3).
        `dy` - 16-bit y derivative of input image (same type as dx).
        `edges` - output edge map; single channels 8-bit image, which has the same size as image .
        `threshold1` - first threshold for the hysteresis procedure.
        `threshold2` - second threshold for the hysteresis procedure. \(=\sqrt{(dI/dx)^2 + (dI/dy)^2}\) should be used to calculate the image gradient magnitude ( L2gradient=true ), or whether the default \(L_1\) norm \(=|dI/dx|+|dI/dy|\) is enough ( L2gradient=false ).

    - #### Canny

          public static void Canny(Mat image,
                                   Mat edges,
                                   double threshold1,
                                   double threshold2,
                                   int apertureSize,
                                   boolean L2gradient)

      Finds edges in an image using the Canny algorithm CITE: Canny86 . The function finds edges in the input image and marks them in the output map edges using the Canny algorithm. The smallest value between threshold1 and threshold2 is used for edge linking. The largest value is used to find initial segments of strong edges. See <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canny_edge_detector>
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit input image.
        `edges` - output edge map; single channels 8-bit image, which has the same size as image .
        `threshold1` - first threshold for the hysteresis procedure.
        `threshold2` - second threshold for the hysteresis procedure.
        `apertureSize` - aperture size for the Sobel operator.
        `L2gradient` - a flag, indicating whether a more accurate \(L_2\) norm \(=\sqrt{(dI/dx)^2 + (dI/dy)^2}\) should be used to calculate the image gradient magnitude ( L2gradient=true ), or whether the default \(L_1\) norm \(=|dI/dx|+|dI/dy|\) is enough ( L2gradient=false ).

    - #### Canny

          public static void Canny(Mat image,
                                   Mat edges,
                                   double threshold1,
                                   double threshold2,
                                   int apertureSize)

      Finds edges in an image using the Canny algorithm CITE: Canny86 . The function finds edges in the input image and marks them in the output map edges using the Canny algorithm. The smallest value between threshold1 and threshold2 is used for edge linking. The largest value is used to find initial segments of strong edges. See <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canny_edge_detector>
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit input image.
        `edges` - output edge map; single channels 8-bit image, which has the same size as image .
        `threshold1` - first threshold for the hysteresis procedure.
        `threshold2` - second threshold for the hysteresis procedure.
        `apertureSize` - aperture size for the Sobel operator. \(=\sqrt{(dI/dx)^2 + (dI/dy)^2}\) should be used to calculate the image gradient magnitude ( L2gradient=true ), or whether the default \(L_1\) norm \(=|dI/dx|+|dI/dy|\) is enough ( L2gradient=false ).

    - #### Canny

          public static void Canny(Mat image,
                                   Mat edges,
                                   double threshold1,
                                   double threshold2)

      Finds edges in an image using the Canny algorithm CITE: Canny86 . The function finds edges in the input image and marks them in the output map edges using the Canny algorithm. The smallest value between threshold1 and threshold2 is used for edge linking. The largest value is used to find initial segments of strong edges. See <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canny_edge_detector>
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit input image.
        `edges` - output edge map; single channels 8-bit image, which has the same size as image .
        `threshold1` - first threshold for the hysteresis procedure.
        `threshold2` - second threshold for the hysteresis procedure. \(=\sqrt{(dI/dx)^2 + (dI/dy)^2}\) should be used to calculate the image gradient magnitude ( L2gradient=true ), or whether the default \(L_1\) norm \(=|dI/dx|+|dI/dy|\) is enough ( L2gradient=false ).

    - #### GaussianBlur

          public static void GaussianBlur(Mat src,
                                          Mat dst,
                                          Size ksize,
                                          double sigmaX,
                                          double sigmaY,
                                          int borderType)

      Blurs an image using a Gaussian filter. The function convolves the source image with the specified Gaussian kernel. In-place filtering is supported.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; the image can have any number of channels, which are processed independently, but the depth should be CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `ksize` - Gaussian kernel size. ksize.width and ksize.height can differ but they both must be positive and odd. Or, they can be zero's and then they are computed from sigma.
        `sigmaX` - Gaussian kernel standard deviation in X direction.
        `sigmaY` - Gaussian kernel standard deviation in Y direction; if sigmaY is zero, it is set to be equal to sigmaX, if both sigmas are zeros, they are computed from ksize.width and ksize.height, respectively (see #getGaussianKernel for details); to fully control the result regardless of possible future modifications of all this semantics, it is recommended to specify all of ksize, sigmaX, and sigmaY.
        `borderType` - pixel extrapolation method, see #BorderTypes SEE: sepFilter2D, filter2D, blur, boxFilter, bilateralFilter, medianBlur

    - #### GaussianBlur

          public static void GaussianBlur(Mat src,
                                          Mat dst,
                                          Size ksize,
                                          double sigmaX,
                                          double sigmaY)

      Blurs an image using a Gaussian filter. The function convolves the source image with the specified Gaussian kernel. In-place filtering is supported.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; the image can have any number of channels, which are processed independently, but the depth should be CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `ksize` - Gaussian kernel size. ksize.width and ksize.height can differ but they both must be positive and odd. Or, they can be zero's and then they are computed from sigma.
        `sigmaX` - Gaussian kernel standard deviation in X direction.
        `sigmaY` - Gaussian kernel standard deviation in Y direction; if sigmaY is zero, it is set to be equal to sigmaX, if both sigmas are zeros, they are computed from ksize.width and ksize.height, respectively (see #getGaussianKernel for details); to fully control the result regardless of possible future modifications of all this semantics, it is recommended to specify all of ksize, sigmaX, and sigmaY. SEE: sepFilter2D, filter2D, blur, boxFilter, bilateralFilter, medianBlur

    - #### GaussianBlur

          public static void GaussianBlur(Mat src,
                                          Mat dst,
                                          Size ksize,
                                          double sigmaX)

      Blurs an image using a Gaussian filter. The function convolves the source image with the specified Gaussian kernel. In-place filtering is supported.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; the image can have any number of channels, which are processed independently, but the depth should be CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `ksize` - Gaussian kernel size. ksize.width and ksize.height can differ but they both must be positive and odd. Or, they can be zero's and then they are computed from sigma.
        `sigmaX` - Gaussian kernel standard deviation in X direction. equal to sigmaX, if both sigmas are zeros, they are computed from ksize.width and ksize.height, respectively (see #getGaussianKernel for details); to fully control the result regardless of possible future modifications of all this semantics, it is recommended to specify all of ksize, sigmaX, and sigmaY. SEE: sepFilter2D, filter2D, blur, boxFilter, bilateralFilter, medianBlur

    - #### HoughCircles

          public static void HoughCircles(Mat image,
                                          Mat circles,
                                          int method,
                                          double dp,
                                          double minDist,
                                          double param1,
                                          double param2,
                                          int minRadius,
                                          int maxRadius)

      Finds circles in a grayscale image using the Hough transform. The function finds circles in a grayscale image using a modification of the Hough transform. Example: : INCLUDE: snippets/imgproc_HoughLinesCircles.cpp Note: Usually the function detects the centers of circles well. However, it may fail to find correct radii. You can assist to the function by specifying the radius range ( minRadius and maxRadius ) if you know it. Or, you may set maxRadius to a negative number to return centers only without radius search, and find the correct radius using an additional procedure.
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit, single-channel, grayscale input image.
        `circles` - Output vector of found circles. Each vector is encoded as 3 or 4 element floating-point vector \((x, y, radius)\) or \((x, y, radius, votes)\) .
        `method` - Detection method, see #HoughModes. Currently, the only implemented method is #HOUGH_GRADIENT
        `dp` - Inverse ratio of the accumulator resolution to the image resolution. For example, if dp=1 , the accumulator has the same resolution as the input image. If dp=2 , the accumulator has half as big width and height.
        `minDist` - Minimum distance between the centers of the detected circles. If the parameter is too small, multiple neighbor circles may be falsely detected in addition to a true one. If it is too large, some circles may be missed.
        `param1` - First method-specific parameter. In case of #HOUGH_GRADIENT , it is the higher threshold of the two passed to the Canny edge detector (the lower one is twice smaller).
        `param2` - Second method-specific parameter. In case of #HOUGH_GRADIENT , it is the accumulator threshold for the circle centers at the detection stage. The smaller it is, the more false circles may be detected. Circles, corresponding to the larger accumulator values, will be returned first.
        `minRadius` - Minimum circle radius.
        `maxRadius` - Maximum circle radius. If <= 0, uses the maximum image dimension. If < 0, returns centers without finding the radius. SEE: fitEllipse, minEnclosingCircle

    - #### HoughCircles

          public static void HoughCircles(Mat image,
                                          Mat circles,
                                          int method,
                                          double dp,
                                          double minDist,
                                          double param1,
                                          double param2,
                                          int minRadius)

      Finds circles in a grayscale image using the Hough transform. The function finds circles in a grayscale image using a modification of the Hough transform. Example: : INCLUDE: snippets/imgproc_HoughLinesCircles.cpp Note: Usually the function detects the centers of circles well. However, it may fail to find correct radii. You can assist to the function by specifying the radius range ( minRadius and maxRadius ) if you know it. Or, you may set maxRadius to a negative number to return centers only without radius search, and find the correct radius using an additional procedure.
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit, single-channel, grayscale input image.
        `circles` - Output vector of found circles. Each vector is encoded as 3 or 4 element floating-point vector \((x, y, radius)\) or \((x, y, radius, votes)\) .
        `method` - Detection method, see #HoughModes. Currently, the only implemented method is #HOUGH_GRADIENT
        `dp` - Inverse ratio of the accumulator resolution to the image resolution. For example, if dp=1 , the accumulator has the same resolution as the input image. If dp=2 , the accumulator has half as big width and height.
        `minDist` - Minimum distance between the centers of the detected circles. If the parameter is too small, multiple neighbor circles may be falsely detected in addition to a true one. If it is too large, some circles may be missed.
        `param1` - First method-specific parameter. In case of #HOUGH_GRADIENT , it is the higher threshold of the two passed to the Canny edge detector (the lower one is twice smaller).
        `param2` - Second method-specific parameter. In case of #HOUGH_GRADIENT , it is the accumulator threshold for the circle centers at the detection stage. The smaller it is, the more false circles may be detected. Circles, corresponding to the larger accumulator values, will be returned first.
        `minRadius` - Minimum circle radius. centers without finding the radius. SEE: fitEllipse, minEnclosingCircle

    - #### HoughCircles

          public static void HoughCircles(Mat image,
                                          Mat circles,
                                          int method,
                                          double dp,
                                          double minDist,
                                          double param1,
                                          double param2)

      Finds circles in a grayscale image using the Hough transform. The function finds circles in a grayscale image using a modification of the Hough transform. Example: : INCLUDE: snippets/imgproc_HoughLinesCircles.cpp Note: Usually the function detects the centers of circles well. However, it may fail to find correct radii. You can assist to the function by specifying the radius range ( minRadius and maxRadius ) if you know it. Or, you may set maxRadius to a negative number to return centers only without radius search, and find the correct radius using an additional procedure.
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit, single-channel, grayscale input image.
        `circles` - Output vector of found circles. Each vector is encoded as 3 or 4 element floating-point vector \((x, y, radius)\) or \((x, y, radius, votes)\) .
        `method` - Detection method, see #HoughModes. Currently, the only implemented method is #HOUGH_GRADIENT
        `dp` - Inverse ratio of the accumulator resolution to the image resolution. For example, if dp=1 , the accumulator has the same resolution as the input image. If dp=2 , the accumulator has half as big width and height.
        `minDist` - Minimum distance between the centers of the detected circles. If the parameter is too small, multiple neighbor circles may be falsely detected in addition to a true one. If it is too large, some circles may be missed.
        `param1` - First method-specific parameter. In case of #HOUGH_GRADIENT , it is the higher threshold of the two passed to the Canny edge detector (the lower one is twice smaller).
        `param2` - Second method-specific parameter. In case of #HOUGH_GRADIENT , it is the accumulator threshold for the circle centers at the detection stage. The smaller it is, the more false circles may be detected. Circles, corresponding to the larger accumulator values, will be returned first. centers without finding the radius. SEE: fitEllipse, minEnclosingCircle

    - #### HoughCircles

          public static void HoughCircles(Mat image,
                                          Mat circles,
                                          int method,
                                          double dp,
                                          double minDist,
                                          double param1)

      Finds circles in a grayscale image using the Hough transform. The function finds circles in a grayscale image using a modification of the Hough transform. Example: : INCLUDE: snippets/imgproc_HoughLinesCircles.cpp Note: Usually the function detects the centers of circles well. However, it may fail to find correct radii. You can assist to the function by specifying the radius range ( minRadius and maxRadius ) if you know it. Or, you may set maxRadius to a negative number to return centers only without radius search, and find the correct radius using an additional procedure.
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit, single-channel, grayscale input image.
        `circles` - Output vector of found circles. Each vector is encoded as 3 or 4 element floating-point vector \((x, y, radius)\) or \((x, y, radius, votes)\) .
        `method` - Detection method, see #HoughModes. Currently, the only implemented method is #HOUGH_GRADIENT
        `dp` - Inverse ratio of the accumulator resolution to the image resolution. For example, if dp=1 , the accumulator has the same resolution as the input image. If dp=2 , the accumulator has half as big width and height.
        `minDist` - Minimum distance between the centers of the detected circles. If the parameter is too small, multiple neighbor circles may be falsely detected in addition to a true one. If it is too large, some circles may be missed.
        `param1` - First method-specific parameter. In case of #HOUGH_GRADIENT , it is the higher threshold of the two passed to the Canny edge detector (the lower one is twice smaller). accumulator threshold for the circle centers at the detection stage. The smaller it is, the more false circles may be detected. Circles, corresponding to the larger accumulator values, will be returned first. centers without finding the radius. SEE: fitEllipse, minEnclosingCircle

    - #### HoughCircles

          public static void HoughCircles(Mat image,
                                          Mat circles,
                                          int method,
                                          double dp,
                                          double minDist)

      Finds circles in a grayscale image using the Hough transform. The function finds circles in a grayscale image using a modification of the Hough transform. Example: : INCLUDE: snippets/imgproc_HoughLinesCircles.cpp Note: Usually the function detects the centers of circles well. However, it may fail to find correct radii. You can assist to the function by specifying the radius range ( minRadius and maxRadius ) if you know it. Or, you may set maxRadius to a negative number to return centers only without radius search, and find the correct radius using an additional procedure.
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit, single-channel, grayscale input image.
        `circles` - Output vector of found circles. Each vector is encoded as 3 or 4 element floating-point vector \((x, y, radius)\) or \((x, y, radius, votes)\) .
        `method` - Detection method, see #HoughModes. Currently, the only implemented method is #HOUGH_GRADIENT
        `dp` - Inverse ratio of the accumulator resolution to the image resolution. For example, if dp=1 , the accumulator has the same resolution as the input image. If dp=2 , the accumulator has half as big width and height.
        `minDist` - Minimum distance between the centers of the detected circles. If the parameter is too small, multiple neighbor circles may be falsely detected in addition to a true one. If it is too large, some circles may be missed. threshold of the two passed to the Canny edge detector (the lower one is twice smaller). accumulator threshold for the circle centers at the detection stage. The smaller it is, the more false circles may be detected. Circles, corresponding to the larger accumulator values, will be returned first. centers without finding the radius. SEE: fitEllipse, minEnclosingCircle

    - #### HoughLines

          public static void HoughLines(Mat image,
                                        Mat lines,
                                        double rho,
                                        double theta,
                                        int threshold,
                                        double srn,
                                        double stn,
                                        double min_theta,
                                        double max_theta)

      Finds lines in a binary image using the standard Hough transform. The function implements the standard or standard multi-scale Hough transform algorithm for line detection. See <http://homepages.inf.ed.ac.uk/rbf/HIPR2/hough.htm> for a good explanation of Hough transform.
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit, single-channel binary source image. The image may be modified by the function.
        `lines` - Output vector of lines. Each line is represented by a 2 or 3 element vector \((\rho, \theta)\) or \((\rho, \theta, \textrm{votes})\) . \(\rho\) is the distance from the coordinate origin \((0,0)\) (top-left corner of the image). \(\theta\) is the line rotation angle in radians ( \(0 \sim \textrm{vertical line}, \pi/2 \sim \textrm{horizontal line}\) ). \(\textrm{votes}\) is the value of accumulator.
        `rho` - Distance resolution of the accumulator in pixels.
        `theta` - Angle resolution of the accumulator in radians.
        `threshold` - Accumulator threshold parameter. Only those lines are returned that get enough votes ( \(>\texttt{threshold}\) ).
        `srn` - For the multi-scale Hough transform, it is a divisor for the distance resolution rho . The coarse accumulator distance resolution is rho and the accurate accumulator resolution is rho/srn . If both srn=0 and stn=0 , the classical Hough transform is used. Otherwise, both these parameters should be positive.
        `stn` - For the multi-scale Hough transform, it is a divisor for the distance resolution theta.
        `min_theta` - For standard and multi-scale Hough transform, minimum angle to check for lines. Must fall between 0 and max_theta.
        `max_theta` - For standard and multi-scale Hough transform, maximum angle to check for lines. Must fall between min_theta and CV_PI.

    - #### HoughLines

          public static void HoughLines(Mat image,
                                        Mat lines,
                                        double rho,
                                        double theta,
                                        int threshold,
                                        double srn,
                                        double stn,
                                        double min_theta)

      Finds lines in a binary image using the standard Hough transform. The function implements the standard or standard multi-scale Hough transform algorithm for line detection. See <http://homepages.inf.ed.ac.uk/rbf/HIPR2/hough.htm> for a good explanation of Hough transform.
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit, single-channel binary source image. The image may be modified by the function.
        `lines` - Output vector of lines. Each line is represented by a 2 or 3 element vector \((\rho, \theta)\) or \((\rho, \theta, \textrm{votes})\) . \(\rho\) is the distance from the coordinate origin \((0,0)\) (top-left corner of the image). \(\theta\) is the line rotation angle in radians ( \(0 \sim \textrm{vertical line}, \pi/2 \sim \textrm{horizontal line}\) ). \(\textrm{votes}\) is the value of accumulator.
        `rho` - Distance resolution of the accumulator in pixels.
        `theta` - Angle resolution of the accumulator in radians.
        `threshold` - Accumulator threshold parameter. Only those lines are returned that get enough votes ( \(>\texttt{threshold}\) ).
        `srn` - For the multi-scale Hough transform, it is a divisor for the distance resolution rho . The coarse accumulator distance resolution is rho and the accurate accumulator resolution is rho/srn . If both srn=0 and stn=0 , the classical Hough transform is used. Otherwise, both these parameters should be positive.
        `stn` - For the multi-scale Hough transform, it is a divisor for the distance resolution theta.
        `min_theta` - For standard and multi-scale Hough transform, minimum angle to check for lines. Must fall between 0 and max_theta. Must fall between min_theta and CV_PI.

    - #### HoughLines

          public static void HoughLines(Mat image,
                                        Mat lines,
                                        double rho,
                                        double theta,
                                        int threshold,
                                        double srn,
                                        double stn)

      Finds lines in a binary image using the standard Hough transform. The function implements the standard or standard multi-scale Hough transform algorithm for line detection. See <http://homepages.inf.ed.ac.uk/rbf/HIPR2/hough.htm> for a good explanation of Hough transform.
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit, single-channel binary source image. The image may be modified by the function.
        `lines` - Output vector of lines. Each line is represented by a 2 or 3 element vector \((\rho, \theta)\) or \((\rho, \theta, \textrm{votes})\) . \(\rho\) is the distance from the coordinate origin \((0,0)\) (top-left corner of the image). \(\theta\) is the line rotation angle in radians ( \(0 \sim \textrm{vertical line}, \pi/2 \sim \textrm{horizontal line}\) ). \(\textrm{votes}\) is the value of accumulator.
        `rho` - Distance resolution of the accumulator in pixels.
        `theta` - Angle resolution of the accumulator in radians.
        `threshold` - Accumulator threshold parameter. Only those lines are returned that get enough votes ( \(>\texttt{threshold}\) ).
        `srn` - For the multi-scale Hough transform, it is a divisor for the distance resolution rho . The coarse accumulator distance resolution is rho and the accurate accumulator resolution is rho/srn . If both srn=0 and stn=0 , the classical Hough transform is used. Otherwise, both these parameters should be positive.
        `stn` - For the multi-scale Hough transform, it is a divisor for the distance resolution theta. Must fall between 0 and max_theta. Must fall between min_theta and CV_PI.

    - #### HoughLines

          public static void HoughLines(Mat image,
                                        Mat lines,
                                        double rho,
                                        double theta,
                                        int threshold,
                                        double srn)

      Finds lines in a binary image using the standard Hough transform. The function implements the standard or standard multi-scale Hough transform algorithm for line detection. See <http://homepages.inf.ed.ac.uk/rbf/HIPR2/hough.htm> for a good explanation of Hough transform.
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit, single-channel binary source image. The image may be modified by the function.
        `lines` - Output vector of lines. Each line is represented by a 2 or 3 element vector \((\rho, \theta)\) or \((\rho, \theta, \textrm{votes})\) . \(\rho\) is the distance from the coordinate origin \((0,0)\) (top-left corner of the image). \(\theta\) is the line rotation angle in radians ( \(0 \sim \textrm{vertical line}, \pi/2 \sim \textrm{horizontal line}\) ). \(\textrm{votes}\) is the value of accumulator.
        `rho` - Distance resolution of the accumulator in pixels.
        `theta` - Angle resolution of the accumulator in radians.
        `threshold` - Accumulator threshold parameter. Only those lines are returned that get enough votes ( \(>\texttt{threshold}\) ).
        `srn` - For the multi-scale Hough transform, it is a divisor for the distance resolution rho . The coarse accumulator distance resolution is rho and the accurate accumulator resolution is rho/srn . If both srn=0 and stn=0 , the classical Hough transform is used. Otherwise, both these parameters should be positive. Must fall between 0 and max_theta. Must fall between min_theta and CV_PI.

    - #### HoughLines

          public static void HoughLines(Mat image,
                                        Mat lines,
                                        double rho,
                                        double theta,
                                        int threshold)

      Finds lines in a binary image using the standard Hough transform. The function implements the standard or standard multi-scale Hough transform algorithm for line detection. See <http://homepages.inf.ed.ac.uk/rbf/HIPR2/hough.htm> for a good explanation of Hough transform.
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit, single-channel binary source image. The image may be modified by the function.
        `lines` - Output vector of lines. Each line is represented by a 2 or 3 element vector \((\rho, \theta)\) or \((\rho, \theta, \textrm{votes})\) . \(\rho\) is the distance from the coordinate origin \((0,0)\) (top-left corner of the image). \(\theta\) is the line rotation angle in radians ( \(0 \sim \textrm{vertical line}, \pi/2 \sim \textrm{horizontal line}\) ). \(\textrm{votes}\) is the value of accumulator.
        `rho` - Distance resolution of the accumulator in pixels.
        `theta` - Angle resolution of the accumulator in radians.
        `threshold` - Accumulator threshold parameter. Only those lines are returned that get enough votes ( \(>\texttt{threshold}\) ). The coarse accumulator distance resolution is rho and the accurate accumulator resolution is rho/srn . If both srn=0 and stn=0 , the classical Hough transform is used. Otherwise, both these parameters should be positive. Must fall between 0 and max_theta. Must fall between min_theta and CV_PI.

    - #### HoughLinesP

          public static void HoughLinesP(Mat image,
                                         Mat lines,
                                         double rho,
                                         double theta,
                                         int threshold,
                                         double minLineLength,
                                         double maxLineGap)

      Finds line segments in a binary image using the probabilistic Hough transform. The function implements the probabilistic Hough transform algorithm for line detection, described in CITE: Matas00 See the line detection example below: INCLUDE: snippets/imgproc_HoughLinesP.cpp This is a sample picture the function parameters have been tuned for: ![image](pics/building.jpg) And this is the output of the above program in case of the probabilistic Hough transform: ![image](pics/houghp.png)
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit, single-channel binary source image. The image may be modified by the function.
        `lines` - Output vector of lines. Each line is represented by a 4-element vector \((x_1, y_1, x_2, y_2)\) , where \((x_1,y_1)\) and \((x_2, y_2)\) are the ending points of each detected line segment.
        `rho` - Distance resolution of the accumulator in pixels.
        `theta` - Angle resolution of the accumulator in radians.
        `threshold` - Accumulator threshold parameter. Only those lines are returned that get enough votes ( \(>\texttt{threshold}\) ).
        `minLineLength` - Minimum line length. Line segments shorter than that are rejected.
        `maxLineGap` - Maximum allowed gap between points on the same line to link them. SEE: LineSegmentDetector

    - #### HoughLinesP

          public static void HoughLinesP(Mat image,
                                         Mat lines,
                                         double rho,
                                         double theta,
                                         int threshold,
                                         double minLineLength)

      Finds line segments in a binary image using the probabilistic Hough transform. The function implements the probabilistic Hough transform algorithm for line detection, described in CITE: Matas00 See the line detection example below: INCLUDE: snippets/imgproc_HoughLinesP.cpp This is a sample picture the function parameters have been tuned for: ![image](pics/building.jpg) And this is the output of the above program in case of the probabilistic Hough transform: ![image](pics/houghp.png)
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit, single-channel binary source image. The image may be modified by the function.
        `lines` - Output vector of lines. Each line is represented by a 4-element vector \((x_1, y_1, x_2, y_2)\) , where \((x_1,y_1)\) and \((x_2, y_2)\) are the ending points of each detected line segment.
        `rho` - Distance resolution of the accumulator in pixels.
        `theta` - Angle resolution of the accumulator in radians.
        `threshold` - Accumulator threshold parameter. Only those lines are returned that get enough votes ( \(>\texttt{threshold}\) ).
        `minLineLength` - Minimum line length. Line segments shorter than that are rejected. SEE: LineSegmentDetector

    - #### HoughLinesP

          public static void HoughLinesP(Mat image,
                                         Mat lines,
                                         double rho,
                                         double theta,
                                         int threshold)

      Finds line segments in a binary image using the probabilistic Hough transform. The function implements the probabilistic Hough transform algorithm for line detection, described in CITE: Matas00 See the line detection example below: INCLUDE: snippets/imgproc_HoughLinesP.cpp This is a sample picture the function parameters have been tuned for: ![image](pics/building.jpg) And this is the output of the above program in case of the probabilistic Hough transform: ![image](pics/houghp.png)
      Parameters:
        `image` - 8-bit, single-channel binary source image. The image may be modified by the function.
        `lines` - Output vector of lines. Each line is represented by a 4-element vector \((x_1, y_1, x_2, y_2)\) , where \((x_1,y_1)\) and \((x_2, y_2)\) are the ending points of each detected line segment.
        `rho` - Distance resolution of the accumulator in pixels.
        `theta` - Angle resolution of the accumulator in radians.
        `threshold` - Accumulator threshold parameter. Only those lines are returned that get enough votes ( \(>\texttt{threshold}\) ). SEE: LineSegmentDetector

    - #### HoughLinesPointSet

          public static void HoughLinesPointSet(Mat _point,
                                                Mat _lines,
                                                int lines_max,
                                                int threshold,
                                                double min_rho,
                                                double max_rho,
                                                double rho_step,
                                                double min_theta,
                                                double max_theta,
                                                double theta_step)

      Finds lines in a set of points using the standard Hough transform. The function finds lines in a set of points using a modification of the Hough transform. INCLUDE: snippets/imgproc_HoughLinesPointSet.cpp
      Parameters:
        `_point` - Input vector of points. Each vector must be encoded as a Point vector \((x,y)\). Type must be CV_32FC2 or CV_32SC2.
        `_lines` - Output vector of found lines. Each vector is encoded as a vector<Vec3d> \((votes, rho, theta)\). The larger the value of 'votes', the higher the reliability of the Hough line.
        `lines_max` - Max count of hough lines.
        `threshold` - Accumulator threshold parameter. Only those lines are returned that get enough votes ( \(>\texttt{threshold}\) )
        `min_rho` - Minimum Distance value of the accumulator in pixels.
        `max_rho` - Maximum Distance value of the accumulator in pixels.
        `rho_step` - Distance resolution of the accumulator in pixels.
        `min_theta` - Minimum angle value of the accumulator in radians.
        `max_theta` - Maximum angle value of the accumulator in radians.
        `theta_step` - Angle resolution of the accumulator in radians.

    - #### HuMoments

          public static void HuMoments(Moments m,
                                       Mat hu)

    - #### Laplacian

          public static void Laplacian(Mat src,
                                       Mat dst,
                                       int ddepth,
                                       int ksize,
                                       double scale,
                                       double delta,
                                       int borderType)

      Calculates the Laplacian of an image. The function calculates the Laplacian of the source image by adding up the second x and y derivatives calculated using the Sobel operator: \(\texttt{dst} = \Delta \texttt{src} = \frac{\partial^2 \texttt{src}}{\partial x^2} + \frac{\partial^2 \texttt{src}}{\partial y^2}\) This is done when `ksize &gt; 1`. When `ksize == 1`, the Laplacian is computed by filtering the image with the following \(3 \times 3\) aperture: \(\vecthreethree {0}{1}{0}{1}{-4}{1}{0}{1}{0}\)
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and the same number of channels as src .
        `ddepth` - Desired depth of the destination image.
        `ksize` - Aperture size used to compute the second-derivative filters. See #getDerivKernels for details. The size must be positive and odd.
        `scale` - Optional scale factor for the computed Laplacian values. By default, no scaling is applied. See #getDerivKernels for details.
        `delta` - Optional delta value that is added to the results prior to storing them in dst .
        `borderType` - Pixel extrapolation method, see #BorderTypes SEE: Sobel, Scharr

    - #### Laplacian

          public static void Laplacian(Mat src,
                                       Mat dst,
                                       int ddepth,
                                       int ksize,
                                       double scale,
                                       double delta)

      Calculates the Laplacian of an image. The function calculates the Laplacian of the source image by adding up the second x and y derivatives calculated using the Sobel operator: \(\texttt{dst} = \Delta \texttt{src} = \frac{\partial^2 \texttt{src}}{\partial x^2} + \frac{\partial^2 \texttt{src}}{\partial y^2}\) This is done when `ksize &gt; 1`. When `ksize == 1`, the Laplacian is computed by filtering the image with the following \(3 \times 3\) aperture: \(\vecthreethree {0}{1}{0}{1}{-4}{1}{0}{1}{0}\)
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and the same number of channels as src .
        `ddepth` - Desired depth of the destination image.
        `ksize` - Aperture size used to compute the second-derivative filters. See #getDerivKernels for details. The size must be positive and odd.
        `scale` - Optional scale factor for the computed Laplacian values. By default, no scaling is applied. See #getDerivKernels for details.
        `delta` - Optional delta value that is added to the results prior to storing them in dst . SEE: Sobel, Scharr

    - #### Laplacian

          public static void Laplacian(Mat src,
                                       Mat dst,
                                       int ddepth,
                                       int ksize,
                                       double scale)

      Calculates the Laplacian of an image. The function calculates the Laplacian of the source image by adding up the second x and y derivatives calculated using the Sobel operator: \(\texttt{dst} = \Delta \texttt{src} = \frac{\partial^2 \texttt{src}}{\partial x^2} + \frac{\partial^2 \texttt{src}}{\partial y^2}\) This is done when `ksize &gt; 1`. When `ksize == 1`, the Laplacian is computed by filtering the image with the following \(3 \times 3\) aperture: \(\vecthreethree {0}{1}{0}{1}{-4}{1}{0}{1}{0}\)
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and the same number of channels as src .
        `ddepth` - Desired depth of the destination image.
        `ksize` - Aperture size used to compute the second-derivative filters. See #getDerivKernels for details. The size must be positive and odd.
        `scale` - Optional scale factor for the computed Laplacian values. By default, no scaling is applied. See #getDerivKernels for details. SEE: Sobel, Scharr

    - #### Laplacian

          public static void Laplacian(Mat src,
                                       Mat dst,
                                       int ddepth,
                                       int ksize)

      Calculates the Laplacian of an image. The function calculates the Laplacian of the source image by adding up the second x and y derivatives calculated using the Sobel operator: \(\texttt{dst} = \Delta \texttt{src} = \frac{\partial^2 \texttt{src}}{\partial x^2} + \frac{\partial^2 \texttt{src}}{\partial y^2}\) This is done when `ksize &gt; 1`. When `ksize == 1`, the Laplacian is computed by filtering the image with the following \(3 \times 3\) aperture: \(\vecthreethree {0}{1}{0}{1}{-4}{1}{0}{1}{0}\)
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and the same number of channels as src .
        `ddepth` - Desired depth of the destination image.
        `ksize` - Aperture size used to compute the second-derivative filters. See #getDerivKernels for details. The size must be positive and odd. applied. See #getDerivKernels for details. SEE: Sobel, Scharr

    - #### Laplacian

          public static void Laplacian(Mat src,
                                       Mat dst,
                                       int ddepth)

      Calculates the Laplacian of an image. The function calculates the Laplacian of the source image by adding up the second x and y derivatives calculated using the Sobel operator: \(\texttt{dst} = \Delta \texttt{src} = \frac{\partial^2 \texttt{src}}{\partial x^2} + \frac{\partial^2 \texttt{src}}{\partial y^2}\) This is done when `ksize &gt; 1`. When `ksize == 1`, the Laplacian is computed by filtering the image with the following \(3 \times 3\) aperture: \(\vecthreethree {0}{1}{0}{1}{-4}{1}{0}{1}{0}\)
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and the same number of channels as src .
        `ddepth` - Desired depth of the destination image. details. The size must be positive and odd. applied. See #getDerivKernels for details. SEE: Sobel, Scharr

    - #### Scharr

          public static void Scharr(Mat src,
                                    Mat dst,
                                    int ddepth,
                                    int dx,
                                    int dy,
                                    double scale,
                                    double delta,
                                    int borderType)

      Calculates the first x- or y- image derivative using Scharr operator. The function computes the first x- or y- spatial image derivative using the Scharr operator. The call \(\texttt{Scharr(src, dst, ddepth, dx, dy, scale, delta, borderType)}\) is equivalent to \(\texttt{Sobel(src, dst, ddepth, dx, dy, CV_SCHARR, scale, delta, borderType)} .\)
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and the same number of channels as src.
        `ddepth` - output image depth, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"
        `dx` - order of the derivative x.
        `dy` - order of the derivative y.
        `scale` - optional scale factor for the computed derivative values; by default, no scaling is applied (see #getDerivKernels for details).
        `delta` - optional delta value that is added to the results prior to storing them in dst.
        `borderType` - pixel extrapolation method, see #BorderTypes SEE: cartToPolar

    - #### Scharr

          public static void Scharr(Mat src,
                                    Mat dst,
                                    int ddepth,
                                    int dx,
                                    int dy,
                                    double scale,
                                    double delta)

      Calculates the first x- or y- image derivative using Scharr operator. The function computes the first x- or y- spatial image derivative using the Scharr operator. The call \(\texttt{Scharr(src, dst, ddepth, dx, dy, scale, delta, borderType)}\) is equivalent to \(\texttt{Sobel(src, dst, ddepth, dx, dy, CV_SCHARR, scale, delta, borderType)} .\)
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and the same number of channels as src.
        `ddepth` - output image depth, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"
        `dx` - order of the derivative x.
        `dy` - order of the derivative y.
        `scale` - optional scale factor for the computed derivative values; by default, no scaling is applied (see #getDerivKernels for details).
        `delta` - optional delta value that is added to the results prior to storing them in dst. SEE: cartToPolar

    - #### Scharr

          public static void Scharr(Mat src,
                                    Mat dst,
                                    int ddepth,
                                    int dx,
                                    int dy,
                                    double scale)

      Calculates the first x- or y- image derivative using Scharr operator. The function computes the first x- or y- spatial image derivative using the Scharr operator. The call \(\texttt{Scharr(src, dst, ddepth, dx, dy, scale, delta, borderType)}\) is equivalent to \(\texttt{Sobel(src, dst, ddepth, dx, dy, CV_SCHARR, scale, delta, borderType)} .\)
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and the same number of channels as src.
        `ddepth` - output image depth, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"
        `dx` - order of the derivative x.
        `dy` - order of the derivative y.
        `scale` - optional scale factor for the computed derivative values; by default, no scaling is applied (see #getDerivKernels for details). SEE: cartToPolar

    - #### Scharr

          public static void Scharr(Mat src,
                                    Mat dst,
                                    int ddepth,
                                    int dx,
                                    int dy)

      Calculates the first x- or y- image derivative using Scharr operator. The function computes the first x- or y- spatial image derivative using the Scharr operator. The call \(\texttt{Scharr(src, dst, ddepth, dx, dy, scale, delta, borderType)}\) is equivalent to \(\texttt{Sobel(src, dst, ddepth, dx, dy, CV_SCHARR, scale, delta, borderType)} .\)
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and the same number of channels as src.
        `ddepth` - output image depth, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"
        `dx` - order of the derivative x.
        `dy` - order of the derivative y. applied (see #getDerivKernels for details). SEE: cartToPolar

    - #### Sobel

          public static void Sobel(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst,
                                   int ddepth,
                                   int dx,
                                   int dy,
                                   int ksize,
                                   double scale,
                                   double delta,
                                   int borderType)

      Calculates the first, second, third, or mixed image derivatives using an extended Sobel operator. In all cases except one, the \(\texttt{ksize} \times \texttt{ksize}\) separable kernel is used to calculate the derivative. When \(\texttt{ksize = 1}\), the \(3 \times 1\) or \(1 \times 3\) kernel is used (that is, no Gaussian smoothing is done). `ksize = 1` can only be used for the first or the second x- or y- derivatives. There is also the special value `ksize = #CV_SCHARR (-1)` that corresponds to the \(3\times3\) Scharr filter that may give more accurate results than the \(3\times3\) Sobel. The Scharr aperture is \(\vecthreethree{-3}{0}{3}{-10}{0}{10}{-3}{0}{3}\) for the x-derivative, or transposed for the y-derivative. The function calculates an image derivative by convolving the image with the appropriate kernel: \(\texttt{dst} = \frac{\partial^{xorder+yorder} \texttt{src}}{\partial x^{xorder} \partial y^{yorder}}\) The Sobel operators combine Gaussian smoothing and differentiation, so the result is more or less resistant to the noise. Most often, the function is called with ( xorder = 1, yorder = 0, ksize = 3) or ( xorder = 0, yorder = 1, ksize = 3) to calculate the first x- or y- image derivative. The first case corresponds to a kernel of: \(\vecthreethree{-1}{0}{1}{-2}{0}{2}{-1}{0}{1}\) The second case corresponds to a kernel of: \(\vecthreethree{-1}{-2}{-1}{0}{0}{0}{1}{2}{1}\)
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and the same number of channels as src .
        `ddepth` - output image depth, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"; in the case of 8-bit input images it will result in truncated derivatives.
        `dx` - order of the derivative x.
        `dy` - order of the derivative y.
        `ksize` - size of the extended Sobel kernel; it must be 1, 3, 5, or 7.
        `scale` - optional scale factor for the computed derivative values; by default, no scaling is applied (see #getDerivKernels for details).
        `delta` - optional delta value that is added to the results prior to storing them in dst.
        `borderType` - pixel extrapolation method, see #BorderTypes SEE: Scharr, Laplacian, sepFilter2D, filter2D, GaussianBlur, cartToPolar

    - #### Sobel

          public static void Sobel(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst,
                                   int ddepth,
                                   int dx,
                                   int dy,
                                   int ksize,
                                   double scale,
                                   double delta)

      Calculates the first, second, third, or mixed image derivatives using an extended Sobel operator. In all cases except one, the \(\texttt{ksize} \times \texttt{ksize}\) separable kernel is used to calculate the derivative. When \(\texttt{ksize = 1}\), the \(3 \times 1\) or \(1 \times 3\) kernel is used (that is, no Gaussian smoothing is done). `ksize = 1` can only be used for the first or the second x- or y- derivatives. There is also the special value `ksize = #CV_SCHARR (-1)` that corresponds to the \(3\times3\) Scharr filter that may give more accurate results than the \(3\times3\) Sobel. The Scharr aperture is \(\vecthreethree{-3}{0}{3}{-10}{0}{10}{-3}{0}{3}\) for the x-derivative, or transposed for the y-derivative. The function calculates an image derivative by convolving the image with the appropriate kernel: \(\texttt{dst} = \frac{\partial^{xorder+yorder} \texttt{src}}{\partial x^{xorder} \partial y^{yorder}}\) The Sobel operators combine Gaussian smoothing and differentiation, so the result is more or less resistant to the noise. Most often, the function is called with ( xorder = 1, yorder = 0, ksize = 3) or ( xorder = 0, yorder = 1, ksize = 3) to calculate the first x- or y- image derivative. The first case corresponds to a kernel of: \(\vecthreethree{-1}{0}{1}{-2}{0}{2}{-1}{0}{1}\) The second case corresponds to a kernel of: \(\vecthreethree{-1}{-2}{-1}{0}{0}{0}{1}{2}{1}\)
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and the same number of channels as src .
        `ddepth` - output image depth, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"; in the case of 8-bit input images it will result in truncated derivatives.
        `dx` - order of the derivative x.
        `dy` - order of the derivative y.
        `ksize` - size of the extended Sobel kernel; it must be 1, 3, 5, or 7.
        `scale` - optional scale factor for the computed derivative values; by default, no scaling is applied (see #getDerivKernels for details).
        `delta` - optional delta value that is added to the results prior to storing them in dst. SEE: Scharr, Laplacian, sepFilter2D, filter2D, GaussianBlur, cartToPolar

    - #### Sobel

          public static void Sobel(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst,
                                   int ddepth,
                                   int dx,
                                   int dy,
                                   int ksize,
                                   double scale)

      Calculates the first, second, third, or mixed image derivatives using an extended Sobel operator. In all cases except one, the \(\texttt{ksize} \times \texttt{ksize}\) separable kernel is used to calculate the derivative. When \(\texttt{ksize = 1}\), the \(3 \times 1\) or \(1 \times 3\) kernel is used (that is, no Gaussian smoothing is done). `ksize = 1` can only be used for the first or the second x- or y- derivatives. There is also the special value `ksize = #CV_SCHARR (-1)` that corresponds to the \(3\times3\) Scharr filter that may give more accurate results than the \(3\times3\) Sobel. The Scharr aperture is \(\vecthreethree{-3}{0}{3}{-10}{0}{10}{-3}{0}{3}\) for the x-derivative, or transposed for the y-derivative. The function calculates an image derivative by convolving the image with the appropriate kernel: \(\texttt{dst} = \frac{\partial^{xorder+yorder} \texttt{src}}{\partial x^{xorder} \partial y^{yorder}}\) The Sobel operators combine Gaussian smoothing and differentiation, so the result is more or less resistant to the noise. Most often, the function is called with ( xorder = 1, yorder = 0, ksize = 3) or ( xorder = 0, yorder = 1, ksize = 3) to calculate the first x- or y- image derivative. The first case corresponds to a kernel of: \(\vecthreethree{-1}{0}{1}{-2}{0}{2}{-1}{0}{1}\) The second case corresponds to a kernel of: \(\vecthreethree{-1}{-2}{-1}{0}{0}{0}{1}{2}{1}\)
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and the same number of channels as src .
        `ddepth` - output image depth, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"; in the case of 8-bit input images it will result in truncated derivatives.
        `dx` - order of the derivative x.
        `dy` - order of the derivative y.
        `ksize` - size of the extended Sobel kernel; it must be 1, 3, 5, or 7.
        `scale` - optional scale factor for the computed derivative values; by default, no scaling is applied (see #getDerivKernels for details). SEE: Scharr, Laplacian, sepFilter2D, filter2D, GaussianBlur, cartToPolar

    - #### Sobel

          public static void Sobel(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst,
                                   int ddepth,
                                   int dx,
                                   int dy,
                                   int ksize)

      Calculates the first, second, third, or mixed image derivatives using an extended Sobel operator. In all cases except one, the \(\texttt{ksize} \times \texttt{ksize}\) separable kernel is used to calculate the derivative. When \(\texttt{ksize = 1}\), the \(3 \times 1\) or \(1 \times 3\) kernel is used (that is, no Gaussian smoothing is done). `ksize = 1` can only be used for the first or the second x- or y- derivatives. There is also the special value `ksize = #CV_SCHARR (-1)` that corresponds to the \(3\times3\) Scharr filter that may give more accurate results than the \(3\times3\) Sobel. The Scharr aperture is \(\vecthreethree{-3}{0}{3}{-10}{0}{10}{-3}{0}{3}\) for the x-derivative, or transposed for the y-derivative. The function calculates an image derivative by convolving the image with the appropriate kernel: \(\texttt{dst} = \frac{\partial^{xorder+yorder} \texttt{src}}{\partial x^{xorder} \partial y^{yorder}}\) The Sobel operators combine Gaussian smoothing and differentiation, so the result is more or less resistant to the noise. Most often, the function is called with ( xorder = 1, yorder = 0, ksize = 3) or ( xorder = 0, yorder = 1, ksize = 3) to calculate the first x- or y- image derivative. The first case corresponds to a kernel of: \(\vecthreethree{-1}{0}{1}{-2}{0}{2}{-1}{0}{1}\) The second case corresponds to a kernel of: \(\vecthreethree{-1}{-2}{-1}{0}{0}{0}{1}{2}{1}\)
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and the same number of channels as src .
        `ddepth` - output image depth, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"; in the case of 8-bit input images it will result in truncated derivatives.
        `dx` - order of the derivative x.
        `dy` - order of the derivative y.
        `ksize` - size of the extended Sobel kernel; it must be 1, 3, 5, or 7. applied (see #getDerivKernels for details). SEE: Scharr, Laplacian, sepFilter2D, filter2D, GaussianBlur, cartToPolar

    - #### Sobel

          public static void Sobel(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst,
                                   int ddepth,
                                   int dx,
                                   int dy)

      Calculates the first, second, third, or mixed image derivatives using an extended Sobel operator. In all cases except one, the \(\texttt{ksize} \times \texttt{ksize}\) separable kernel is used to calculate the derivative. When \(\texttt{ksize = 1}\), the \(3 \times 1\) or \(1 \times 3\) kernel is used (that is, no Gaussian smoothing is done). `ksize = 1` can only be used for the first or the second x- or y- derivatives. There is also the special value `ksize = #CV_SCHARR (-1)` that corresponds to the \(3\times3\) Scharr filter that may give more accurate results than the \(3\times3\) Sobel. The Scharr aperture is \(\vecthreethree{-3}{0}{3}{-10}{0}{10}{-3}{0}{3}\) for the x-derivative, or transposed for the y-derivative. The function calculates an image derivative by convolving the image with the appropriate kernel: \(\texttt{dst} = \frac{\partial^{xorder+yorder} \texttt{src}}{\partial x^{xorder} \partial y^{yorder}}\) The Sobel operators combine Gaussian smoothing and differentiation, so the result is more or less resistant to the noise. Most often, the function is called with ( xorder = 1, yorder = 0, ksize = 3) or ( xorder = 0, yorder = 1, ksize = 3) to calculate the first x- or y- image derivative. The first case corresponds to a kernel of: \(\vecthreethree{-1}{0}{1}{-2}{0}{2}{-1}{0}{1}\) The second case corresponds to a kernel of: \(\vecthreethree{-1}{-2}{-1}{0}{0}{0}{1}{2}{1}\)
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and the same number of channels as src .
        `ddepth` - output image depth, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"; in the case of 8-bit input images it will result in truncated derivatives.
        `dx` - order of the derivative x.
        `dy` - order of the derivative y. applied (see #getDerivKernels for details). SEE: Scharr, Laplacian, sepFilter2D, filter2D, GaussianBlur, cartToPolar

    - #### accumulate

          public static void accumulate(Mat src,
                                        Mat dst,
                                        Mat mask)

      Adds an image to the accumulator image. The function adds src or some of its elements to dst : \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) \leftarrow \texttt{dst} (x,y) + \texttt{src} (x,y) \quad \text{if} \quad \texttt{mask} (x,y) \ne 0\) The function supports multi-channel images. Each channel is processed independently. The function cv::accumulate can be used, for example, to collect statistics of a scene background viewed by a still camera and for the further foreground-background segmentation.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Input image of type CV_8UC(n), CV_16UC(n), CV_32FC(n) or CV_64FC(n), where n is a positive integer.
        `dst` - %Accumulator image with the same number of channels as input image, and a depth of CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `mask` - Optional operation mask. SEE: accumulateSquare, accumulateProduct, accumulateWeighted

    - #### accumulate

          public static void accumulate(Mat src,
                                        Mat dst)

      Adds an image to the accumulator image. The function adds src or some of its elements to dst : \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) \leftarrow \texttt{dst} (x,y) + \texttt{src} (x,y) \quad \text{if} \quad \texttt{mask} (x,y) \ne 0\) The function supports multi-channel images. Each channel is processed independently. The function cv::accumulate can be used, for example, to collect statistics of a scene background viewed by a still camera and for the further foreground-background segmentation.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Input image of type CV_8UC(n), CV_16UC(n), CV_32FC(n) or CV_64FC(n), where n is a positive integer.
        `dst` - %Accumulator image with the same number of channels as input image, and a depth of CV_32F or CV_64F. SEE: accumulateSquare, accumulateProduct, accumulateWeighted

    - #### accumulateProduct

          public static void accumulateProduct(Mat src1,
                                               Mat src2,
                                               Mat dst,
                                               Mat mask)

      Adds the per-element product of two input images to the accumulator image. The function adds the product of two images or their selected regions to the accumulator dst : \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) \leftarrow \texttt{dst} (x,y) + \texttt{src1} (x,y) \cdot \texttt{src2} (x,y) \quad \text{if} \quad \texttt{mask} (x,y) \ne 0\) The function supports multi-channel images. Each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src1` - First input image, 1- or 3-channel, 8-bit or 32-bit floating point.
        `src2` - Second input image of the same type and the same size as src1 .
        `dst` - %Accumulator image with the same number of channels as input images, 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point.
        `mask` - Optional operation mask. SEE: accumulate, accumulateSquare, accumulateWeighted

    - #### accumulateProduct

          public static void accumulateProduct(Mat src1,
                                               Mat src2,
                                               Mat dst)

      Adds the per-element product of two input images to the accumulator image. The function adds the product of two images or their selected regions to the accumulator dst : \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) \leftarrow \texttt{dst} (x,y) + \texttt{src1} (x,y) \cdot \texttt{src2} (x,y) \quad \text{if} \quad \texttt{mask} (x,y) \ne 0\) The function supports multi-channel images. Each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src1` - First input image, 1- or 3-channel, 8-bit or 32-bit floating point.
        `src2` - Second input image of the same type and the same size as src1 .
        `dst` - %Accumulator image with the same number of channels as input images, 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point. SEE: accumulate, accumulateSquare, accumulateWeighted

    - #### accumulateSquare

          public static void accumulateSquare(Mat src,
                                              Mat dst,
                                              Mat mask)

      Adds the square of a source image to the accumulator image. The function adds the input image src or its selected region, raised to a power of 2, to the accumulator dst : \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) \leftarrow \texttt{dst} (x,y) + \texttt{src} (x,y)^2 \quad \text{if} \quad \texttt{mask} (x,y) \ne 0\) The function supports multi-channel images. Each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Input image as 1- or 3-channel, 8-bit or 32-bit floating point.
        `dst` - %Accumulator image with the same number of channels as input image, 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point.
        `mask` - Optional operation mask. SEE: accumulateSquare, accumulateProduct, accumulateWeighted

    - #### accumulateSquare

          public static void accumulateSquare(Mat src,
                                              Mat dst)

      Adds the square of a source image to the accumulator image. The function adds the input image src or its selected region, raised to a power of 2, to the accumulator dst : \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) \leftarrow \texttt{dst} (x,y) + \texttt{src} (x,y)^2 \quad \text{if} \quad \texttt{mask} (x,y) \ne 0\) The function supports multi-channel images. Each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Input image as 1- or 3-channel, 8-bit or 32-bit floating point.
        `dst` - %Accumulator image with the same number of channels as input image, 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point. SEE: accumulateSquare, accumulateProduct, accumulateWeighted

    - #### accumulateWeighted

          public static void accumulateWeighted(Mat src,
                                                Mat dst,
                                                double alpha,
                                                Mat mask)

      Updates a running average. The function calculates the weighted sum of the input image src and the accumulator dst so that dst becomes a running average of a frame sequence: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) \leftarrow (1- \texttt{alpha} ) \cdot \texttt{dst} (x,y) + \texttt{alpha} \cdot \texttt{src} (x,y) \quad \text{if} \quad \texttt{mask} (x,y) \ne 0\) That is, alpha regulates the update speed (how fast the accumulator "forgets" about earlier images). The function supports multi-channel images. Each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Input image as 1- or 3-channel, 8-bit or 32-bit floating point.
        `dst` - %Accumulator image with the same number of channels as input image, 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point.
        `alpha` - Weight of the input image.
        `mask` - Optional operation mask. SEE: accumulate, accumulateSquare, accumulateProduct

    - #### accumulateWeighted

          public static void accumulateWeighted(Mat src,
                                                Mat dst,
                                                double alpha)

      Updates a running average. The function calculates the weighted sum of the input image src and the accumulator dst so that dst becomes a running average of a frame sequence: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) \leftarrow (1- \texttt{alpha} ) \cdot \texttt{dst} (x,y) + \texttt{alpha} \cdot \texttt{src} (x,y) \quad \text{if} \quad \texttt{mask} (x,y) \ne 0\) That is, alpha regulates the update speed (how fast the accumulator "forgets" about earlier images). The function supports multi-channel images. Each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Input image as 1- or 3-channel, 8-bit or 32-bit floating point.
        `dst` - %Accumulator image with the same number of channels as input image, 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point.
        `alpha` - Weight of the input image. SEE: accumulate, accumulateSquare, accumulateProduct

    - #### adaptiveThreshold

          public static void adaptiveThreshold(Mat src,
                                               Mat dst,
                                               double maxValue,
                                               int adaptiveMethod,
                                               int thresholdType,
                                               int blockSize,
                                               double C)

      Applies an adaptive threshold to an array. The function transforms a grayscale image to a binary image according to the formulae:
      - THRESH_BINARY \(dst(x,y) = \fork{\texttt{maxValue}}{if \(src(x,y) > T(x,y)\)}{0}{otherwise}\)
      - THRESH_BINARY_INV \(dst(x,y) = \fork{0}{if \(src(x,y) > T(x,y)\)}{\texttt{maxValue}}{otherwise}\) where \(T(x,y)\) is a threshold calculated individually for each pixel (see adaptiveMethod parameter).
      The function can process the image in-place.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source 8-bit single-channel image.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and the same type as src.
        `maxValue` - Non-zero value assigned to the pixels for which the condition is satisfied
        `adaptiveMethod` - Adaptive thresholding algorithm to use, see #AdaptiveThresholdTypes. The #BORDER_REPLICATE | #BORDER_ISOLATED is used to process boundaries.
        `thresholdType` - Thresholding type that must be either #THRESH_BINARY or #THRESH_BINARY_INV, see #ThresholdTypes.
        `blockSize` - Size of a pixel neighborhood that is used to calculate a threshold value for the pixel: 3, 5, 7, and so on.
        `C` - Constant subtracted from the mean or weighted mean (see the details below). Normally, it is positive but may be zero or negative as well. SEE: threshold, blur, GaussianBlur

    - #### applyColorMap

          public static void applyColorMap(Mat src,
                                           Mat dst,
                                           Mat userColor)

      Applies a user colormap on a given image.
      Parameters:
        `src` - The source image, grayscale or colored of type CV_8UC1 or CV_8UC3.
        `dst` - The result is the colormapped source image. Note: Mat::create is called on dst.
        `userColor` - The colormap to apply of type CV_8UC1 or CV_8UC3 and size 256

    - #### applyColorMap

          public static void applyColorMap(Mat src,
                                           Mat dst,
                                           int colormap)

      Applies a GNU Octave/MATLAB equivalent colormap on a given image.
      Parameters:
        `src` - The source image, grayscale or colored of type CV_8UC1 or CV_8UC3.
        `dst` - The result is the colormapped source image. Note: Mat::create is called on dst.
        `colormap` - The colormap to apply, see #ColormapTypes

    - #### approxPolyDP

          public static void approxPolyDP(MatOfPoint2f curve,
                                          MatOfPoint2f approxCurve,
                                          double epsilon,
                                          boolean closed)

      Approximates a polygonal curve(s) with the specified precision. The function cv::approxPolyDP approximates a curve or a polygon with another curve/polygon with less vertices so that the distance between them is less or equal to the specified precision. It uses the Douglas-Peucker algorithm <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ramer-Douglas-Peucker_algorithm>
      Parameters:
        `curve` - Input vector of a 2D point stored in std::vector or Mat
        `approxCurve` - Result of the approximation. The type should match the type of the input curve.
        `epsilon` - Parameter specifying the approximation accuracy. This is the maximum distance between the original curve and its approximation.
        `closed` - If true, the approximated curve is closed (its first and last vertices are connected). Otherwise, it is not closed.

    - #### arrowedLine

          public static void arrowedLine(Mat img,
                                         Point pt1,
                                         Point pt2,
                                         Scalar color,
                                         int thickness,
                                         int line_type,
                                         int shift,
                                         double tipLength)

      Draws a arrow segment pointing from the first point to the second one. The function cv::arrowedLine draws an arrow between pt1 and pt2 points in the image. See also #line.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pt1` - The point the arrow starts from.
        `pt2` - The point the arrow points to.
        `color` - Line color.
        `thickness` - Line thickness.
        `line_type` - Type of the line. See #LineTypes
        `shift` - Number of fractional bits in the point coordinates.
        `tipLength` - The length of the arrow tip in relation to the arrow length

    - #### arrowedLine

          public static void arrowedLine(Mat img,
                                         Point pt1,
                                         Point pt2,
                                         Scalar color,
                                         int thickness,
                                         int line_type,
                                         int shift)

      Draws a arrow segment pointing from the first point to the second one. The function cv::arrowedLine draws an arrow between pt1 and pt2 points in the image. See also #line.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pt1` - The point the arrow starts from.
        `pt2` - The point the arrow points to.
        `color` - Line color.
        `thickness` - Line thickness.
        `line_type` - Type of the line. See #LineTypes
        `shift` - Number of fractional bits in the point coordinates.

    - #### arrowedLine

          public static void arrowedLine(Mat img,
                                         Point pt1,
                                         Point pt2,
                                         Scalar color,
                                         int thickness,
                                         int line_type)

      Draws a arrow segment pointing from the first point to the second one. The function cv::arrowedLine draws an arrow between pt1 and pt2 points in the image. See also #line.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pt1` - The point the arrow starts from.
        `pt2` - The point the arrow points to.
        `color` - Line color.
        `thickness` - Line thickness.
        `line_type` - Type of the line. See #LineTypes

    - #### arrowedLine

          public static void arrowedLine(Mat img,
                                         Point pt1,
                                         Point pt2,
                                         Scalar color,
                                         int thickness)

      Draws a arrow segment pointing from the first point to the second one. The function cv::arrowedLine draws an arrow between pt1 and pt2 points in the image. See also #line.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pt1` - The point the arrow starts from.
        `pt2` - The point the arrow points to.
        `color` - Line color.
        `thickness` - Line thickness.

    - #### arrowedLine

          public static void arrowedLine(Mat img,
                                         Point pt1,
                                         Point pt2,
                                         Scalar color)

      Draws a arrow segment pointing from the first point to the second one. The function cv::arrowedLine draws an arrow between pt1 and pt2 points in the image. See also #line.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pt1` - The point the arrow starts from.
        `pt2` - The point the arrow points to.
        `color` - Line color.

    - #### bilateralFilter

          public static void bilateralFilter(Mat src,
                                             Mat dst,
                                             int d,
                                             double sigmaColor,
                                             double sigmaSpace,
                                             int borderType)

      Applies the bilateral filter to an image. The function applies bilateral filtering to the input image, as described in http://www.dai.ed.ac.uk/CVonline/LOCAL_COPIES/MANDUCHI1/Bilateral_Filtering.html bilateralFilter can reduce unwanted noise very well while keeping edges fairly sharp. However, it is very slow compared to most filters. _Sigma values_: For simplicity, you can set the 2 sigma values to be the same. If they are small (< 10), the filter will not have much effect, whereas if they are large (> 150), they will have a very strong effect, making the image look "cartoonish". _Filter size_: Large filters (d > 5) are very slow, so it is recommended to use d=5 for real-time applications, and perhaps d=9 for offline applications that need heavy noise filtering. This filter does not work inplace.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source 8-bit or floating-point, 1-channel or 3-channel image.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and type as src .
        `d` - Diameter of each pixel neighborhood that is used during filtering. If it is non-positive, it is computed from sigmaSpace.
        `sigmaColor` - Filter sigma in the color space. A larger value of the parameter means that farther colors within the pixel neighborhood (see sigmaSpace) will be mixed together, resulting in larger areas of semi-equal color.
        `sigmaSpace` - Filter sigma in the coordinate space. A larger value of the parameter means that farther pixels will influence each other as long as their colors are close enough (see sigmaColor ). When d>0, it specifies the neighborhood size regardless of sigmaSpace. Otherwise, d is proportional to sigmaSpace.
        `borderType` - border mode used to extrapolate pixels outside of the image, see #BorderTypes

    - #### bilateralFilter

          public static void bilateralFilter(Mat src,
                                             Mat dst,
                                             int d,
                                             double sigmaColor,
                                             double sigmaSpace)

      Applies the bilateral filter to an image. The function applies bilateral filtering to the input image, as described in http://www.dai.ed.ac.uk/CVonline/LOCAL_COPIES/MANDUCHI1/Bilateral_Filtering.html bilateralFilter can reduce unwanted noise very well while keeping edges fairly sharp. However, it is very slow compared to most filters. _Sigma values_: For simplicity, you can set the 2 sigma values to be the same. If they are small (< 10), the filter will not have much effect, whereas if they are large (> 150), they will have a very strong effect, making the image look "cartoonish". _Filter size_: Large filters (d > 5) are very slow, so it is recommended to use d=5 for real-time applications, and perhaps d=9 for offline applications that need heavy noise filtering. This filter does not work inplace.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source 8-bit or floating-point, 1-channel or 3-channel image.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and type as src .
        `d` - Diameter of each pixel neighborhood that is used during filtering. If it is non-positive, it is computed from sigmaSpace.
        `sigmaColor` - Filter sigma in the color space. A larger value of the parameter means that farther colors within the pixel neighborhood (see sigmaSpace) will be mixed together, resulting in larger areas of semi-equal color.
        `sigmaSpace` - Filter sigma in the coordinate space. A larger value of the parameter means that farther pixels will influence each other as long as their colors are close enough (see sigmaColor ). When d>0, it specifies the neighborhood size regardless of sigmaSpace. Otherwise, d is proportional to sigmaSpace.

    - #### blur

          public static void blur(Mat src,
                                  Mat dst,
                                  Size ksize,
                                  Point anchor,
                                  int borderType)

      Blurs an image using the normalized box filter. The function smooths an image using the kernel: \(\texttt{K} = \frac{1}{\texttt{ksize.width*ksize.height}} \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ \hdotsfor{6} \\ 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ \end{bmatrix}\) The call `blur(src, dst, ksize, anchor, borderType)` is equivalent to `boxFilter(src, dst, src.type(), anchor, true, borderType)`.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; it can have any number of channels, which are processed independently, but the depth should be CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `ksize` - blurring kernel size.
        `anchor` - anchor point; default value Point(-1,-1) means that the anchor is at the kernel center.
        `borderType` - border mode used to extrapolate pixels outside of the image, see #BorderTypes SEE: boxFilter, bilateralFilter, GaussianBlur, medianBlur

    - #### blur

          public static void blur(Mat src,
                                  Mat dst,
                                  Size ksize,
                                  Point anchor)

      Blurs an image using the normalized box filter. The function smooths an image using the kernel: \(\texttt{K} = \frac{1}{\texttt{ksize.width*ksize.height}} \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ \hdotsfor{6} \\ 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ \end{bmatrix}\) The call `blur(src, dst, ksize, anchor, borderType)` is equivalent to `boxFilter(src, dst, src.type(), anchor, true, borderType)`.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; it can have any number of channels, which are processed independently, but the depth should be CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `ksize` - blurring kernel size.
        `anchor` - anchor point; default value Point(-1,-1) means that the anchor is at the kernel center. SEE: boxFilter, bilateralFilter, GaussianBlur, medianBlur

    - #### blur

          public static void blur(Mat src,
                                  Mat dst,
                                  Size ksize)

      Blurs an image using the normalized box filter. The function smooths an image using the kernel: \(\texttt{K} = \frac{1}{\texttt{ksize.width*ksize.height}} \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ \hdotsfor{6} \\ 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ \end{bmatrix}\) The call `blur(src, dst, ksize, anchor, borderType)` is equivalent to `boxFilter(src, dst, src.type(), anchor, true, borderType)`.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; it can have any number of channels, which are processed independently, but the depth should be CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `ksize` - blurring kernel size. center. SEE: boxFilter, bilateralFilter, GaussianBlur, medianBlur

    - #### boxFilter

          public static void boxFilter(Mat src,
                                       Mat dst,
                                       int ddepth,
                                       Size ksize,
                                       Point anchor,
                                       boolean normalize,
                                       int borderType)

      Blurs an image using the box filter. The function smooths an image using the kernel: \(\texttt{K} = \alpha \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ \hdotsfor{6} \\ 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \end{bmatrix}\) where \(\alpha = \fork{\frac{1}{\texttt{ksize.width*ksize.height}}}{when \texttt{normalize=true}}{1}{otherwise}\) Unnormalized box filter is useful for computing various integral characteristics over each pixel neighborhood, such as covariance matrices of image derivatives (used in dense optical flow algorithms, and so on). If you need to compute pixel sums over variable-size windows, use #integral.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `ddepth` - the output image depth (-1 to use src.depth()).
        `ksize` - blurring kernel size.
        `anchor` - anchor point; default value Point(-1,-1) means that the anchor is at the kernel center.
        `normalize` - flag, specifying whether the kernel is normalized by its area or not.
        `borderType` - border mode used to extrapolate pixels outside of the image, see #BorderTypes SEE: blur, bilateralFilter, GaussianBlur, medianBlur, integral

    - #### boxFilter

          public static void boxFilter(Mat src,
                                       Mat dst,
                                       int ddepth,
                                       Size ksize,
                                       Point anchor,
                                       boolean normalize)

      Blurs an image using the box filter. The function smooths an image using the kernel: \(\texttt{K} = \alpha \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ \hdotsfor{6} \\ 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \end{bmatrix}\) where \(\alpha = \fork{\frac{1}{\texttt{ksize.width*ksize.height}}}{when \texttt{normalize=true}}{1}{otherwise}\) Unnormalized box filter is useful for computing various integral characteristics over each pixel neighborhood, such as covariance matrices of image derivatives (used in dense optical flow algorithms, and so on). If you need to compute pixel sums over variable-size windows, use #integral.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `ddepth` - the output image depth (-1 to use src.depth()).
        `ksize` - blurring kernel size.
        `anchor` - anchor point; default value Point(-1,-1) means that the anchor is at the kernel center.
        `normalize` - flag, specifying whether the kernel is normalized by its area or not. SEE: blur, bilateralFilter, GaussianBlur, medianBlur, integral

    - #### boxFilter

          public static void boxFilter(Mat src,
                                       Mat dst,
                                       int ddepth,
                                       Size ksize,
                                       Point anchor)

      Blurs an image using the box filter. The function smooths an image using the kernel: \(\texttt{K} = \alpha \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ \hdotsfor{6} \\ 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \end{bmatrix}\) where \(\alpha = \fork{\frac{1}{\texttt{ksize.width*ksize.height}}}{when \texttt{normalize=true}}{1}{otherwise}\) Unnormalized box filter is useful for computing various integral characteristics over each pixel neighborhood, such as covariance matrices of image derivatives (used in dense optical flow algorithms, and so on). If you need to compute pixel sums over variable-size windows, use #integral.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `ddepth` - the output image depth (-1 to use src.depth()).
        `ksize` - blurring kernel size.
        `anchor` - anchor point; default value Point(-1,-1) means that the anchor is at the kernel center. SEE: blur, bilateralFilter, GaussianBlur, medianBlur, integral

    - #### boxFilter

          public static void boxFilter(Mat src,
                                       Mat dst,
                                       int ddepth,
                                       Size ksize)

      Blurs an image using the box filter. The function smooths an image using the kernel: \(\texttt{K} = \alpha \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \\ \hdotsfor{6} \\ 1 & 1 & 1 & \cdots & 1 & 1 \end{bmatrix}\) where \(\alpha = \fork{\frac{1}{\texttt{ksize.width*ksize.height}}}{when \texttt{normalize=true}}{1}{otherwise}\) Unnormalized box filter is useful for computing various integral characteristics over each pixel neighborhood, such as covariance matrices of image derivatives (used in dense optical flow algorithms, and so on). If you need to compute pixel sums over variable-size windows, use #integral.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `ddepth` - the output image depth (-1 to use src.depth()).
        `ksize` - blurring kernel size. center. SEE: blur, bilateralFilter, GaussianBlur, medianBlur, integral

    - #### boxPoints

          public static void boxPoints(RotatedRect box,
                                       Mat points)

      Finds the four vertices of a rotated rect. Useful to draw the rotated rectangle. The function finds the four vertices of a rotated rectangle. This function is useful to draw the rectangle. In C++, instead of using this function, you can directly use RotatedRect::points method. Please visit the REF: tutorial_bounding_rotated_ellipses "tutorial on Creating Bounding rotated boxes and ellipses for contours" for more information.
      Parameters:
        `box` - The input rotated rectangle. It may be the output of
        `points` - The output array of four vertices of rectangles.

    - #### calcBackProject

          public static void calcBackProject(List<Mat> images,
                                             MatOfInt channels,
                                             Mat hist,
                                             Mat dst,
                                             MatOfFloat ranges,
                                             double scale)

    - #### calcHist

          public static void calcHist(List<Mat> images,
                                      MatOfInt channels,
                                      Mat mask,
                                      Mat hist,
                                      MatOfInt histSize,
                                      MatOfFloat ranges,
                                      boolean accumulate)

    - #### calcHist

          public static void calcHist(List<Mat> images,
                                      MatOfInt channels,
                                      Mat mask,
                                      Mat hist,
                                      MatOfInt histSize,
                                      MatOfFloat ranges)

    - #### circle

          public static void circle(Mat img,
                                    Point center,
                                    int radius,
                                    Scalar color,
                                    int thickness,
                                    int lineType,
                                    int shift)

      Draws a circle. The function cv::circle draws a simple or filled circle with a given center and radius.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image where the circle is drawn.
        `center` - Center of the circle.
        `radius` - Radius of the circle.
        `color` - Circle color.
        `thickness` - Thickness of the circle outline, if positive. Negative values, like #FILLED, mean that a filled circle is to be drawn.
        `lineType` - Type of the circle boundary. See #LineTypes
        `shift` - Number of fractional bits in the coordinates of the center and in the radius value.

    - #### circle

          public static void circle(Mat img,
                                    Point center,
                                    int radius,
                                    Scalar color,
                                    int thickness,
                                    int lineType)

      Draws a circle. The function cv::circle draws a simple or filled circle with a given center and radius.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image where the circle is drawn.
        `center` - Center of the circle.
        `radius` - Radius of the circle.
        `color` - Circle color.
        `thickness` - Thickness of the circle outline, if positive. Negative values, like #FILLED, mean that a filled circle is to be drawn.
        `lineType` - Type of the circle boundary. See #LineTypes

    - #### circle

          public static void circle(Mat img,
                                    Point center,
                                    int radius,
                                    Scalar color,
                                    int thickness)

      Draws a circle. The function cv::circle draws a simple or filled circle with a given center and radius.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image where the circle is drawn.
        `center` - Center of the circle.
        `radius` - Radius of the circle.
        `color` - Circle color.
        `thickness` - Thickness of the circle outline, if positive. Negative values, like #FILLED, mean that a filled circle is to be drawn.

    - #### circle

          public static void circle(Mat img,
                                    Point center,
                                    int radius,
                                    Scalar color)

      Draws a circle. The function cv::circle draws a simple or filled circle with a given center and radius.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image where the circle is drawn.
        `center` - Center of the circle.
        `radius` - Radius of the circle.
        `color` - Circle color. mean that a filled circle is to be drawn.

    - #### convertMaps

          public static void convertMaps(Mat map1,
                                         Mat map2,
                                         Mat dstmap1,
                                         Mat dstmap2,
                                         int dstmap1type,
                                         boolean nninterpolation)

      Converts image transformation maps from one representation to another. The function converts a pair of maps for remap from one representation to another. The following options ( (map1.type(), map2.type()) \(\rightarrow\) (dstmap1.type(), dstmap2.type()) ) are supported:
      - \(\texttt{(CV_32FC1, CV_32FC1)} \rightarrow \texttt{(CV_16SC2, CV_16UC1)}\). This is the most frequently used conversion operation, in which the original floating-point maps (see remap ) are converted to a more compact and much faster fixed-point representation. The first output array contains the rounded coordinates and the second array (created only when nninterpolation=false ) contains indices in the interpolation tables.
      - \(\texttt{(CV_32FC2)} \rightarrow \texttt{(CV_16SC2, CV_16UC1)}\). The same as above but the original maps are stored in one 2-channel matrix.
      - Reverse conversion. Obviously, the reconstructed floating-point maps will not be exactly the same as the originals.
      Parameters:
        `map1` - The first input map of type CV_16SC2, CV_32FC1, or CV_32FC2 .
        `map2` - The second input map of type CV_16UC1, CV_32FC1, or none (empty matrix), respectively.
        `dstmap1` - The first output map that has the type dstmap1type and the same size as src .
        `dstmap2` - The second output map.
        `dstmap1type` - Type of the first output map that should be CV_16SC2, CV_32FC1, or CV_32FC2 .
        `nninterpolation` - Flag indicating whether the fixed-point maps are used for the nearest-neighbor or for a more complex interpolation. SEE: remap, undistort, initUndistortRectifyMap

    - #### convertMaps

          public static void convertMaps(Mat map1,
                                         Mat map2,
                                         Mat dstmap1,
                                         Mat dstmap2,
                                         int dstmap1type)

      Converts image transformation maps from one representation to another. The function converts a pair of maps for remap from one representation to another. The following options ( (map1.type(), map2.type()) \(\rightarrow\) (dstmap1.type(), dstmap2.type()) ) are supported:
      - \(\texttt{(CV_32FC1, CV_32FC1)} \rightarrow \texttt{(CV_16SC2, CV_16UC1)}\). This is the most frequently used conversion operation, in which the original floating-point maps (see remap ) are converted to a more compact and much faster fixed-point representation. The first output array contains the rounded coordinates and the second array (created only when nninterpolation=false ) contains indices in the interpolation tables.
      - \(\texttt{(CV_32FC2)} \rightarrow \texttt{(CV_16SC2, CV_16UC1)}\). The same as above but the original maps are stored in one 2-channel matrix.
      - Reverse conversion. Obviously, the reconstructed floating-point maps will not be exactly the same as the originals.
      Parameters:
        `map1` - The first input map of type CV_16SC2, CV_32FC1, or CV_32FC2 .
        `map2` - The second input map of type CV_16UC1, CV_32FC1, or none (empty matrix), respectively.
        `dstmap1` - The first output map that has the type dstmap1type and the same size as src .
        `dstmap2` - The second output map.
        `dstmap1type` - Type of the first output map that should be CV_16SC2, CV_32FC1, or CV_32FC2 . nearest-neighbor or for a more complex interpolation. SEE: remap, undistort, initUndistortRectifyMap

    - #### convexHull

          public static void convexHull(MatOfPoint points,
                                        MatOfInt hull,
                                        boolean clockwise)

      Finds the convex hull of a point set. The function cv::convexHull finds the convex hull of a 2D point set using the Sklansky's algorithm CITE: Sklansky82 that has *O(N logN)* complexity in the current implementation.
      Parameters:
        `points` - Input 2D point set, stored in std::vector or Mat.
        `hull` - Output convex hull. It is either an integer vector of indices or vector of points. In the first case, the hull elements are 0-based indices of the convex hull points in the original array (since the set of convex hull points is a subset of the original point set). In the second case, hull elements are the convex hull points themselves.
        `clockwise` - Orientation flag. If it is true, the output convex hull is oriented clockwise. Otherwise, it is oriented counter-clockwise. The assumed coordinate system has its X axis pointing to the right, and its Y axis pointing upwards. returns convex hull points. Otherwise, it returns indices of the convex hull points. When the output array is std::vector, the flag is ignored, and the output depends on the type of the vector: std::vector<int> implies returnPoints=false, std::vector<Point> implies returnPoints=true. Note: `points` and `hull` should be different arrays, inplace processing isn't supported. Check REF: tutorial_hull "the corresponding tutorial" for more details. useful links: https://www.learnopencv.com/convex-hull-using-opencv-in-python-and-c/

    - #### convexHull

          public static void convexHull(MatOfPoint points,
                                        MatOfInt hull)

      Finds the convex hull of a point set. The function cv::convexHull finds the convex hull of a 2D point set using the Sklansky's algorithm CITE: Sklansky82 that has *O(N logN)* complexity in the current implementation.
      Parameters:
        `points` - Input 2D point set, stored in std::vector or Mat.
        `hull` - Output convex hull. It is either an integer vector of indices or vector of points. In the first case, the hull elements are 0-based indices of the convex hull points in the original array (since the set of convex hull points is a subset of the original point set). In the second case, hull elements are the convex hull points themselves. Otherwise, it is oriented counter-clockwise. The assumed coordinate system has its X axis pointing to the right, and its Y axis pointing upwards. returns convex hull points. Otherwise, it returns indices of the convex hull points. When the output array is std::vector, the flag is ignored, and the output depends on the type of the vector: std::vector<int> implies returnPoints=false, std::vector<Point> implies returnPoints=true. Note: `points` and `hull` should be different arrays, inplace processing isn't supported. Check REF: tutorial_hull "the corresponding tutorial" for more details. useful links: https://www.learnopencv.com/convex-hull-using-opencv-in-python-and-c/

    - #### convexityDefects

          public static void convexityDefects(MatOfPoint contour,
                                              MatOfInt convexhull,
                                              MatOfInt4 convexityDefects)

      Finds the convexity defects of a contour. The figure below displays convexity defects of a hand contour: ![image](pics/defects.png)
      Parameters:
        `contour` - Input contour.
        `convexhull` - Convex hull obtained using convexHull that should contain indices of the contour points that make the hull.
        `convexityDefects` - The output vector of convexity defects. In C++ and the new Python/Java interface each convexity defect is represented as 4-element integer vector (a.k.a. #Vec4i): (start_index, end_index, farthest_pt_index, fixpt_depth), where indices are 0-based indices in the original contour of the convexity defect beginning, end and the farthest point, and fixpt_depth is fixed-point approximation (with 8 fractional bits) of the distance between the farthest contour point and the hull. That is, to get the floating-point value of the depth will be fixpt_depth/256.0.

    - #### cornerEigenValsAndVecs

          public static void cornerEigenValsAndVecs(Mat src,
                                                    Mat dst,
                                                    int blockSize,
                                                    int ksize,
                                                    int borderType)

      Calculates eigenvalues and eigenvectors of image blocks for corner detection. For every pixel \(p\) , the function cornerEigenValsAndVecs considers a blockSize \(\times\) blockSize neighborhood \(S(p)\) . It calculates the covariation matrix of derivatives over the neighborhood as: \(M = \begin{bmatrix} \sum _{S(p)}(dI/dx)^2 & \sum _{S(p)}dI/dx dI/dy \\ \sum _{S(p)}dI/dx dI/dy & \sum _{S(p)}(dI/dy)^2 \end{bmatrix}\) where the derivatives are computed using the Sobel operator. After that, it finds eigenvectors and eigenvalues of \(M\) and stores them in the destination image as \((\lambda_1, \lambda_2, x_1, y_1, x_2, y_2)\) where
      - \(\lambda_1, \lambda_2\) are the non-sorted eigenvalues of \(M\)
      - \(x_1, y_1\) are the eigenvectors corresponding to \(\lambda_1\)
      - \(x_2, y_2\) are the eigenvectors corresponding to \(\lambda_2\)
      The output of the function can be used for robust edge or corner detection.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Input single-channel 8-bit or floating-point image.
        `dst` - Image to store the results. It has the same size as src and the type CV_32FC(6) .
        `blockSize` - Neighborhood size (see details below).
        `ksize` - Aperture parameter for the Sobel operator.
        `borderType` - Pixel extrapolation method. See #BorderTypes. SEE: cornerMinEigenVal, cornerHarris, preCornerDetect

    - #### cornerEigenValsAndVecs

          public static void cornerEigenValsAndVecs(Mat src,
                                                    Mat dst,
                                                    int blockSize,
                                                    int ksize)

      Calculates eigenvalues and eigenvectors of image blocks for corner detection. For every pixel \(p\) , the function cornerEigenValsAndVecs considers a blockSize \(\times\) blockSize neighborhood \(S(p)\) . It calculates the covariation matrix of derivatives over the neighborhood as: \(M = \begin{bmatrix} \sum _{S(p)}(dI/dx)^2 & \sum _{S(p)}dI/dx dI/dy \\ \sum _{S(p)}dI/dx dI/dy & \sum _{S(p)}(dI/dy)^2 \end{bmatrix}\) where the derivatives are computed using the Sobel operator. After that, it finds eigenvectors and eigenvalues of \(M\) and stores them in the destination image as \((\lambda_1, \lambda_2, x_1, y_1, x_2, y_2)\) where
      - \(\lambda_1, \lambda_2\) are the non-sorted eigenvalues of \(M\)
      - \(x_1, y_1\) are the eigenvectors corresponding to \(\lambda_1\)
      - \(x_2, y_2\) are the eigenvectors corresponding to \(\lambda_2\)
      The output of the function can be used for robust edge or corner detection.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Input single-channel 8-bit or floating-point image.
        `dst` - Image to store the results. It has the same size as src and the type CV_32FC(6) .
        `blockSize` - Neighborhood size (see details below).
        `ksize` - Aperture parameter for the Sobel operator. SEE: cornerMinEigenVal, cornerHarris, preCornerDetect

    - #### cornerHarris

          public static void cornerHarris(Mat src,
                                          Mat dst,
                                          int blockSize,
                                          int ksize,
                                          double k,
                                          int borderType)

      Harris corner detector. The function runs the Harris corner detector on the image. Similarly to cornerMinEigenVal and cornerEigenValsAndVecs , for each pixel \((x, y)\) it calculates a \(2\times2\) gradient covariance matrix \(M^{(x,y)}\) over a \(\texttt{blockSize} \times \texttt{blockSize}\) neighborhood. Then, it computes the following characteristic: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \mathrm{det} M^{(x,y)} - k \cdot \left ( \mathrm{tr} M^{(x,y)} \right )^2\) Corners in the image can be found as the local maxima of this response map.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Input single-channel 8-bit or floating-point image.
        `dst` - Image to store the Harris detector responses. It has the type CV_32FC1 and the same size as src .
        `blockSize` - Neighborhood size (see the details on #cornerEigenValsAndVecs ).
        `ksize` - Aperture parameter for the Sobel operator.
        `k` - Harris detector free parameter. See the formula above.
        `borderType` - Pixel extrapolation method. See #BorderTypes.

    - #### cornerHarris

          public static void cornerHarris(Mat src,
                                          Mat dst,
                                          int blockSize,
                                          int ksize,
                                          double k)

      Harris corner detector. The function runs the Harris corner detector on the image. Similarly to cornerMinEigenVal and cornerEigenValsAndVecs , for each pixel \((x, y)\) it calculates a \(2\times2\) gradient covariance matrix \(M^{(x,y)}\) over a \(\texttt{blockSize} \times \texttt{blockSize}\) neighborhood. Then, it computes the following characteristic: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \mathrm{det} M^{(x,y)} - k \cdot \left ( \mathrm{tr} M^{(x,y)} \right )^2\) Corners in the image can be found as the local maxima of this response map.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Input single-channel 8-bit or floating-point image.
        `dst` - Image to store the Harris detector responses. It has the type CV_32FC1 and the same size as src .
        `blockSize` - Neighborhood size (see the details on #cornerEigenValsAndVecs ).
        `ksize` - Aperture parameter for the Sobel operator.
        `k` - Harris detector free parameter. See the formula above.

    - #### cornerMinEigenVal

          public static void cornerMinEigenVal(Mat src,
                                               Mat dst,
                                               int blockSize,
                                               int ksize,
                                               int borderType)

      Calculates the minimal eigenvalue of gradient matrices for corner detection. The function is similar to cornerEigenValsAndVecs but it calculates and stores only the minimal eigenvalue of the covariance matrix of derivatives, that is, \(\min(\lambda_1, \lambda_2)\) in terms of the formulae in the cornerEigenValsAndVecs description.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Input single-channel 8-bit or floating-point image.
        `dst` - Image to store the minimal eigenvalues. It has the type CV_32FC1 and the same size as src .
        `blockSize` - Neighborhood size (see the details on #cornerEigenValsAndVecs ).
        `ksize` - Aperture parameter for the Sobel operator.
        `borderType` - Pixel extrapolation method. See #BorderTypes.

    - #### cornerMinEigenVal

          public static void cornerMinEigenVal(Mat src,
                                               Mat dst,
                                               int blockSize,
                                               int ksize)

      Calculates the minimal eigenvalue of gradient matrices for corner detection. The function is similar to cornerEigenValsAndVecs but it calculates and stores only the minimal eigenvalue of the covariance matrix of derivatives, that is, \(\min(\lambda_1, \lambda_2)\) in terms of the formulae in the cornerEigenValsAndVecs description.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Input single-channel 8-bit or floating-point image.
        `dst` - Image to store the minimal eigenvalues. It has the type CV_32FC1 and the same size as src .
        `blockSize` - Neighborhood size (see the details on #cornerEigenValsAndVecs ).
        `ksize` - Aperture parameter for the Sobel operator.

    - #### cornerMinEigenVal

          public static void cornerMinEigenVal(Mat src,
                                               Mat dst,
                                               int blockSize)

      Calculates the minimal eigenvalue of gradient matrices for corner detection. The function is similar to cornerEigenValsAndVecs but it calculates and stores only the minimal eigenvalue of the covariance matrix of derivatives, that is, \(\min(\lambda_1, \lambda_2)\) in terms of the formulae in the cornerEigenValsAndVecs description.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Input single-channel 8-bit or floating-point image.
        `dst` - Image to store the minimal eigenvalues. It has the type CV_32FC1 and the same size as src .
        `blockSize` - Neighborhood size (see the details on #cornerEigenValsAndVecs ).

    - #### cornerSubPix

          public static void cornerSubPix(Mat image,
                                          Mat corners,
                                          Size winSize,
                                          Size zeroZone,
                                          TermCriteria criteria)

      Refines the corner locations. The function iterates to find the sub-pixel accurate location of corners or radial saddle points, as shown on the figure below. ![image](pics/cornersubpix.png) Sub-pixel accurate corner locator is based on the observation that every vector from the center \(q\) to a point \(p\) located within a neighborhood of \(q\) is orthogonal to the image gradient at \(p\) subject to image and measurement noise. Consider the expression: \(\epsilon _i = {DI_{p_i}}^T \cdot (q - p_i)\) where \({DI_{p_i}}\) is an image gradient at one of the points \(p_i\) in a neighborhood of \(q\) . The value of \(q\) is to be found so that \(\epsilon_i\) is minimized. A system of equations may be set up with \(\epsilon_i\) set to zero: \(\sum _i(DI_{p_i} \cdot {DI_{p_i}}^T) \cdot q - \sum _i(DI_{p_i} \cdot {DI_{p_i}}^T \cdot p_i)\) where the gradients are summed within a neighborhood ("search window") of \(q\) . Calling the first gradient term \(G\) and the second gradient term \(b\) gives: \(q = G^{-1} \cdot b\) The algorithm sets the center of the neighborhood window at this new center \(q\) and then iterates until the center stays within a set threshold.
      Parameters:
        `image` - Input single-channel, 8-bit or float image.
        `corners` - Initial coordinates of the input corners and refined coordinates provided for output.
        `winSize` - Half of the side length of the search window. For example, if winSize=Size(5,5) , then a \((5*2+1) \times (5*2+1) = 11 \times 11\) search window is used.
        `zeroZone` - Half of the size of the dead region in the middle of the search zone over which the summation in the formula below is not done. It is used sometimes to avoid possible singularities of the autocorrelation matrix. The value of (-1,-1) indicates that there is no such a size.
        `criteria` - Criteria for termination of the iterative process of corner refinement. That is, the process of corner position refinement stops either after criteria.maxCount iterations or when the corner position moves by less than criteria.epsilon on some iteration.

    - #### createHanningWindow

          public static void createHanningWindow(Mat dst,
                                                 Size winSize,
                                                 int type)

      This function computes a Hanning window coefficients in two dimensions. See (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hann_function) and (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Window_function) for more information. An example is shown below: `// create hanning window of size 100x100 and type CV_32F Mat hann; createHanningWindow(hann, Size(100, 100), CV_32F);`
      Parameters:
        `dst` - Destination array to place Hann coefficients in
        `winSize` - The window size specifications (both width and height must be > 1)
        `type` - Created array type

    - #### cvtColor

          public static void cvtColor(Mat src,
                                      Mat dst,
                                      int code,
                                      int dstCn)

      Converts an image from one color space to another. The function converts an input image from one color space to another. In case of a transformation to-from RGB color space, the order of the channels should be specified explicitly (RGB or BGR). Note that the default color format in OpenCV is often referred to as RGB but it is actually BGR (the bytes are reversed). So the first byte in a standard (24-bit) color image will be an 8-bit Blue component, the second byte will be Green, and the third byte will be Red. The fourth, fifth, and sixth bytes would then be the second pixel (Blue, then Green, then Red), and so on. The conventional ranges for R, G, and B channel values are:
      - 0 to 255 for CV_8U images
      - 0 to 65535 for CV_16U images
      - 0 to 1 for CV_32F images
      In case of linear transformations, the range does not matter. But in case of a non-linear transformation, an input RGB image should be normalized to the proper value range to get the correct results, for example, for RGB \(\rightarrow\) L\*u\*v\* transformation. For example, if you have a 32-bit floating-point image directly converted from an 8-bit image without any scaling, then it will have the 0..255 value range instead of 0..1 assumed by the function. So, before calling #cvtColor , you need first to scale the image down: `img *= 1./255; cvtColor(img, img, COLOR_BGR2Luv);` If you use #cvtColor with 8-bit images, the conversion will have some information lost. For many applications, this will not be noticeable but it is recommended to use 32-bit images in applications that need the full range of colors or that convert an image before an operation and then convert back. If conversion adds the alpha channel, its value will set to the maximum of corresponding channel range: 255 for CV_8U, 65535 for CV_16U, 1 for CV_32F.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image: 8-bit unsigned, 16-bit unsigned ( CV_16UC... ), or single-precision floating-point.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and depth as src.
        `code` - color space conversion code (see #ColorConversionCodes).
        `dstCn` - number of channels in the destination image; if the parameter is 0, the number of the channels is derived automatically from src and code. SEE: REF: imgproc_color_conversions

    - #### cvtColor

          public static void cvtColor(Mat src,
                                      Mat dst,
                                      int code)

      Converts an image from one color space to another. The function converts an input image from one color space to another. In case of a transformation to-from RGB color space, the order of the channels should be specified explicitly (RGB or BGR). Note that the default color format in OpenCV is often referred to as RGB but it is actually BGR (the bytes are reversed). So the first byte in a standard (24-bit) color image will be an 8-bit Blue component, the second byte will be Green, and the third byte will be Red. The fourth, fifth, and sixth bytes would then be the second pixel (Blue, then Green, then Red), and so on. The conventional ranges for R, G, and B channel values are:
      - 0 to 255 for CV_8U images
      - 0 to 65535 for CV_16U images
      - 0 to 1 for CV_32F images
      In case of linear transformations, the range does not matter. But in case of a non-linear transformation, an input RGB image should be normalized to the proper value range to get the correct results, for example, for RGB \(\rightarrow\) L\*u\*v\* transformation. For example, if you have a 32-bit floating-point image directly converted from an 8-bit image without any scaling, then it will have the 0..255 value range instead of 0..1 assumed by the function. So, before calling #cvtColor , you need first to scale the image down: `img *= 1./255; cvtColor(img, img, COLOR_BGR2Luv);` If you use #cvtColor with 8-bit images, the conversion will have some information lost. For many applications, this will not be noticeable but it is recommended to use 32-bit images in applications that need the full range of colors or that convert an image before an operation and then convert back. If conversion adds the alpha channel, its value will set to the maximum of corresponding channel range: 255 for CV_8U, 65535 for CV_16U, 1 for CV_32F.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image: 8-bit unsigned, 16-bit unsigned ( CV_16UC... ), or single-precision floating-point.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and depth as src.
        `code` - color space conversion code (see #ColorConversionCodes). channels is derived automatically from src and code. SEE: REF: imgproc_color_conversions

    - #### cvtColorTwoPlane

          public static void cvtColorTwoPlane(Mat src1,
                                              Mat src2,
                                              Mat dst,
                                              int code)

      Converts an image from one color space to another where the source image is stored in two planes. This function only supports YUV420 to RGB conversion as of now.
      - #COLOR_YUV2BGR_NV12
      - #COLOR_YUV2RGB_NV12
      - #COLOR_YUV2BGRA_NV12
      - #COLOR_YUV2RGBA_NV12
      - #COLOR_YUV2BGR_NV21
      - #COLOR_YUV2RGB_NV21
      - #COLOR_YUV2BGRA_NV21
      - #COLOR_YUV2RGBA_NV21
      Parameters:
        `src1` - automatically generated
        `src2` - automatically generated
        `dst` - automatically generated
        `code` - automatically generated

    - #### demosaicing

          public static void demosaicing(Mat src,
                                         Mat dst,
                                         int code,
                                         int dstCn)

      main function for all demosaicing processes
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image: 8-bit unsigned or 16-bit unsigned.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and depth as src.
        `code` - Color space conversion code (see the description below).
        `dstCn` - number of channels in the destination image; if the parameter is 0, the number of the channels is derived automatically from src and code. The function can do the following transformations:
        - Demosaicing using bilinear interpolation
        #COLOR_BayerBG2BGR , #COLOR_BayerGB2BGR , #COLOR_BayerRG2BGR , #COLOR_BayerGR2BGR #COLOR_BayerBG2GRAY , #COLOR_BayerGB2GRAY , #COLOR_BayerRG2GRAY , #COLOR_BayerGR2GRAY
        - Demosaicing using Variable Number of Gradients.
        #COLOR_BayerBG2BGR_VNG , #COLOR_BayerGB2BGR_VNG , #COLOR_BayerRG2BGR_VNG , #COLOR_BayerGR2BGR_VNG
        - Edge-Aware Demosaicing.
        #COLOR_BayerBG2BGR_EA , #COLOR_BayerGB2BGR_EA , #COLOR_BayerRG2BGR_EA , #COLOR_BayerGR2BGR_EA
        - Demosaicing with alpha channel
        #COLOR_BayerBG2BGRA , #COLOR_BayerGB2BGRA , #COLOR_BayerRG2BGRA , #COLOR_BayerGR2BGRA SEE: cvtColor

    - #### demosaicing

          public static void demosaicing(Mat src,
                                         Mat dst,
                                         int code)

      main function for all demosaicing processes
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image: 8-bit unsigned or 16-bit unsigned.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and depth as src.
        `code` - Color space conversion code (see the description below). channels is derived automatically from src and code. The function can do the following transformations:
        - Demosaicing using bilinear interpolation
        #COLOR_BayerBG2BGR , #COLOR_BayerGB2BGR , #COLOR_BayerRG2BGR , #COLOR_BayerGR2BGR #COLOR_BayerBG2GRAY , #COLOR_BayerGB2GRAY , #COLOR_BayerRG2GRAY , #COLOR_BayerGR2GRAY
        - Demosaicing using Variable Number of Gradients.
        #COLOR_BayerBG2BGR_VNG , #COLOR_BayerGB2BGR_VNG , #COLOR_BayerRG2BGR_VNG , #COLOR_BayerGR2BGR_VNG
        - Edge-Aware Demosaicing.
        #COLOR_BayerBG2BGR_EA , #COLOR_BayerGB2BGR_EA , #COLOR_BayerRG2BGR_EA , #COLOR_BayerGR2BGR_EA
        - Demosaicing with alpha channel
        #COLOR_BayerBG2BGRA , #COLOR_BayerGB2BGRA , #COLOR_BayerRG2BGRA , #COLOR_BayerGR2BGRA SEE: cvtColor

    - #### dilate

          public static void dilate(Mat src,
                                    Mat dst,
                                    Mat kernel,
                                    Point anchor,
                                    int iterations,
                                    int borderType,
                                    Scalar borderValue)

      Dilates an image by using a specific structuring element. The function dilates the source image using the specified structuring element that determines the shape of a pixel neighborhood over which the maximum is taken: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \max _{(x',y'): \, \texttt{element} (x',y') \ne0 } \texttt{src} (x+x',y+y')\) The function supports the in-place mode. Dilation can be applied several ( iterations ) times. In case of multi-channel images, each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; the number of channels can be arbitrary, but the depth should be one of CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `kernel` - structuring element used for dilation; if elemenat=Mat(), a 3 x 3 rectangular structuring element is used. Kernel can be created using #getStructuringElement
        `anchor` - position of the anchor within the element; default value (-1, -1) means that the anchor is at the element center.
        `iterations` - number of times dilation is applied.
        `borderType` - pixel extrapolation method, see #BorderTypes
        `borderValue` - border value in case of a constant border SEE: erode, morphologyEx, getStructuringElement

    - #### dilate

          public static void dilate(Mat src,
                                    Mat dst,
                                    Mat kernel,
                                    Point anchor,
                                    int iterations,
                                    int borderType)

      Dilates an image by using a specific structuring element. The function dilates the source image using the specified structuring element that determines the shape of a pixel neighborhood over which the maximum is taken: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \max _{(x',y'): \, \texttt{element} (x',y') \ne0 } \texttt{src} (x+x',y+y')\) The function supports the in-place mode. Dilation can be applied several ( iterations ) times. In case of multi-channel images, each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; the number of channels can be arbitrary, but the depth should be one of CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `kernel` - structuring element used for dilation; if elemenat=Mat(), a 3 x 3 rectangular structuring element is used. Kernel can be created using #getStructuringElement
        `anchor` - position of the anchor within the element; default value (-1, -1) means that the anchor is at the element center.
        `iterations` - number of times dilation is applied.
        `borderType` - pixel extrapolation method, see #BorderTypes SEE: erode, morphologyEx, getStructuringElement

    - #### dilate

          public static void dilate(Mat src,
                                    Mat dst,
                                    Mat kernel,
                                    Point anchor,
                                    int iterations)

      Dilates an image by using a specific structuring element. The function dilates the source image using the specified structuring element that determines the shape of a pixel neighborhood over which the maximum is taken: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \max _{(x',y'): \, \texttt{element} (x',y') \ne0 } \texttt{src} (x+x',y+y')\) The function supports the in-place mode. Dilation can be applied several ( iterations ) times. In case of multi-channel images, each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; the number of channels can be arbitrary, but the depth should be one of CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `kernel` - structuring element used for dilation; if elemenat=Mat(), a 3 x 3 rectangular structuring element is used. Kernel can be created using #getStructuringElement
        `anchor` - position of the anchor within the element; default value (-1, -1) means that the anchor is at the element center.
        `iterations` - number of times dilation is applied. SEE: erode, morphologyEx, getStructuringElement

    - #### dilate

          public static void dilate(Mat src,
                                    Mat dst,
                                    Mat kernel,
                                    Point anchor)

      Dilates an image by using a specific structuring element. The function dilates the source image using the specified structuring element that determines the shape of a pixel neighborhood over which the maximum is taken: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \max _{(x',y'): \, \texttt{element} (x',y') \ne0 } \texttt{src} (x+x',y+y')\) The function supports the in-place mode. Dilation can be applied several ( iterations ) times. In case of multi-channel images, each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; the number of channels can be arbitrary, but the depth should be one of CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `kernel` - structuring element used for dilation; if elemenat=Mat(), a 3 x 3 rectangular structuring element is used. Kernel can be created using #getStructuringElement
        `anchor` - position of the anchor within the element; default value (-1, -1) means that the anchor is at the element center. SEE: erode, morphologyEx, getStructuringElement

    - #### dilate

          public static void dilate(Mat src,
                                    Mat dst,
                                    Mat kernel)

      Dilates an image by using a specific structuring element. The function dilates the source image using the specified structuring element that determines the shape of a pixel neighborhood over which the maximum is taken: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \max _{(x',y'): \, \texttt{element} (x',y') \ne0 } \texttt{src} (x+x',y+y')\) The function supports the in-place mode. Dilation can be applied several ( iterations ) times. In case of multi-channel images, each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; the number of channels can be arbitrary, but the depth should be one of CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `kernel` - structuring element used for dilation; if elemenat=Mat(), a 3 x 3 rectangular structuring element is used. Kernel can be created using #getStructuringElement anchor is at the element center. SEE: erode, morphologyEx, getStructuringElement

    - #### distanceTransformWithLabels

          public static void distanceTransformWithLabels(Mat src,
                                                         Mat dst,
                                                         Mat labels,
                                                         int distanceType,
                                                         int maskSize,
                                                         int labelType)

      Calculates the distance to the closest zero pixel for each pixel of the source image. The function cv::distanceTransform calculates the approximate or precise distance from every binary image pixel to the nearest zero pixel. For zero image pixels, the distance will obviously be zero. When maskSize == #DIST_MASK_PRECISE and distanceType == #DIST_L2 , the function runs the algorithm described in CITE: Felzenszwalb04 . This algorithm is parallelized with the TBB library. In other cases, the algorithm CITE: Borgefors86 is used. This means that for a pixel the function finds the shortest path to the nearest zero pixel consisting of basic shifts: horizontal, vertical, diagonal, or knight's move (the latest is available for a \(5\times 5\) mask). The overall distance is calculated as a sum of these basic distances. Since the distance function should be symmetric, all of the horizontal and vertical shifts must have the same cost (denoted as a ), all the diagonal shifts must have the same cost (denoted as `b`), and all knight's moves must have the same cost (denoted as `c`). For the #DIST_C and #DIST_L1 types, the distance is calculated precisely, whereas for #DIST_L2 (Euclidean distance) the distance can be calculated only with a relative error (a \(5\times 5\) mask gives more accurate results). For `a`,`b`, and `c`, OpenCV uses the values suggested in the original paper:
      - DIST_L1: `a = 1, b = 2`
      - DIST_L2:
        - `3 x 3`: `a=0.955, b=1.3693`
        - `5 x 5`: `a=1, b=1.4, c=2.1969`
      - DIST_C: `a = 1, b = 1`
      Typically, for a fast, coarse distance estimation #DIST_L2, a \(3\times 3\) mask is used. For a more accurate distance estimation #DIST_L2, a \(5\times 5\) mask or the precise algorithm is used. Note that both the precise and the approximate algorithms are linear on the number of pixels. This variant of the function does not only compute the minimum distance for each pixel \((x, y)\) but also identifies the nearest connected component consisting of zero pixels (labelType==#DIST_LABEL_CCOMP) or the nearest zero pixel (labelType==#DIST_LABEL_PIXEL). Index of the component/pixel is stored in `labels(x, y)`. When labelType==#DIST_LABEL_CCOMP, the function automatically finds connected components of zero pixels in the input image and marks them with distinct labels. When labelType==#DIST_LABEL_CCOMP, the function scans through the input image and marks all the zero pixels with distinct labels. In this mode, the complexity is still linear. That is, the function provides a very fast way to compute the Voronoi diagram for a binary image. Currently, the second variant can use only the approximate distance transform algorithm, i.e. maskSize=#DIST_MASK_PRECISE is not supported yet.
      Parameters:
        `src` - 8-bit, single-channel (binary) source image.
        `dst` - Output image with calculated distances. It is a 8-bit or 32-bit floating-point, single-channel image of the same size as src.
        `labels` - Output 2D array of labels (the discrete Voronoi diagram). It has the type CV_32SC1 and the same size as src.
        `distanceType` - Type of distance, see #DistanceTypes
        `maskSize` - Size of the distance transform mask, see #DistanceTransformMasks. #DIST_MASK_PRECISE is not supported by this variant. In case of the #DIST_L1 or #DIST_C distance type, the parameter is forced to 3 because a \(3\times 3\) mask gives the same result as \(5\times 5\) or any larger aperture.
        `labelType` - Type of the label array to build, see #DistanceTransformLabelTypes.

    - #### distanceTransformWithLabels

          public static void distanceTransformWithLabels(Mat src,
                                                         Mat dst,
                                                         Mat labels,
                                                         int distanceType,
                                                         int maskSize)

      Calculates the distance to the closest zero pixel for each pixel of the source image. The function cv::distanceTransform calculates the approximate or precise distance from every binary image pixel to the nearest zero pixel. For zero image pixels, the distance will obviously be zero. When maskSize == #DIST_MASK_PRECISE and distanceType == #DIST_L2 , the function runs the algorithm described in CITE: Felzenszwalb04 . This algorithm is parallelized with the TBB library. In other cases, the algorithm CITE: Borgefors86 is used. This means that for a pixel the function finds the shortest path to the nearest zero pixel consisting of basic shifts: horizontal, vertical, diagonal, or knight's move (the latest is available for a \(5\times 5\) mask). The overall distance is calculated as a sum of these basic distances. Since the distance function should be symmetric, all of the horizontal and vertical shifts must have the same cost (denoted as a ), all the diagonal shifts must have the same cost (denoted as `b`), and all knight's moves must have the same cost (denoted as `c`). For the #DIST_C and #DIST_L1 types, the distance is calculated precisely, whereas for #DIST_L2 (Euclidean distance) the distance can be calculated only with a relative error (a \(5\times 5\) mask gives more accurate results). For `a`,`b`, and `c`, OpenCV uses the values suggested in the original paper:
      - DIST_L1: `a = 1, b = 2`
      - DIST_L2:
        - `3 x 3`: `a=0.955, b=1.3693`
        - `5 x 5`: `a=1, b=1.4, c=2.1969`
      - DIST_C: `a = 1, b = 1`
      Typically, for a fast, coarse distance estimation #DIST_L2, a \(3\times 3\) mask is used. For a more accurate distance estimation #DIST_L2, a \(5\times 5\) mask or the precise algorithm is used. Note that both the precise and the approximate algorithms are linear on the number of pixels. This variant of the function does not only compute the minimum distance for each pixel \((x, y)\) but also identifies the nearest connected component consisting of zero pixels (labelType==#DIST_LABEL_CCOMP) or the nearest zero pixel (labelType==#DIST_LABEL_PIXEL). Index of the component/pixel is stored in `labels(x, y)`. When labelType==#DIST_LABEL_CCOMP, the function automatically finds connected components of zero pixels in the input image and marks them with distinct labels. When labelType==#DIST_LABEL_CCOMP, the function scans through the input image and marks all the zero pixels with distinct labels. In this mode, the complexity is still linear. That is, the function provides a very fast way to compute the Voronoi diagram for a binary image. Currently, the second variant can use only the approximate distance transform algorithm, i.e. maskSize=#DIST_MASK_PRECISE is not supported yet.
      Parameters:
        `src` - 8-bit, single-channel (binary) source image.
        `dst` - Output image with calculated distances. It is a 8-bit or 32-bit floating-point, single-channel image of the same size as src.
        `labels` - Output 2D array of labels (the discrete Voronoi diagram). It has the type CV_32SC1 and the same size as src.
        `distanceType` - Type of distance, see #DistanceTypes
        `maskSize` - Size of the distance transform mask, see #DistanceTransformMasks. #DIST_MASK_PRECISE is not supported by this variant. In case of the #DIST_L1 or #DIST_C distance type, the parameter is forced to 3 because a \(3\times 3\) mask gives the same result as \(5\times 5\) or any larger aperture.

    - #### distanceTransform

          public static void distanceTransform(Mat src,
                                               Mat dst,
                                               int distanceType,
                                               int maskSize,
                                               int dstType)

      Parameters:
        `src` - 8-bit, single-channel (binary) source image.
        `dst` - Output image with calculated distances. It is a 8-bit or 32-bit floating-point, single-channel image of the same size as src .
        `distanceType` - Type of distance, see #DistanceTypes
        `maskSize` - Size of the distance transform mask, see #DistanceTransformMasks. In case of the #DIST_L1 or #DIST_C distance type, the parameter is forced to 3 because a \(3\times 3\) mask gives the same result as \(5\times 5\) or any larger aperture.
        `dstType` - Type of output image. It can be CV_8U or CV_32F. Type CV_8U can be used only for the first variant of the function and distanceType == #DIST_L1.

    - #### distanceTransform

          public static void distanceTransform(Mat src,
                                               Mat dst,
                                               int distanceType,
                                               int maskSize)

      Parameters:
        `src` - 8-bit, single-channel (binary) source image.
        `dst` - Output image with calculated distances. It is a 8-bit or 32-bit floating-point, single-channel image of the same size as src .
        `distanceType` - Type of distance, see #DistanceTypes
        `maskSize` - Size of the distance transform mask, see #DistanceTransformMasks. In case of the #DIST_L1 or #DIST_C distance type, the parameter is forced to 3 because a \(3\times 3\) mask gives the same result as \(5\times 5\) or any larger aperture. the first variant of the function and distanceType == #DIST_L1.

    - #### drawContours

          public static void drawContours(Mat image,
                                          List<MatOfPoint> contours,
                                          int contourIdx,
                                          Scalar color,
                                          int thickness,
                                          int lineType,
                                          Mat hierarchy,
                                          int maxLevel,
                                          Point offset)

      Draws contours outlines or filled contours. The function draws contour outlines in the image if \(\texttt{thickness} \ge 0\) or fills the area bounded by the contours if \(\texttt{thickness}<0\) . The example below shows how to retrieve connected components from the binary image and label them: : INCLUDE: snippets/imgproc_drawContours.cpp
      Parameters:
        `image` - Destination image.
        `contours` - All the input contours. Each contour is stored as a point vector.
        `contourIdx` - Parameter indicating a contour to draw. If it is negative, all the contours are drawn.
        `color` - Color of the contours.
        `thickness` - Thickness of lines the contours are drawn with. If it is negative (for example, thickness=#FILLED ), the contour interiors are drawn.
        `lineType` - Line connectivity. See #LineTypes
        `hierarchy` - Optional information about hierarchy. It is only needed if you want to draw only some of the contours (see maxLevel ).
        `maxLevel` - Maximal level for drawn contours. If it is 0, only the specified contour is drawn. If it is 1, the function draws the contour(s) and all the nested contours. If it is 2, the function draws the contours, all the nested contours, all the nested-to-nested contours, and so on. This parameter is only taken into account when there is hierarchy available.
        `offset` - Optional contour shift parameter. Shift all the drawn contours by the specified \(\texttt{offset}=(dx,dy)\) . Note: When thickness=#FILLED, the function is designed to handle connected components with holes correctly even when no hierarchy date is provided. This is done by analyzing all the outlines together using even-odd rule. This may give incorrect results if you have a joint collection of separately retrieved contours. In order to solve this problem, you need to call #drawContours separately for each sub-group of contours, or iterate over the collection using contourIdx parameter.

    - #### drawContours

          public static void drawContours(Mat image,
                                          List<MatOfPoint> contours,
                                          int contourIdx,
                                          Scalar color,
                                          int thickness,
                                          int lineType,
                                          Mat hierarchy,
                                          int maxLevel)

      Draws contours outlines or filled contours. The function draws contour outlines in the image if \(\texttt{thickness} \ge 0\) or fills the area bounded by the contours if \(\texttt{thickness}<0\) . The example below shows how to retrieve connected components from the binary image and label them: : INCLUDE: snippets/imgproc_drawContours.cpp
      Parameters:
        `image` - Destination image.
        `contours` - All the input contours. Each contour is stored as a point vector.
        `contourIdx` - Parameter indicating a contour to draw. If it is negative, all the contours are drawn.
        `color` - Color of the contours.
        `thickness` - Thickness of lines the contours are drawn with. If it is negative (for example, thickness=#FILLED ), the contour interiors are drawn.
        `lineType` - Line connectivity. See #LineTypes
        `hierarchy` - Optional information about hierarchy. It is only needed if you want to draw only some of the contours (see maxLevel ).
        `maxLevel` - Maximal level for drawn contours. If it is 0, only the specified contour is drawn. If it is 1, the function draws the contour(s) and all the nested contours. If it is 2, the function draws the contours, all the nested contours, all the nested-to-nested contours, and so on. This parameter is only taken into account when there is hierarchy available. \(\texttt{offset}=(dx,dy)\) . Note: When thickness=#FILLED, the function is designed to handle connected components with holes correctly even when no hierarchy date is provided. This is done by analyzing all the outlines together using even-odd rule. This may give incorrect results if you have a joint collection of separately retrieved contours. In order to solve this problem, you need to call #drawContours separately for each sub-group of contours, or iterate over the collection using contourIdx parameter.

    - #### drawContours

          public static void drawContours(Mat image,
                                          List<MatOfPoint> contours,
                                          int contourIdx,
                                          Scalar color,
                                          int thickness,
                                          int lineType,
                                          Mat hierarchy)

      Draws contours outlines or filled contours. The function draws contour outlines in the image if \(\texttt{thickness} \ge 0\) or fills the area bounded by the contours if \(\texttt{thickness}<0\) . The example below shows how to retrieve connected components from the binary image and label them: : INCLUDE: snippets/imgproc_drawContours.cpp
      Parameters:
        `image` - Destination image.
        `contours` - All the input contours. Each contour is stored as a point vector.
        `contourIdx` - Parameter indicating a contour to draw. If it is negative, all the contours are drawn.
        `color` - Color of the contours.
        `thickness` - Thickness of lines the contours are drawn with. If it is negative (for example, thickness=#FILLED ), the contour interiors are drawn.
        `lineType` - Line connectivity. See #LineTypes
        `hierarchy` - Optional information about hierarchy. It is only needed if you want to draw only some of the contours (see maxLevel ). If it is 1, the function draws the contour(s) and all the nested contours. If it is 2, the function draws the contours, all the nested contours, all the nested-to-nested contours, and so on. This parameter is only taken into account when there is hierarchy available. \(\texttt{offset}=(dx,dy)\) . Note: When thickness=#FILLED, the function is designed to handle connected components with holes correctly even when no hierarchy date is provided. This is done by analyzing all the outlines together using even-odd rule. This may give incorrect results if you have a joint collection of separately retrieved contours. In order to solve this problem, you need to call #drawContours separately for each sub-group of contours, or iterate over the collection using contourIdx parameter.

    - #### drawContours

          public static void drawContours(Mat image,
                                          List<MatOfPoint> contours,
                                          int contourIdx,
                                          Scalar color,
                                          int thickness,
                                          int lineType)

      Draws contours outlines or filled contours. The function draws contour outlines in the image if \(\texttt{thickness} \ge 0\) or fills the area bounded by the contours if \(\texttt{thickness}<0\) . The example below shows how to retrieve connected components from the binary image and label them: : INCLUDE: snippets/imgproc_drawContours.cpp
      Parameters:
        `image` - Destination image.
        `contours` - All the input contours. Each contour is stored as a point vector.
        `contourIdx` - Parameter indicating a contour to draw. If it is negative, all the contours are drawn.
        `color` - Color of the contours.
        `thickness` - Thickness of lines the contours are drawn with. If it is negative (for example, thickness=#FILLED ), the contour interiors are drawn.
        `lineType` - Line connectivity. See #LineTypes some of the contours (see maxLevel ). If it is 1, the function draws the contour(s) and all the nested contours. If it is 2, the function draws the contours, all the nested contours, all the nested-to-nested contours, and so on. This parameter is only taken into account when there is hierarchy available. \(\texttt{offset}=(dx,dy)\) . Note: When thickness=#FILLED, the function is designed to handle connected components with holes correctly even when no hierarchy date is provided. This is done by analyzing all the outlines together using even-odd rule. This may give incorrect results if you have a joint collection of separately retrieved contours. In order to solve this problem, you need to call #drawContours separately for each sub-group of contours, or iterate over the collection using contourIdx parameter.

    - #### drawContours

          public static void drawContours(Mat image,
                                          List<MatOfPoint> contours,
                                          int contourIdx,
                                          Scalar color,
                                          int thickness)

      Draws contours outlines or filled contours. The function draws contour outlines in the image if \(\texttt{thickness} \ge 0\) or fills the area bounded by the contours if \(\texttt{thickness}<0\) . The example below shows how to retrieve connected components from the binary image and label them: : INCLUDE: snippets/imgproc_drawContours.cpp
      Parameters:
        `image` - Destination image.
        `contours` - All the input contours. Each contour is stored as a point vector.
        `contourIdx` - Parameter indicating a contour to draw. If it is negative, all the contours are drawn.
        `color` - Color of the contours.
        `thickness` - Thickness of lines the contours are drawn with. If it is negative (for example, thickness=#FILLED ), the contour interiors are drawn. some of the contours (see maxLevel ). If it is 1, the function draws the contour(s) and all the nested contours. If it is 2, the function draws the contours, all the nested contours, all the nested-to-nested contours, and so on. This parameter is only taken into account when there is hierarchy available. \(\texttt{offset}=(dx,dy)\) . Note: When thickness=#FILLED, the function is designed to handle connected components with holes correctly even when no hierarchy date is provided. This is done by analyzing all the outlines together using even-odd rule. This may give incorrect results if you have a joint collection of separately retrieved contours. In order to solve this problem, you need to call #drawContours separately for each sub-group of contours, or iterate over the collection using contourIdx parameter.

    - #### drawContours

          public static void drawContours(Mat image,
                                          List<MatOfPoint> contours,
                                          int contourIdx,
                                          Scalar color)

      Draws contours outlines or filled contours. The function draws contour outlines in the image if \(\texttt{thickness} \ge 0\) or fills the area bounded by the contours if \(\texttt{thickness}<0\) . The example below shows how to retrieve connected components from the binary image and label them: : INCLUDE: snippets/imgproc_drawContours.cpp
      Parameters:
        `image` - Destination image.
        `contours` - All the input contours. Each contour is stored as a point vector.
        `contourIdx` - Parameter indicating a contour to draw. If it is negative, all the contours are drawn.
        `color` - Color of the contours. thickness=#FILLED ), the contour interiors are drawn. some of the contours (see maxLevel ). If it is 1, the function draws the contour(s) and all the nested contours. If it is 2, the function draws the contours, all the nested contours, all the nested-to-nested contours, and so on. This parameter is only taken into account when there is hierarchy available. \(\texttt{offset}=(dx,dy)\) . Note: When thickness=#FILLED, the function is designed to handle connected components with holes correctly even when no hierarchy date is provided. This is done by analyzing all the outlines together using even-odd rule. This may give incorrect results if you have a joint collection of separately retrieved contours. In order to solve this problem, you need to call #drawContours separately for each sub-group of contours, or iterate over the collection using contourIdx parameter.

    - #### drawMarker

          public static void drawMarker(Mat img,
                                        Point position,
                                        Scalar color,
                                        int markerType,
                                        int markerSize,
                                        int thickness,
                                        int line_type)

      Draws a marker on a predefined position in an image. The function cv::drawMarker draws a marker on a given position in the image. For the moment several marker types are supported, see #MarkerTypes for more information.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `position` - The point where the crosshair is positioned.
        `color` - Line color.
        `markerType` - The specific type of marker you want to use, see #MarkerTypes
        `thickness` - Line thickness.
        `line_type` - Type of the line, See #LineTypes
        `markerSize` - The length of the marker axis [default = 20 pixels]

    - #### drawMarker

          public static void drawMarker(Mat img,
                                        Point position,
                                        Scalar color,
                                        int markerType,
                                        int markerSize,
                                        int thickness)

      Draws a marker on a predefined position in an image. The function cv::drawMarker draws a marker on a given position in the image. For the moment several marker types are supported, see #MarkerTypes for more information.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `position` - The point where the crosshair is positioned.
        `color` - Line color.
        `markerType` - The specific type of marker you want to use, see #MarkerTypes
        `thickness` - Line thickness.
        `markerSize` - The length of the marker axis [default = 20 pixels]

    - #### drawMarker

          public static void drawMarker(Mat img,
                                        Point position,
                                        Scalar color,
                                        int markerType,
                                        int markerSize)

      Draws a marker on a predefined position in an image. The function cv::drawMarker draws a marker on a given position in the image. For the moment several marker types are supported, see #MarkerTypes for more information.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `position` - The point where the crosshair is positioned.
        `color` - Line color.
        `markerType` - The specific type of marker you want to use, see #MarkerTypes
        `markerSize` - The length of the marker axis [default = 20 pixels]

    - #### drawMarker

          public static void drawMarker(Mat img,
                                        Point position,
                                        Scalar color,
                                        int markerType)

      Draws a marker on a predefined position in an image. The function cv::drawMarker draws a marker on a given position in the image. For the moment several marker types are supported, see #MarkerTypes for more information.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `position` - The point where the crosshair is positioned.
        `color` - Line color.
        `markerType` - The specific type of marker you want to use, see #MarkerTypes

    - #### drawMarker

          public static void drawMarker(Mat img,
                                        Point position,
                                        Scalar color)

      Draws a marker on a predefined position in an image. The function cv::drawMarker draws a marker on a given position in the image. For the moment several marker types are supported, see #MarkerTypes for more information.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `position` - The point where the crosshair is positioned.
        `color` - Line color.

    - #### ellipse

          public static void ellipse(Mat img,
                                     Point center,
                                     Size axes,
                                     double angle,
                                     double startAngle,
                                     double endAngle,
                                     Scalar color,
                                     int thickness,
                                     int lineType,
                                     int shift)

      Draws a simple or thick elliptic arc or fills an ellipse sector. The function cv::ellipse with more parameters draws an ellipse outline, a filled ellipse, an elliptic arc, or a filled ellipse sector. The drawing code uses general parametric form. A piecewise-linear curve is used to approximate the elliptic arc boundary. If you need more control of the ellipse rendering, you can retrieve the curve using #ellipse2Poly and then render it with #polylines or fill it with #fillPoly. If you use the first variant of the function and want to draw the whole ellipse, not an arc, pass `startAngle=0` and `endAngle=360`. If `startAngle` is greater than `endAngle`, they are swapped. The figure below explains the meaning of the parameters to draw the blue arc. ![Parameters of Elliptic Arc](pics/ellipse.svg)
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `center` - Center of the ellipse.
        `axes` - Half of the size of the ellipse main axes.
        `angle` - Ellipse rotation angle in degrees.
        `startAngle` - Starting angle of the elliptic arc in degrees.
        `endAngle` - Ending angle of the elliptic arc in degrees.
        `color` - Ellipse color.
        `thickness` - Thickness of the ellipse arc outline, if positive. Otherwise, this indicates that a filled ellipse sector is to be drawn.
        `lineType` - Type of the ellipse boundary. See #LineTypes
        `shift` - Number of fractional bits in the coordinates of the center and values of axes.

    - #### ellipse

          public static void ellipse(Mat img,
                                     Point center,
                                     Size axes,
                                     double angle,
                                     double startAngle,
                                     double endAngle,
                                     Scalar color,
                                     int thickness,
                                     int lineType)

      Draws a simple or thick elliptic arc or fills an ellipse sector. The function cv::ellipse with more parameters draws an ellipse outline, a filled ellipse, an elliptic arc, or a filled ellipse sector. The drawing code uses general parametric form. A piecewise-linear curve is used to approximate the elliptic arc boundary. If you need more control of the ellipse rendering, you can retrieve the curve using #ellipse2Poly and then render it with #polylines or fill it with #fillPoly. If you use the first variant of the function and want to draw the whole ellipse, not an arc, pass `startAngle=0` and `endAngle=360`. If `startAngle` is greater than `endAngle`, they are swapped. The figure below explains the meaning of the parameters to draw the blue arc. ![Parameters of Elliptic Arc](pics/ellipse.svg)
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `center` - Center of the ellipse.
        `axes` - Half of the size of the ellipse main axes.
        `angle` - Ellipse rotation angle in degrees.
        `startAngle` - Starting angle of the elliptic arc in degrees.
        `endAngle` - Ending angle of the elliptic arc in degrees.
        `color` - Ellipse color.
        `thickness` - Thickness of the ellipse arc outline, if positive. Otherwise, this indicates that a filled ellipse sector is to be drawn.
        `lineType` - Type of the ellipse boundary. See #LineTypes

    - #### ellipse

          public static void ellipse(Mat img,
                                     Point center,
                                     Size axes,
                                     double angle,
                                     double startAngle,
                                     double endAngle,
                                     Scalar color,
                                     int thickness)

      Draws a simple or thick elliptic arc or fills an ellipse sector. The function cv::ellipse with more parameters draws an ellipse outline, a filled ellipse, an elliptic arc, or a filled ellipse sector. The drawing code uses general parametric form. A piecewise-linear curve is used to approximate the elliptic arc boundary. If you need more control of the ellipse rendering, you can retrieve the curve using #ellipse2Poly and then render it with #polylines or fill it with #fillPoly. If you use the first variant of the function and want to draw the whole ellipse, not an arc, pass `startAngle=0` and `endAngle=360`. If `startAngle` is greater than `endAngle`, they are swapped. The figure below explains the meaning of the parameters to draw the blue arc. ![Parameters of Elliptic Arc](pics/ellipse.svg)
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `center` - Center of the ellipse.
        `axes` - Half of the size of the ellipse main axes.
        `angle` - Ellipse rotation angle in degrees.
        `startAngle` - Starting angle of the elliptic arc in degrees.
        `endAngle` - Ending angle of the elliptic arc in degrees.
        `color` - Ellipse color.
        `thickness` - Thickness of the ellipse arc outline, if positive. Otherwise, this indicates that a filled ellipse sector is to be drawn.

    - #### ellipse

          public static void ellipse(Mat img,
                                     Point center,
                                     Size axes,
                                     double angle,
                                     double startAngle,
                                     double endAngle,
                                     Scalar color)

      Draws a simple or thick elliptic arc or fills an ellipse sector. The function cv::ellipse with more parameters draws an ellipse outline, a filled ellipse, an elliptic arc, or a filled ellipse sector. The drawing code uses general parametric form. A piecewise-linear curve is used to approximate the elliptic arc boundary. If you need more control of the ellipse rendering, you can retrieve the curve using #ellipse2Poly and then render it with #polylines or fill it with #fillPoly. If you use the first variant of the function and want to draw the whole ellipse, not an arc, pass `startAngle=0` and `endAngle=360`. If `startAngle` is greater than `endAngle`, they are swapped. The figure below explains the meaning of the parameters to draw the blue arc. ![Parameters of Elliptic Arc](pics/ellipse.svg)
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `center` - Center of the ellipse.
        `axes` - Half of the size of the ellipse main axes.
        `angle` - Ellipse rotation angle in degrees.
        `startAngle` - Starting angle of the elliptic arc in degrees.
        `endAngle` - Ending angle of the elliptic arc in degrees.
        `color` - Ellipse color. a filled ellipse sector is to be drawn.

    - #### ellipse

          public static void ellipse(Mat img,
                                     RotatedRect box,
                                     Scalar color,
                                     int thickness,
                                     int lineType)

      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `box` - Alternative ellipse representation via RotatedRect. This means that the function draws an ellipse inscribed in the rotated rectangle.
        `color` - Ellipse color.
        `thickness` - Thickness of the ellipse arc outline, if positive. Otherwise, this indicates that a filled ellipse sector is to be drawn.
        `lineType` - Type of the ellipse boundary. See #LineTypes

    - #### ellipse

          public static void ellipse(Mat img,
                                     RotatedRect box,
                                     Scalar color,
                                     int thickness)

      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `box` - Alternative ellipse representation via RotatedRect. This means that the function draws an ellipse inscribed in the rotated rectangle.
        `color` - Ellipse color.
        `thickness` - Thickness of the ellipse arc outline, if positive. Otherwise, this indicates that a filled ellipse sector is to be drawn.

    - #### ellipse

          public static void ellipse(Mat img,
                                     RotatedRect box,
                                     Scalar color)

      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `box` - Alternative ellipse representation via RotatedRect. This means that the function draws an ellipse inscribed in the rotated rectangle.
        `color` - Ellipse color. a filled ellipse sector is to be drawn.

    - #### ellipse2Poly

          public static void ellipse2Poly(Point center,
                                          Size axes,
                                          int angle,
                                          int arcStart,
                                          int arcEnd,
                                          int delta,
                                          MatOfPoint pts)

      Approximates an elliptic arc with a polyline. The function ellipse2Poly computes the vertices of a polyline that approximates the specified elliptic arc. It is used by #ellipse. If `arcStart` is greater than `arcEnd`, they are swapped.
      Parameters:
        `center` - Center of the arc.
        `axes` - Half of the size of the ellipse main axes. See #ellipse for details.
        `angle` - Rotation angle of the ellipse in degrees. See #ellipse for details.
        `arcStart` - Starting angle of the elliptic arc in degrees.
        `arcEnd` - Ending angle of the elliptic arc in degrees.
        `delta` - Angle between the subsequent polyline vertices. It defines the approximation accuracy.
        `pts` - Output vector of polyline vertices.

    - #### equalizeHist

          public static void equalizeHist(Mat src,
                                          Mat dst)

      Equalizes the histogram of a grayscale image. The function equalizes the histogram of the input image using the following algorithm:
      - Calculate the histogram \(H\) for src .
      - Normalize the histogram so that the sum of histogram bins is 255.
      - Compute the integral of the histogram: \(H'_i = \sum _{0 \le j < i} H(j)\)
      - Transform the image using \(H'\) as a look-up table: \(\texttt{dst}(x,y) = H'(\texttt{src}(x,y))\)
      The algorithm normalizes the brightness and increases the contrast of the image.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source 8-bit single channel image.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and type as src .

    - #### erode

          public static void erode(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst,
                                   Mat kernel,
                                   Point anchor,
                                   int iterations,
                                   int borderType,
                                   Scalar borderValue)

      Erodes an image by using a specific structuring element. The function erodes the source image using the specified structuring element that determines the shape of a pixel neighborhood over which the minimum is taken: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \min _{(x',y'): \, \texttt{element} (x',y') \ne0 } \texttt{src} (x+x',y+y')\) The function supports the in-place mode. Erosion can be applied several ( iterations ) times. In case of multi-channel images, each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; the number of channels can be arbitrary, but the depth should be one of CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `kernel` - structuring element used for erosion; if `element=Mat()`, a `3 x 3` rectangular structuring element is used. Kernel can be created using #getStructuringElement.
        `anchor` - position of the anchor within the element; default value (-1, -1) means that the anchor is at the element center.
        `iterations` - number of times erosion is applied.
        `borderType` - pixel extrapolation method, see #BorderTypes
        `borderValue` - border value in case of a constant border SEE: dilate, morphologyEx, getStructuringElement

    - #### erode

          public static void erode(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst,
                                   Mat kernel,
                                   Point anchor,
                                   int iterations,
                                   int borderType)

      Erodes an image by using a specific structuring element. The function erodes the source image using the specified structuring element that determines the shape of a pixel neighborhood over which the minimum is taken: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \min _{(x',y'): \, \texttt{element} (x',y') \ne0 } \texttt{src} (x+x',y+y')\) The function supports the in-place mode. Erosion can be applied several ( iterations ) times. In case of multi-channel images, each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; the number of channels can be arbitrary, but the depth should be one of CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `kernel` - structuring element used for erosion; if `element=Mat()`, a `3 x 3` rectangular structuring element is used. Kernel can be created using #getStructuringElement.
        `anchor` - position of the anchor within the element; default value (-1, -1) means that the anchor is at the element center.
        `iterations` - number of times erosion is applied.
        `borderType` - pixel extrapolation method, see #BorderTypes SEE: dilate, morphologyEx, getStructuringElement

    - #### erode

          public static void erode(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst,
                                   Mat kernel,
                                   Point anchor,
                                   int iterations)

      Erodes an image by using a specific structuring element. The function erodes the source image using the specified structuring element that determines the shape of a pixel neighborhood over which the minimum is taken: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \min _{(x',y'): \, \texttt{element} (x',y') \ne0 } \texttt{src} (x+x',y+y')\) The function supports the in-place mode. Erosion can be applied several ( iterations ) times. In case of multi-channel images, each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; the number of channels can be arbitrary, but the depth should be one of CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `kernel` - structuring element used for erosion; if `element=Mat()`, a `3 x 3` rectangular structuring element is used. Kernel can be created using #getStructuringElement.
        `anchor` - position of the anchor within the element; default value (-1, -1) means that the anchor is at the element center.
        `iterations` - number of times erosion is applied. SEE: dilate, morphologyEx, getStructuringElement

    - #### erode

          public static void erode(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst,
                                   Mat kernel,
                                   Point anchor)

      Erodes an image by using a specific structuring element. The function erodes the source image using the specified structuring element that determines the shape of a pixel neighborhood over which the minimum is taken: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \min _{(x',y'): \, \texttt{element} (x',y') \ne0 } \texttt{src} (x+x',y+y')\) The function supports the in-place mode. Erosion can be applied several ( iterations ) times. In case of multi-channel images, each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; the number of channels can be arbitrary, but the depth should be one of CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `kernel` - structuring element used for erosion; if `element=Mat()`, a `3 x 3` rectangular structuring element is used. Kernel can be created using #getStructuringElement.
        `anchor` - position of the anchor within the element; default value (-1, -1) means that the anchor is at the element center. SEE: dilate, morphologyEx, getStructuringElement

    - #### erode

          public static void erode(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst,
                                   Mat kernel)

      Erodes an image by using a specific structuring element. The function erodes the source image using the specified structuring element that determines the shape of a pixel neighborhood over which the minimum is taken: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \min _{(x',y'): \, \texttt{element} (x',y') \ne0 } \texttt{src} (x+x',y+y')\) The function supports the in-place mode. Erosion can be applied several ( iterations ) times. In case of multi-channel images, each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image; the number of channels can be arbitrary, but the depth should be one of CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as src.
        `kernel` - structuring element used for erosion; if `element=Mat()`, a `3 x 3` rectangular structuring element is used. Kernel can be created using #getStructuringElement. anchor is at the element center. SEE: dilate, morphologyEx, getStructuringElement

    - #### fillConvexPoly

          public static void fillConvexPoly(Mat img,
                                            MatOfPoint points,
                                            Scalar color,
                                            int lineType,
                                            int shift)

      Fills a convex polygon. The function cv::fillConvexPoly draws a filled convex polygon. This function is much faster than the function #fillPoly . It can fill not only convex polygons but any monotonic polygon without self-intersections, that is, a polygon whose contour intersects every horizontal line (scan line) twice at the most (though, its top-most and/or the bottom edge could be horizontal).
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `points` - Polygon vertices.
        `color` - Polygon color.
        `lineType` - Type of the polygon boundaries. See #LineTypes
        `shift` - Number of fractional bits in the vertex coordinates.

    - #### fillConvexPoly

          public static void fillConvexPoly(Mat img,
                                            MatOfPoint points,
                                            Scalar color,
                                            int lineType)

      Fills a convex polygon. The function cv::fillConvexPoly draws a filled convex polygon. This function is much faster than the function #fillPoly . It can fill not only convex polygons but any monotonic polygon without self-intersections, that is, a polygon whose contour intersects every horizontal line (scan line) twice at the most (though, its top-most and/or the bottom edge could be horizontal).
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `points` - Polygon vertices.
        `color` - Polygon color.
        `lineType` - Type of the polygon boundaries. See #LineTypes

    - #### fillConvexPoly

          public static void fillConvexPoly(Mat img,
                                            MatOfPoint points,
                                            Scalar color)

      Fills a convex polygon. The function cv::fillConvexPoly draws a filled convex polygon. This function is much faster than the function #fillPoly . It can fill not only convex polygons but any monotonic polygon without self-intersections, that is, a polygon whose contour intersects every horizontal line (scan line) twice at the most (though, its top-most and/or the bottom edge could be horizontal).
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `points` - Polygon vertices.
        `color` - Polygon color.

    - #### fillPoly

          public static void fillPoly(Mat img,
                                      List<MatOfPoint> pts,
                                      Scalar color,
                                      int lineType,
                                      int shift,
                                      Point offset)

      Fills the area bounded by one or more polygons. The function cv::fillPoly fills an area bounded by several polygonal contours. The function can fill complex areas, for example, areas with holes, contours with self-intersections (some of their parts), and so forth.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pts` - Array of polygons where each polygon is represented as an array of points.
        `color` - Polygon color.
        `lineType` - Type of the polygon boundaries. See #LineTypes
        `shift` - Number of fractional bits in the vertex coordinates.
        `offset` - Optional offset of all points of the contours.

    - #### fillPoly

          public static void fillPoly(Mat img,
                                      List<MatOfPoint> pts,
                                      Scalar color,
                                      int lineType,
                                      int shift)

      Fills the area bounded by one or more polygons. The function cv::fillPoly fills an area bounded by several polygonal contours. The function can fill complex areas, for example, areas with holes, contours with self-intersections (some of their parts), and so forth.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pts` - Array of polygons where each polygon is represented as an array of points.
        `color` - Polygon color.
        `lineType` - Type of the polygon boundaries. See #LineTypes
        `shift` - Number of fractional bits in the vertex coordinates.

    - #### fillPoly

          public static void fillPoly(Mat img,
                                      List<MatOfPoint> pts,
                                      Scalar color,
                                      int lineType)

      Fills the area bounded by one or more polygons. The function cv::fillPoly fills an area bounded by several polygonal contours. The function can fill complex areas, for example, areas with holes, contours with self-intersections (some of their parts), and so forth.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pts` - Array of polygons where each polygon is represented as an array of points.
        `color` - Polygon color.
        `lineType` - Type of the polygon boundaries. See #LineTypes

    - #### fillPoly

          public static void fillPoly(Mat img,
                                      List<MatOfPoint> pts,
                                      Scalar color)

      Fills the area bounded by one or more polygons. The function cv::fillPoly fills an area bounded by several polygonal contours. The function can fill complex areas, for example, areas with holes, contours with self-intersections (some of their parts), and so forth.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pts` - Array of polygons where each polygon is represented as an array of points.
        `color` - Polygon color.

    - #### filter2D

          public static void filter2D(Mat src,
                                      Mat dst,
                                      int ddepth,
                                      Mat kernel,
                                      Point anchor,
                                      double delta,
                                      int borderType)

      Convolves an image with the kernel. The function applies an arbitrary linear filter to an image. In-place operation is supported. When the aperture is partially outside the image, the function interpolates outlier pixel values according to the specified border mode. The function does actually compute correlation, not the convolution: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \sum _{ \stackrel{0\leq x' < \texttt{kernel.cols},}{0\leq y' < \texttt{kernel.rows}} } \texttt{kernel} (x',y')* \texttt{src} (x+x'- \texttt{anchor.x} ,y+y'- \texttt{anchor.y} )\) That is, the kernel is not mirrored around the anchor point. If you need a real convolution, flip the kernel using #flip and set the new anchor to `(kernel.cols - anchor.x - 1, kernel.rows - anchor.y - 1)`. The function uses the DFT-based algorithm in case of sufficiently large kernels (~`11 x 11` or larger) and the direct algorithm for small kernels.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and the same number of channels as src.
        `ddepth` - desired depth of the destination image, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"
        `kernel` - convolution kernel (or rather a correlation kernel), a single-channel floating point matrix; if you want to apply different kernels to different channels, split the image into separate color planes using split and process them individually.
        `anchor` - anchor of the kernel that indicates the relative position of a filtered point within the kernel; the anchor should lie within the kernel; default value (-1,-1) means that the anchor is at the kernel center.
        `delta` - optional value added to the filtered pixels before storing them in dst.
        `borderType` - pixel extrapolation method, see #BorderTypes SEE: sepFilter2D, dft, matchTemplate

    - #### filter2D

          public static void filter2D(Mat src,
                                      Mat dst,
                                      int ddepth,
                                      Mat kernel,
                                      Point anchor,
                                      double delta)

      Convolves an image with the kernel. The function applies an arbitrary linear filter to an image. In-place operation is supported. When the aperture is partially outside the image, the function interpolates outlier pixel values according to the specified border mode. The function does actually compute correlation, not the convolution: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \sum _{ \stackrel{0\leq x' < \texttt{kernel.cols},}{0\leq y' < \texttt{kernel.rows}} } \texttt{kernel} (x',y')* \texttt{src} (x+x'- \texttt{anchor.x} ,y+y'- \texttt{anchor.y} )\) That is, the kernel is not mirrored around the anchor point. If you need a real convolution, flip the kernel using #flip and set the new anchor to `(kernel.cols - anchor.x - 1, kernel.rows - anchor.y - 1)`. The function uses the DFT-based algorithm in case of sufficiently large kernels (~`11 x 11` or larger) and the direct algorithm for small kernels.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and the same number of channels as src.
        `ddepth` - desired depth of the destination image, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"
        `kernel` - convolution kernel (or rather a correlation kernel), a single-channel floating point matrix; if you want to apply different kernels to different channels, split the image into separate color planes using split and process them individually.
        `anchor` - anchor of the kernel that indicates the relative position of a filtered point within the kernel; the anchor should lie within the kernel; default value (-1,-1) means that the anchor is at the kernel center.
        `delta` - optional value added to the filtered pixels before storing them in dst. SEE: sepFilter2D, dft, matchTemplate

    - #### filter2D

          public static void filter2D(Mat src,
                                      Mat dst,
                                      int ddepth,
                                      Mat kernel,
                                      Point anchor)

      Convolves an image with the kernel. The function applies an arbitrary linear filter to an image. In-place operation is supported. When the aperture is partially outside the image, the function interpolates outlier pixel values according to the specified border mode. The function does actually compute correlation, not the convolution: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \sum _{ \stackrel{0\leq x' < \texttt{kernel.cols},}{0\leq y' < \texttt{kernel.rows}} } \texttt{kernel} (x',y')* \texttt{src} (x+x'- \texttt{anchor.x} ,y+y'- \texttt{anchor.y} )\) That is, the kernel is not mirrored around the anchor point. If you need a real convolution, flip the kernel using #flip and set the new anchor to `(kernel.cols - anchor.x - 1, kernel.rows - anchor.y - 1)`. The function uses the DFT-based algorithm in case of sufficiently large kernels (~`11 x 11` or larger) and the direct algorithm for small kernels.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and the same number of channels as src.
        `ddepth` - desired depth of the destination image, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"
        `kernel` - convolution kernel (or rather a correlation kernel), a single-channel floating point matrix; if you want to apply different kernels to different channels, split the image into separate color planes using split and process them individually.
        `anchor` - anchor of the kernel that indicates the relative position of a filtered point within the kernel; the anchor should lie within the kernel; default value (-1,-1) means that the anchor is at the kernel center. SEE: sepFilter2D, dft, matchTemplate

    - #### filter2D

          public static void filter2D(Mat src,
                                      Mat dst,
                                      int ddepth,
                                      Mat kernel)

      Convolves an image with the kernel. The function applies an arbitrary linear filter to an image. In-place operation is supported. When the aperture is partially outside the image, the function interpolates outlier pixel values according to the specified border mode. The function does actually compute correlation, not the convolution: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \sum _{ \stackrel{0\leq x' < \texttt{kernel.cols},}{0\leq y' < \texttt{kernel.rows}} } \texttt{kernel} (x',y')* \texttt{src} (x+x'- \texttt{anchor.x} ,y+y'- \texttt{anchor.y} )\) That is, the kernel is not mirrored around the anchor point. If you need a real convolution, flip the kernel using #flip and set the new anchor to `(kernel.cols - anchor.x - 1, kernel.rows - anchor.y - 1)`. The function uses the DFT-based algorithm in case of sufficiently large kernels (~`11 x 11` or larger) and the direct algorithm for small kernels.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image of the same size and the same number of channels as src.
        `ddepth` - desired depth of the destination image, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"
        `kernel` - convolution kernel (or rather a correlation kernel), a single-channel floating point matrix; if you want to apply different kernels to different channels, split the image into separate color planes using split and process them individually. the kernel; the anchor should lie within the kernel; default value (-1,-1) means that the anchor is at the kernel center. SEE: sepFilter2D, dft, matchTemplate

    - #### findContours

          public static void findContours(Mat image,
                                          List<MatOfPoint> contours,
                                          Mat hierarchy,
                                          int mode,
                                          int method,
                                          Point offset)

      Finds contours in a binary image. The function retrieves contours from the binary image using the algorithm CITE: Suzuki85 . The contours are a useful tool for shape analysis and object detection and recognition. See squares.cpp in the OpenCV sample directory. Note: Since opencv 3.2 source image is not modified by this function.
      Parameters:
        `image` - Source, an 8-bit single-channel image. Non-zero pixels are treated as 1's. Zero pixels remain 0's, so the image is treated as binary . You can use #compare, #inRange, #threshold , #adaptiveThreshold, #Canny, and others to create a binary image out of a grayscale or color one. If mode equals to #RETR_CCOMP or #RETR_FLOODFILL, the input can also be a 32-bit integer image of labels (CV_32SC1).
        `contours` - Detected contours. Each contour is stored as a vector of points (e.g. std::vector<std::vector<cv::Point> >).
        `hierarchy` - Optional output vector (e.g. std::vector<cv::Vec4i>), containing information about the image topology. It has as many elements as the number of contours. For each i-th contour contours[i], the elements hierarchy[i][0] , hierarchy[i][1] , hierarchy[i][2] , and hierarchy[i][3] are set to 0-based indices in contours of the next and previous contours at the same hierarchical level, the first child contour and the parent contour, respectively. If for the contour i there are no next, previous, parent, or nested contours, the corresponding elements of hierarchy[i] will be negative.
        `mode` - Contour retrieval mode, see #RetrievalModes
        `method` - Contour approximation method, see #ContourApproximationModes
        `offset` - Optional offset by which every contour point is shifted. This is useful if the contours are extracted from the image ROI and then they should be analyzed in the whole image context.

    - #### findContours

          public static void findContours(Mat image,
                                          List<MatOfPoint> contours,
                                          Mat hierarchy,
                                          int mode,
                                          int method)

      Finds contours in a binary image. The function retrieves contours from the binary image using the algorithm CITE: Suzuki85 . The contours are a useful tool for shape analysis and object detection and recognition. See squares.cpp in the OpenCV sample directory. Note: Since opencv 3.2 source image is not modified by this function.
      Parameters:
        `image` - Source, an 8-bit single-channel image. Non-zero pixels are treated as 1's. Zero pixels remain 0's, so the image is treated as binary . You can use #compare, #inRange, #threshold , #adaptiveThreshold, #Canny, and others to create a binary image out of a grayscale or color one. If mode equals to #RETR_CCOMP or #RETR_FLOODFILL, the input can also be a 32-bit integer image of labels (CV_32SC1).
        `contours` - Detected contours. Each contour is stored as a vector of points (e.g. std::vector<std::vector<cv::Point> >).
        `hierarchy` - Optional output vector (e.g. std::vector<cv::Vec4i>), containing information about the image topology. It has as many elements as the number of contours. For each i-th contour contours[i], the elements hierarchy[i][0] , hierarchy[i][1] , hierarchy[i][2] , and hierarchy[i][3] are set to 0-based indices in contours of the next and previous contours at the same hierarchical level, the first child contour and the parent contour, respectively. If for the contour i there are no next, previous, parent, or nested contours, the corresponding elements of hierarchy[i] will be negative.
        `mode` - Contour retrieval mode, see #RetrievalModes
        `method` - Contour approximation method, see #ContourApproximationModes contours are extracted from the image ROI and then they should be analyzed in the whole image context.

    - #### fitLine

          public static void fitLine(Mat points,
                                     Mat line,
                                     int distType,
                                     double param,
                                     double reps,
                                     double aeps)

      Fits a line to a 2D or 3D point set. The function fitLine fits a line to a 2D or 3D point set by minimizing \(\sum_i \rho(r_i)\) where \(r_i\) is a distance between the \(i^{th}\) point, the line and \(\rho(r)\) is a distance function, one of the following:
      - DIST_L2 \(\rho (r) = r^2/2 \quad \text{(the simplest and the fastest least-squares method)}\)
      - DIST_L1 \(\rho (r) = r\)
      - DIST_L12 \(\rho (r) = 2 \cdot ( \sqrt{1 + \frac{r^2}{2}} - 1)\)
      - DIST_FAIR \(\rho \left (r \right ) = C^2 \cdot \left ( \frac{r}{C} - \log{\left(1 + \frac{r}{C}\right)} \right ) \quad \text{where} \quad C=1.3998\)
      - DIST_WELSCH \(\rho \left (r \right ) = \frac{C^2}{2} \cdot \left ( 1 - \exp{\left(-\left(\frac{r}{C}\right)^2\right)} \right ) \quad \text{where} \quad C=2.9846\)
      - DIST_HUBER \(\rho (r) = \fork{r^2/2}{if \(r < C\)}{C \cdot (r-C/2)}{otherwise} \quad \text{where} \quad C=1.345\)
      The algorithm is based on the M-estimator ( <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/M-estimator> ) technique that iteratively fits the line using the weighted least-squares algorithm. After each iteration the weights \(w_i\) are adjusted to be inversely proportional to \(\rho(r_i)\) .
      Parameters:
        `points` - Input vector of 2D or 3D points, stored in std::vector<> or Mat.
        `line` - Output line parameters. In case of 2D fitting, it should be a vector of 4 elements (like Vec4f) - (vx, vy, x0, y0), where (vx, vy) is a normalized vector collinear to the line and (x0, y0) is a point on the line. In case of 3D fitting, it should be a vector of 6 elements (like Vec6f) - (vx, vy, vz, x0, y0, z0), where (vx, vy, vz) is a normalized vector collinear to the line and (x0, y0, z0) is a point on the line.
        `distType` - Distance used by the M-estimator, see #DistanceTypes
        `param` - Numerical parameter ( C ) for some types of distances. If it is 0, an optimal value is chosen.
        `reps` - Sufficient accuracy for the radius (distance between the coordinate origin and the line).
        `aeps` - Sufficient accuracy for the angle. 0.01 would be a good default value for reps and aeps.

    - #### getDerivKernels

          public static void getDerivKernels(Mat kx,
                                             Mat ky,
                                             int dx,
                                             int dy,
                                             int ksize,
                                             boolean normalize,
                                             int ktype)

      Returns filter coefficients for computing spatial image derivatives. The function computes and returns the filter coefficients for spatial image derivatives. When `ksize=CV_SCHARR`, the Scharr \(3 \times 3\) kernels are generated (see #Scharr). Otherwise, Sobel kernels are generated (see #Sobel). The filters are normally passed to #sepFilter2D or to
      Parameters:
        `kx` - Output matrix of row filter coefficients. It has the type ktype .
        `ky` - Output matrix of column filter coefficients. It has the type ktype .
        `dx` - Derivative order in respect of x.
        `dy` - Derivative order in respect of y.
        `ksize` - Aperture size. It can be CV_SCHARR, 1, 3, 5, or 7.
        `normalize` - Flag indicating whether to normalize (scale down) the filter coefficients or not. Theoretically, the coefficients should have the denominator \(=2^{ksize*2-dx-dy-2}\). If you are going to filter floating-point images, you are likely to use the normalized kernels. But if you compute derivatives of an 8-bit image, store the results in a 16-bit image, and wish to preserve all the fractional bits, you may want to set normalize=false .
        `ktype` - Type of filter coefficients. It can be CV_32f or CV_64F .

    - #### getDerivKernels

          public static void getDerivKernels(Mat kx,
                                             Mat ky,
                                             int dx,
                                             int dy,
                                             int ksize,
                                             boolean normalize)

      Returns filter coefficients for computing spatial image derivatives. The function computes and returns the filter coefficients for spatial image derivatives. When `ksize=CV_SCHARR`, the Scharr \(3 \times 3\) kernels are generated (see #Scharr). Otherwise, Sobel kernels are generated (see #Sobel). The filters are normally passed to #sepFilter2D or to
      Parameters:
        `kx` - Output matrix of row filter coefficients. It has the type ktype .
        `ky` - Output matrix of column filter coefficients. It has the type ktype .
        `dx` - Derivative order in respect of x.
        `dy` - Derivative order in respect of y.
        `ksize` - Aperture size. It can be CV_SCHARR, 1, 3, 5, or 7.
        `normalize` - Flag indicating whether to normalize (scale down) the filter coefficients or not. Theoretically, the coefficients should have the denominator \(=2^{ksize*2-dx-dy-2}\). If you are going to filter floating-point images, you are likely to use the normalized kernels. But if you compute derivatives of an 8-bit image, store the results in a 16-bit image, and wish to preserve all the fractional bits, you may want to set normalize=false .

    - #### getDerivKernels

          public static void getDerivKernels(Mat kx,
                                             Mat ky,
                                             int dx,
                                             int dy,
                                             int ksize)

      Returns filter coefficients for computing spatial image derivatives. The function computes and returns the filter coefficients for spatial image derivatives. When `ksize=CV_SCHARR`, the Scharr \(3 \times 3\) kernels are generated (see #Scharr). Otherwise, Sobel kernels are generated (see #Sobel). The filters are normally passed to #sepFilter2D or to
      Parameters:
        `kx` - Output matrix of row filter coefficients. It has the type ktype .
        `ky` - Output matrix of column filter coefficients. It has the type ktype .
        `dx` - Derivative order in respect of x.
        `dy` - Derivative order in respect of y.
        `ksize` - Aperture size. It can be CV_SCHARR, 1, 3, 5, or 7. Theoretically, the coefficients should have the denominator \(=2^{ksize*2-dx-dy-2}\). If you are going to filter floating-point images, you are likely to use the normalized kernels. But if you compute derivatives of an 8-bit image, store the results in a 16-bit image, and wish to preserve all the fractional bits, you may want to set normalize=false .

    - #### getRectSubPix

          public static void getRectSubPix(Mat image,
                                           Size patchSize,
                                           Point center,
                                           Mat patch,
                                           int patchType)

      Retrieves a pixel rectangle from an image with sub-pixel accuracy. The function getRectSubPix extracts pixels from src: \(patch(x, y) = src(x + \texttt{center.x} - ( \texttt{dst.cols} -1)*0.5, y + \texttt{center.y} - ( \texttt{dst.rows} -1)*0.5)\) where the values of the pixels at non-integer coordinates are retrieved using bilinear interpolation. Every channel of multi-channel images is processed independently. Also the image should be a single channel or three channel image. While the center of the rectangle must be inside the image, parts of the rectangle may be outside.
      Parameters:
        `image` - Source image.
        `patchSize` - Size of the extracted patch.
        `center` - Floating point coordinates of the center of the extracted rectangle within the source image. The center must be inside the image.
        `patch` - Extracted patch that has the size patchSize and the same number of channels as src .
        `patchType` - Depth of the extracted pixels. By default, they have the same depth as src . SEE: warpAffine, warpPerspective

    - #### getRectSubPix

          public static void getRectSubPix(Mat image,
                                           Size patchSize,
                                           Point center,
                                           Mat patch)

      Retrieves a pixel rectangle from an image with sub-pixel accuracy. The function getRectSubPix extracts pixels from src: \(patch(x, y) = src(x + \texttt{center.x} - ( \texttt{dst.cols} -1)*0.5, y + \texttt{center.y} - ( \texttt{dst.rows} -1)*0.5)\) where the values of the pixels at non-integer coordinates are retrieved using bilinear interpolation. Every channel of multi-channel images is processed independently. Also the image should be a single channel or three channel image. While the center of the rectangle must be inside the image, parts of the rectangle may be outside.
      Parameters:
        `image` - Source image.
        `patchSize` - Size of the extracted patch.
        `center` - Floating point coordinates of the center of the extracted rectangle within the source image. The center must be inside the image.
        `patch` - Extracted patch that has the size patchSize and the same number of channels as src . SEE: warpAffine, warpPerspective

    - #### goodFeaturesToTrack

          public static void goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image,
                                                 MatOfPoint corners,
                                                 int maxCorners,
                                                 double qualityLevel,
                                                 double minDistance,
                                                 Mat mask,
                                                 int blockSize,
                                                 int gradientSize,
                                                 boolean useHarrisDetector,
                                                 double k)

    - #### goodFeaturesToTrack

          public static void goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image,
                                                 MatOfPoint corners,
                                                 int maxCorners,
                                                 double qualityLevel,
                                                 double minDistance,
                                                 Mat mask,
                                                 int blockSize,
                                                 int gradientSize,
                                                 boolean useHarrisDetector)

    - #### goodFeaturesToTrack

          public static void goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image,
                                                 MatOfPoint corners,
                                                 int maxCorners,
                                                 double qualityLevel,
                                                 double minDistance,
                                                 Mat mask,
                                                 int blockSize,
                                                 int gradientSize)

    - #### goodFeaturesToTrack

          public static void goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image,
                                                 MatOfPoint corners,
                                                 int maxCorners,
                                                 double qualityLevel,
                                                 double minDistance,
                                                 Mat mask,
                                                 int blockSize,
                                                 boolean useHarrisDetector,
                                                 double k)

      Determines strong corners on an image. The function finds the most prominent corners in the image or in the specified image region, as described in CITE: Shi94
      - Function calculates the corner quality measure at every source image pixel using the #cornerMinEigenVal or #cornerHarris .
      - Function performs a non-maximum suppression (the local maximums in *3 x 3* neighborhood are retained).
      - The corners with the minimal eigenvalue less than \(\texttt{qualityLevel} \cdot \max_{x,y} qualityMeasureMap(x,y)\) are rejected.
      - The remaining corners are sorted by the quality measure in the descending order.
      - Function throws away each corner for which there is a stronger corner at a distance less than maxDistance.
      The function can be used to initialize a point-based tracker of an object. Note: If the function is called with different values A and B of the parameter qualityLevel , and A > B, the vector of returned corners with qualityLevel=A will be the prefix of the output vector with qualityLevel=B .
      Parameters:
        `image` - Input 8-bit or floating-point 32-bit, single-channel image.
        `corners` - Output vector of detected corners.
        `maxCorners` - Maximum number of corners to return. If there are more corners than are found, the strongest of them is returned. `maxCorners &lt;= 0` implies that no limit on the maximum is set and all detected corners are returned.
        `qualityLevel` - Parameter characterizing the minimal accepted quality of image corners. The parameter value is multiplied by the best corner quality measure, which is the minimal eigenvalue (see #cornerMinEigenVal ) or the Harris function response (see #cornerHarris ). The corners with the quality measure less than the product are rejected. For example, if the best corner has the quality measure = 1500, and the qualityLevel=0.01 , then all the corners with the quality measure less than 15 are rejected.
        `minDistance` - Minimum possible Euclidean distance between the returned corners.
        `mask` - Optional region of interest. If the image is not empty (it needs to have the type CV_8UC1 and the same size as image ), it specifies the region in which the corners are detected.
        `blockSize` - Size of an average block for computing a derivative covariation matrix over each pixel neighborhood. See cornerEigenValsAndVecs .
        `useHarrisDetector` - Parameter indicating whether to use a Harris detector (see #cornerHarris) or #cornerMinEigenVal.
        `k` - Free parameter of the Harris detector. SEE: cornerMinEigenVal, cornerHarris, calcOpticalFlowPyrLK, estimateRigidTransform,

    - #### goodFeaturesToTrack

          public static void goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image,
                                                 MatOfPoint corners,
                                                 int maxCorners,
                                                 double qualityLevel,
                                                 double minDistance,
                                                 Mat mask,
                                                 int blockSize,
                                                 boolean useHarrisDetector)

      Determines strong corners on an image. The function finds the most prominent corners in the image or in the specified image region, as described in CITE: Shi94
      - Function calculates the corner quality measure at every source image pixel using the #cornerMinEigenVal or #cornerHarris .
      - Function performs a non-maximum suppression (the local maximums in *3 x 3* neighborhood are retained).
      - The corners with the minimal eigenvalue less than \(\texttt{qualityLevel} \cdot \max_{x,y} qualityMeasureMap(x,y)\) are rejected.
      - The remaining corners are sorted by the quality measure in the descending order.
      - Function throws away each corner for which there is a stronger corner at a distance less than maxDistance.
      The function can be used to initialize a point-based tracker of an object. Note: If the function is called with different values A and B of the parameter qualityLevel , and A > B, the vector of returned corners with qualityLevel=A will be the prefix of the output vector with qualityLevel=B .
      Parameters:
        `image` - Input 8-bit or floating-point 32-bit, single-channel image.
        `corners` - Output vector of detected corners.
        `maxCorners` - Maximum number of corners to return. If there are more corners than are found, the strongest of them is returned. `maxCorners &lt;= 0` implies that no limit on the maximum is set and all detected corners are returned.
        `qualityLevel` - Parameter characterizing the minimal accepted quality of image corners. The parameter value is multiplied by the best corner quality measure, which is the minimal eigenvalue (see #cornerMinEigenVal ) or the Harris function response (see #cornerHarris ). The corners with the quality measure less than the product are rejected. For example, if the best corner has the quality measure = 1500, and the qualityLevel=0.01 , then all the corners with the quality measure less than 15 are rejected.
        `minDistance` - Minimum possible Euclidean distance between the returned corners.
        `mask` - Optional region of interest. If the image is not empty (it needs to have the type CV_8UC1 and the same size as image ), it specifies the region in which the corners are detected.
        `blockSize` - Size of an average block for computing a derivative covariation matrix over each pixel neighborhood. See cornerEigenValsAndVecs .
        `useHarrisDetector` - Parameter indicating whether to use a Harris detector (see #cornerHarris) or #cornerMinEigenVal. SEE: cornerMinEigenVal, cornerHarris, calcOpticalFlowPyrLK, estimateRigidTransform,

    - #### goodFeaturesToTrack

          public static void goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image,
                                                 MatOfPoint corners,
                                                 int maxCorners,
                                                 double qualityLevel,
                                                 double minDistance,
                                                 Mat mask,
                                                 int blockSize)

      Determines strong corners on an image. The function finds the most prominent corners in the image or in the specified image region, as described in CITE: Shi94
      - Function calculates the corner quality measure at every source image pixel using the #cornerMinEigenVal or #cornerHarris .
      - Function performs a non-maximum suppression (the local maximums in *3 x 3* neighborhood are retained).
      - The corners with the minimal eigenvalue less than \(\texttt{qualityLevel} \cdot \max_{x,y} qualityMeasureMap(x,y)\) are rejected.
      - The remaining corners are sorted by the quality measure in the descending order.
      - Function throws away each corner for which there is a stronger corner at a distance less than maxDistance.
      The function can be used to initialize a point-based tracker of an object. Note: If the function is called with different values A and B of the parameter qualityLevel , and A > B, the vector of returned corners with qualityLevel=A will be the prefix of the output vector with qualityLevel=B .
      Parameters:
        `image` - Input 8-bit or floating-point 32-bit, single-channel image.
        `corners` - Output vector of detected corners.
        `maxCorners` - Maximum number of corners to return. If there are more corners than are found, the strongest of them is returned. `maxCorners &lt;= 0` implies that no limit on the maximum is set and all detected corners are returned.
        `qualityLevel` - Parameter characterizing the minimal accepted quality of image corners. The parameter value is multiplied by the best corner quality measure, which is the minimal eigenvalue (see #cornerMinEigenVal ) or the Harris function response (see #cornerHarris ). The corners with the quality measure less than the product are rejected. For example, if the best corner has the quality measure = 1500, and the qualityLevel=0.01 , then all the corners with the quality measure less than 15 are rejected.
        `minDistance` - Minimum possible Euclidean distance between the returned corners.
        `mask` - Optional region of interest. If the image is not empty (it needs to have the type CV_8UC1 and the same size as image ), it specifies the region in which the corners are detected.
        `blockSize` - Size of an average block for computing a derivative covariation matrix over each pixel neighborhood. See cornerEigenValsAndVecs . or #cornerMinEigenVal. SEE: cornerMinEigenVal, cornerHarris, calcOpticalFlowPyrLK, estimateRigidTransform,

    - #### goodFeaturesToTrack

          public static void goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image,
                                                 MatOfPoint corners,
                                                 int maxCorners,
                                                 double qualityLevel,
                                                 double minDistance,
                                                 Mat mask)

      Determines strong corners on an image. The function finds the most prominent corners in the image or in the specified image region, as described in CITE: Shi94
      - Function calculates the corner quality measure at every source image pixel using the #cornerMinEigenVal or #cornerHarris .
      - Function performs a non-maximum suppression (the local maximums in *3 x 3* neighborhood are retained).
      - The corners with the minimal eigenvalue less than \(\texttt{qualityLevel} \cdot \max_{x,y} qualityMeasureMap(x,y)\) are rejected.
      - The remaining corners are sorted by the quality measure in the descending order.
      - Function throws away each corner for which there is a stronger corner at a distance less than maxDistance.
      The function can be used to initialize a point-based tracker of an object. Note: If the function is called with different values A and B of the parameter qualityLevel , and A > B, the vector of returned corners with qualityLevel=A will be the prefix of the output vector with qualityLevel=B .
      Parameters:
        `image` - Input 8-bit or floating-point 32-bit, single-channel image.
        `corners` - Output vector of detected corners.
        `maxCorners` - Maximum number of corners to return. If there are more corners than are found, the strongest of them is returned. `maxCorners &lt;= 0` implies that no limit on the maximum is set and all detected corners are returned.
        `qualityLevel` - Parameter characterizing the minimal accepted quality of image corners. The parameter value is multiplied by the best corner quality measure, which is the minimal eigenvalue (see #cornerMinEigenVal ) or the Harris function response (see #cornerHarris ). The corners with the quality measure less than the product are rejected. For example, if the best corner has the quality measure = 1500, and the qualityLevel=0.01 , then all the corners with the quality measure less than 15 are rejected.
        `minDistance` - Minimum possible Euclidean distance between the returned corners.
        `mask` - Optional region of interest. If the image is not empty (it needs to have the type CV_8UC1 and the same size as image ), it specifies the region in which the corners are detected. pixel neighborhood. See cornerEigenValsAndVecs . or #cornerMinEigenVal. SEE: cornerMinEigenVal, cornerHarris, calcOpticalFlowPyrLK, estimateRigidTransform,

    - #### goodFeaturesToTrack

          public static void goodFeaturesToTrack(Mat image,
                                                 MatOfPoint corners,
                                                 int maxCorners,
                                                 double qualityLevel,
                                                 double minDistance)

      Determines strong corners on an image. The function finds the most prominent corners in the image or in the specified image region, as described in CITE: Shi94
      - Function calculates the corner quality measure at every source image pixel using the #cornerMinEigenVal or #cornerHarris .
      - Function performs a non-maximum suppression (the local maximums in *3 x 3* neighborhood are retained).
      - The corners with the minimal eigenvalue less than \(\texttt{qualityLevel} \cdot \max_{x,y} qualityMeasureMap(x,y)\) are rejected.
      - The remaining corners are sorted by the quality measure in the descending order.
      - Function throws away each corner for which there is a stronger corner at a distance less than maxDistance.
      The function can be used to initialize a point-based tracker of an object. Note: If the function is called with different values A and B of the parameter qualityLevel , and A > B, the vector of returned corners with qualityLevel=A will be the prefix of the output vector with qualityLevel=B .
      Parameters:
        `image` - Input 8-bit or floating-point 32-bit, single-channel image.
        `corners` - Output vector of detected corners.
        `maxCorners` - Maximum number of corners to return. If there are more corners than are found, the strongest of them is returned. `maxCorners &lt;= 0` implies that no limit on the maximum is set and all detected corners are returned.
        `qualityLevel` - Parameter characterizing the minimal accepted quality of image corners. The parameter value is multiplied by the best corner quality measure, which is the minimal eigenvalue (see #cornerMinEigenVal ) or the Harris function response (see #cornerHarris ). The corners with the quality measure less than the product are rejected. For example, if the best corner has the quality measure = 1500, and the qualityLevel=0.01 , then all the corners with the quality measure less than 15 are rejected.
        `minDistance` - Minimum possible Euclidean distance between the returned corners. CV_8UC1 and the same size as image ), it specifies the region in which the corners are detected. pixel neighborhood. See cornerEigenValsAndVecs . or #cornerMinEigenVal. SEE: cornerMinEigenVal, cornerHarris, calcOpticalFlowPyrLK, estimateRigidTransform,

    - #### grabCut

          public static void grabCut(Mat img,
                                     Mat mask,
                                     Rect rect,
                                     Mat bgdModel,
                                     Mat fgdModel,
                                     int iterCount,
                                     int mode)

      Runs the GrabCut algorithm. The function implements the [GrabCut image segmentation algorithm](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GrabCut).
      Parameters:
        `img` - Input 8-bit 3-channel image.
        `mask` - Input/output 8-bit single-channel mask. The mask is initialized by the function when mode is set to #GC_INIT_WITH_RECT. Its elements may have one of the #GrabCutClasses.
        `rect` - ROI containing a segmented object. The pixels outside of the ROI are marked as "obvious background". The parameter is only used when mode==#GC_INIT_WITH_RECT .
        `bgdModel` - Temporary array for the background model. Do not modify it while you are processing the same image.
        `fgdModel` - Temporary arrays for the foreground model. Do not modify it while you are processing the same image.
        `iterCount` - Number of iterations the algorithm should make before returning the result. Note that the result can be refined with further calls with mode==#GC_INIT_WITH_MASK or mode==GC_EVAL .
        `mode` - Operation mode that could be one of the #GrabCutModes

    - #### grabCut

          public static void grabCut(Mat img,
                                     Mat mask,
                                     Rect rect,
                                     Mat bgdModel,
                                     Mat fgdModel,
                                     int iterCount)

      Runs the GrabCut algorithm. The function implements the [GrabCut image segmentation algorithm](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GrabCut).
      Parameters:
        `img` - Input 8-bit 3-channel image.
        `mask` - Input/output 8-bit single-channel mask. The mask is initialized by the function when mode is set to #GC_INIT_WITH_RECT. Its elements may have one of the #GrabCutClasses.
        `rect` - ROI containing a segmented object. The pixels outside of the ROI are marked as "obvious background". The parameter is only used when mode==#GC_INIT_WITH_RECT .
        `bgdModel` - Temporary array for the background model. Do not modify it while you are processing the same image.
        `fgdModel` - Temporary arrays for the foreground model. Do not modify it while you are processing the same image.
        `iterCount` - Number of iterations the algorithm should make before returning the result. Note that the result can be refined with further calls with mode==#GC_INIT_WITH_MASK or mode==GC_EVAL .

    - #### initUndistortRectifyMap

          public static void initUndistortRectifyMap(Mat cameraMatrix,
                                                     Mat distCoeffs,
                                                     Mat R,
                                                     Mat newCameraMatrix,
                                                     Size size,
                                                     int m1type,
                                                     Mat map1,
                                                     Mat map2)

      Computes the undistortion and rectification transformation map. The function computes the joint undistortion and rectification transformation and represents the result in the form of maps for remap. The undistorted image looks like original, as if it is captured with a camera using the camera matrix =newCameraMatrix and zero distortion. In case of a monocular camera, newCameraMatrix is usually equal to cameraMatrix, or it can be computed by #getOptimalNewCameraMatrix for a better control over scaling. In case of a stereo camera, newCameraMatrix is normally set to P1 or P2 computed by #stereoRectify . Also, this new camera is oriented differently in the coordinate space, according to R. That, for example, helps to align two heads of a stereo camera so that the epipolar lines on both images become horizontal and have the same y- coordinate (in case of a horizontally aligned stereo camera). The function actually builds the maps for the inverse mapping algorithm that is used by remap. That is, for each pixel \((u, v)\) in the destination (corrected and rectified) image, the function computes the corresponding coordinates in the source image (that is, in the original image from camera). The following process is applied: \( \begin{array}{l} x \leftarrow (u - {c'}_x)/{f'}_x \\ y \leftarrow (v - {c'}_y)/{f'}_y \\ {[X\,Y\,W]} ^T \leftarrow R^{-1}*[x \, y \, 1]^T \\ x' \leftarrow X/W \\ y' \leftarrow Y/W \\ r^2 \leftarrow x'^2 + y'^2 \\ x'' \leftarrow x' \frac{1 + k_1 r^2 + k_2 r^4 + k_3 r^6}{1 + k_4 r^2 + k_5 r^4 + k_6 r^6} + 2p_1 x' y' + p_2(r^2 + 2 x'^2) + s_1 r^2 + s_2 r^4\\ y'' \leftarrow y' \frac{1 + k_1 r^2 + k_2 r^4 + k_3 r^6}{1 + k_4 r^2 + k_5 r^4 + k_6 r^6} + p_1 (r^2 + 2 y'^2) + 2 p_2 x' y' + s_3 r^2 + s_4 r^4 \\ s\vecthree{x'''}{y'''}{1} = \vecthreethree{R_{33}(\tau_x, \tau_y)}{0}{-R_{13}((\tau_x, \tau_y)} {0}{R_{33}(\tau_x, \tau_y)}{-R_{23}(\tau_x, \tau_y)} {0}{0}{1} R(\tau_x, \tau_y) \vecthree{x''}{y''}{1}\\ map_x(u,v) \leftarrow x''' f_x + c_x \\ map_y(u,v) \leftarrow y''' f_y + c_y \end{array} \) where \((k_1, k_2, p_1, p_2[, k_3[, k_4, k_5, k_6[, s_1, s_2, s_3, s_4[, \tau_x, \tau_y]]]])\) are the distortion coefficients. In case of a stereo camera, this function is called twice: once for each camera head, after stereoRectify, which in its turn is called after #stereoCalibrate. But if the stereo camera was not calibrated, it is still possible to compute the rectification transformations directly from the fundamental matrix using #stereoRectifyUncalibrated. For each camera, the function computes homography H as the rectification transformation in a pixel domain, not a rotation matrix R in 3D space. R can be computed from H as \(\texttt{R} = \texttt{cameraMatrix} ^{-1} \cdot \texttt{H} \cdot \texttt{cameraMatrix}\) where cameraMatrix can be chosen arbitrarily.
      Parameters:
        `cameraMatrix` - Input camera matrix \(A=\vecthreethree{f_x}{0}{c_x}{0}{f_y}{c_y}{0}{0}{1}\) .
        `distCoeffs` - Input vector of distortion coefficients \((k_1, k_2, p_1, p_2[, k_3[, k_4, k_5, k_6[, s_1, s_2, s_3, s_4[, \tau_x, \tau_y]]]])\) of 4, 5, 8, 12 or 14 elements. If the vector is NULL/empty, the zero distortion coefficients are assumed.
        `R` - Optional rectification transformation in the object space (3x3 matrix). R1 or R2 , computed by #stereoRectify can be passed here. If the matrix is empty, the identity transformation is assumed. In cvInitUndistortMap R assumed to be an identity matrix.
        `newCameraMatrix` - New camera matrix \(A'=\vecthreethree{f_x'}{0}{c_x'}{0}{f_y'}{c_y'}{0}{0}{1}\).
        `size` - Undistorted image size.
        `m1type` - Type of the first output map that can be CV_32FC1, CV_32FC2 or CV_16SC2, see #convertMaps
        `map1` - The first output map.
        `map2` - The second output map.

    - #### integral3

          public static void integral3(Mat src,
                                       Mat sum,
                                       Mat sqsum,
                                       Mat tilted,
                                       int sdepth,
                                       int sqdepth)

      Calculates the integral of an image. The function calculates one or more integral images for the source image as follows: \(\texttt{sum} (X,Y) = \sum _{x<X,y<Y} \texttt{image} (x,y)\) \(\texttt{sqsum} (X,Y) = \sum _{x<X,y<Y} \texttt{image} (x,y)^2\) \(\texttt{tilted} (X,Y) = \sum _{y<Y,abs(x-X+1) \leq Y-y-1} \texttt{image} (x,y)\) Using these integral images, you can calculate sum, mean, and standard deviation over a specific up-right or rotated rectangular region of the image in a constant time, for example: \(\sum _{x_1 \leq x < x_2, \, y_1 \leq y < y_2} \texttt{image} (x,y) = \texttt{sum} (x_2,y_2)- \texttt{sum} (x_1,y_2)- \texttt{sum} (x_2,y_1)+ \texttt{sum} (x_1,y_1)\) It makes possible to do a fast blurring or fast block correlation with a variable window size, for example. In case of multi-channel images, sums for each channel are accumulated independently. As a practical example, the next figure shows the calculation of the integral of a straight rectangle Rect(3,3,3,2) and of a tilted rectangle Rect(5,1,2,3) . The selected pixels in the original image are shown, as well as the relative pixels in the integral images sum and tilted . ![integral calculation example](pics/integral.png)
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image as \(W \times H\), 8-bit or floating-point (32f or 64f).
        `sum` - integral image as \((W+1)\times (H+1)\) , 32-bit integer or floating-point (32f or 64f).
        `sqsum` - integral image for squared pixel values; it is \((W+1)\times (H+1)\), double-precision floating-point (64f) array.
        `tilted` - integral for the image rotated by 45 degrees; it is \((W+1)\times (H+1)\) array with the same data type as sum.
        `sdepth` - desired depth of the integral and the tilted integral images, CV_32S, CV_32F, or CV_64F.
        `sqdepth` - desired depth of the integral image of squared pixel values, CV_32F or CV_64F.

    - #### integral3

          public static void integral3(Mat src,
                                       Mat sum,
                                       Mat sqsum,
                                       Mat tilted,
                                       int sdepth)

      Calculates the integral of an image. The function calculates one or more integral images for the source image as follows: \(\texttt{sum} (X,Y) = \sum _{x<X,y<Y} \texttt{image} (x,y)\) \(\texttt{sqsum} (X,Y) = \sum _{x<X,y<Y} \texttt{image} (x,y)^2\) \(\texttt{tilted} (X,Y) = \sum _{y<Y,abs(x-X+1) \leq Y-y-1} \texttt{image} (x,y)\) Using these integral images, you can calculate sum, mean, and standard deviation over a specific up-right or rotated rectangular region of the image in a constant time, for example: \(\sum _{x_1 \leq x < x_2, \, y_1 \leq y < y_2} \texttt{image} (x,y) = \texttt{sum} (x_2,y_2)- \texttt{sum} (x_1,y_2)- \texttt{sum} (x_2,y_1)+ \texttt{sum} (x_1,y_1)\) It makes possible to do a fast blurring or fast block correlation with a variable window size, for example. In case of multi-channel images, sums for each channel are accumulated independently. As a practical example, the next figure shows the calculation of the integral of a straight rectangle Rect(3,3,3,2) and of a tilted rectangle Rect(5,1,2,3) . The selected pixels in the original image are shown, as well as the relative pixels in the integral images sum and tilted . ![integral calculation example](pics/integral.png)
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image as \(W \times H\), 8-bit or floating-point (32f or 64f).
        `sum` - integral image as \((W+1)\times (H+1)\) , 32-bit integer or floating-point (32f or 64f).
        `sqsum` - integral image for squared pixel values; it is \((W+1)\times (H+1)\), double-precision floating-point (64f) array.
        `tilted` - integral for the image rotated by 45 degrees; it is \((W+1)\times (H+1)\) array with the same data type as sum.
        `sdepth` - desired depth of the integral and the tilted integral images, CV_32S, CV_32F, or CV_64F.

    - #### integral3

          public static void integral3(Mat src,
                                       Mat sum,
                                       Mat sqsum,
                                       Mat tilted)

      Calculates the integral of an image. The function calculates one or more integral images for the source image as follows: \(\texttt{sum} (X,Y) = \sum _{x<X,y<Y} \texttt{image} (x,y)\) \(\texttt{sqsum} (X,Y) = \sum _{x<X,y<Y} \texttt{image} (x,y)^2\) \(\texttt{tilted} (X,Y) = \sum _{y<Y,abs(x-X+1) \leq Y-y-1} \texttt{image} (x,y)\) Using these integral images, you can calculate sum, mean, and standard deviation over a specific up-right or rotated rectangular region of the image in a constant time, for example: \(\sum _{x_1 \leq x < x_2, \, y_1 \leq y < y_2} \texttt{image} (x,y) = \texttt{sum} (x_2,y_2)- \texttt{sum} (x_1,y_2)- \texttt{sum} (x_2,y_1)+ \texttt{sum} (x_1,y_1)\) It makes possible to do a fast blurring or fast block correlation with a variable window size, for example. In case of multi-channel images, sums for each channel are accumulated independently. As a practical example, the next figure shows the calculation of the integral of a straight rectangle Rect(3,3,3,2) and of a tilted rectangle Rect(5,1,2,3) . The selected pixels in the original image are shown, as well as the relative pixels in the integral images sum and tilted . ![integral calculation example](pics/integral.png)
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image as \(W \times H\), 8-bit or floating-point (32f or 64f).
        `sum` - integral image as \((W+1)\times (H+1)\) , 32-bit integer or floating-point (32f or 64f).
        `sqsum` - integral image for squared pixel values; it is \((W+1)\times (H+1)\), double-precision floating-point (64f) array.
        `tilted` - integral for the image rotated by 45 degrees; it is \((W+1)\times (H+1)\) array with the same data type as sum. CV_64F.

    - #### integral2

          public static void integral2(Mat src,
                                       Mat sum,
                                       Mat sqsum,
                                       int sdepth,
                                       int sqdepth)

    - #### integral2

          public static void integral2(Mat src,
                                       Mat sum,
                                       Mat sqsum,
                                       int sdepth)

    - #### integral2

          public static void integral2(Mat src,
                                       Mat sum,
                                       Mat sqsum)

    - #### integral

          public static void integral(Mat src,
                                      Mat sum,
                                      int sdepth)

    - #### integral

          public static void integral(Mat src,
                                      Mat sum)

    - #### invertAffineTransform

          public static void invertAffineTransform(Mat M,
                                                   Mat iM)

      Inverts an affine transformation. The function computes an inverse affine transformation represented by \(2 \times 3\) matrix M: \(\begin{bmatrix} a_{11} & a_{12} & b_1 \\ a_{21} & a_{22} & b_2 \end{bmatrix}\) The result is also a \(2 \times 3\) matrix of the same type as M.
      Parameters:
        `M` - Original affine transformation.
        `iM` - Output reverse affine transformation.

    - #### line

          public static void line(Mat img,
                                  Point pt1,
                                  Point pt2,
                                  Scalar color,
                                  int thickness,
                                  int lineType,
                                  int shift)

      Draws a line segment connecting two points. The function line draws the line segment between pt1 and pt2 points in the image. The line is clipped by the image boundaries. For non-antialiased lines with integer coordinates, the 8-connected or 4-connected Bresenham algorithm is used. Thick lines are drawn with rounding endings. Antialiased lines are drawn using Gaussian filtering.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pt1` - First point of the line segment.
        `pt2` - Second point of the line segment.
        `color` - Line color.
        `thickness` - Line thickness.
        `lineType` - Type of the line. See #LineTypes.
        `shift` - Number of fractional bits in the point coordinates.

    - #### line

          public static void line(Mat img,
                                  Point pt1,
                                  Point pt2,
                                  Scalar color,
                                  int thickness,
                                  int lineType)

      Draws a line segment connecting two points. The function line draws the line segment between pt1 and pt2 points in the image. The line is clipped by the image boundaries. For non-antialiased lines with integer coordinates, the 8-connected or 4-connected Bresenham algorithm is used. Thick lines are drawn with rounding endings. Antialiased lines are drawn using Gaussian filtering.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pt1` - First point of the line segment.
        `pt2` - Second point of the line segment.
        `color` - Line color.
        `thickness` - Line thickness.
        `lineType` - Type of the line. See #LineTypes.

    - #### line

          public static void line(Mat img,
                                  Point pt1,
                                  Point pt2,
                                  Scalar color,
                                  int thickness)

      Draws a line segment connecting two points. The function line draws the line segment between pt1 and pt2 points in the image. The line is clipped by the image boundaries. For non-antialiased lines with integer coordinates, the 8-connected or 4-connected Bresenham algorithm is used. Thick lines are drawn with rounding endings. Antialiased lines are drawn using Gaussian filtering.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pt1` - First point of the line segment.
        `pt2` - Second point of the line segment.
        `color` - Line color.
        `thickness` - Line thickness.

    - #### line

          public static void line(Mat img,
                                  Point pt1,
                                  Point pt2,
                                  Scalar color)

      Draws a line segment connecting two points. The function line draws the line segment between pt1 and pt2 points in the image. The line is clipped by the image boundaries. For non-antialiased lines with integer coordinates, the 8-connected or 4-connected Bresenham algorithm is used. Thick lines are drawn with rounding endings. Antialiased lines are drawn using Gaussian filtering.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pt1` - First point of the line segment.
        `pt2` - Second point of the line segment.
        `color` - Line color.

    - #### linearPolar

          @Deprecated
          public static void linearPolar(Mat src,
                                                     Mat dst,
                                                     Point center,
                                                     double maxRadius,
                                                     int flags)

      Deprecated. This function produces same result as cv::warpPolar(src, dst, src.size(), center, maxRadius, flags) Transform the source image using the following transformation (See REF: polar_remaps_reference_image "Polar remaps reference image c)"): \(\begin{array}{l} dst( \rho , \phi ) = src(x,y) \\ dst.size() \leftarrow src.size() \end{array}\) where \(\begin{array}{l} I = (dx,dy) = (x - center.x,y - center.y) \\ \rho = Kmag \cdot \texttt{magnitude} (I) ,\\ \phi = angle \cdot \texttt{angle} (I) \end{array}\) and \(\begin{array}{l} Kx = src.cols / maxRadius \\ Ky = src.rows / 2\Pi \end{array}\)
      Remaps an image to polar coordinates space.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image
        `dst` - Destination image. It will have same size and type as src.
        `center` - The transformation center;
        `maxRadius` - The radius of the bounding circle to transform. It determines the inverse magnitude scale parameter too.
        `flags` - A combination of interpolation methods, see #InterpolationFlags Note:
        - The function can not operate in-place.
        - To calculate magnitude and angle in degrees #cartToPolar is used internally thus angles are measured from 0 to 360 with accuracy about 0.3 degrees.
        SEE: cv::logPolar

    - #### logPolar

          @Deprecated
          public static void logPolar(Mat src,
                                                  Mat dst,
                                                  Point center,
                                                  double M,
                                                  int flags)

      Deprecated. This function produces same result as cv::warpPolar(src, dst, src.size(), center, maxRadius, flags+WARP_POLAR_LOG); Transform the source image using the following transformation (See REF: polar_remaps_reference_image "Polar remaps reference image d)"): \(\begin{array}{l} dst( \rho , \phi ) = src(x,y) \\ dst.size() \leftarrow src.size() \end{array}\) where \(\begin{array}{l} I = (dx,dy) = (x - center.x,y - center.y) \\ \rho = M \cdot log_e(\texttt{magnitude} (I)) ,\\ \phi = Kangle \cdot \texttt{angle} (I) \\ \end{array}\) and \(\begin{array}{l} M = src.cols / log_e(maxRadius) \\ Kangle = src.rows / 2\Pi \\ \end{array}\) The function emulates the human "foveal" vision and can be used for fast scale and rotation-invariant template matching, for object tracking and so forth.
      Remaps an image to semilog-polar coordinates space.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image
        `dst` - Destination image. It will have same size and type as src.
        `center` - The transformation center; where the output precision is maximal
        `M` - Magnitude scale parameter. It determines the radius of the bounding circle to transform too.
        `flags` - A combination of interpolation methods, see #InterpolationFlags Note:
        - The function can not operate in-place.
        - To calculate magnitude and angle in degrees #cartToPolar is used internally thus angles are measured from 0 to 360 with accuracy about 0.3 degrees.
        SEE: cv::linearPolar

    - #### matchTemplate

          public static void matchTemplate(Mat image,
                                           Mat templ,
                                           Mat result,
                                           int method,
                                           Mat mask)

      Compares a template against overlapped image regions. The function slides through image , compares the overlapped patches of size \(w \times h\) against templ using the specified method and stores the comparison results in result . Here are the formulae for the available comparison methods ( \(I\) denotes image, \(T\) template, \(R\) result ). The summation is done over template and/or the image patch: \(x' = 0...w-1, y' = 0...h-1\) After the function finishes the comparison, the best matches can be found as global minimums (when #TM_SQDIFF was used) or maximums (when #TM_CCORR or #TM_CCOEFF was used) using the #minMaxLoc function. In case of a color image, template summation in the numerator and each sum in the denominator is done over all of the channels and separate mean values are used for each channel. That is, the function can take a color template and a color image. The result will still be a single-channel image, which is easier to analyze.
      Parameters:
        `image` - Image where the search is running. It must be 8-bit or 32-bit floating-point.
        `templ` - Searched template. It must be not greater than the source image and have the same data type.
        `result` - Map of comparison results. It must be single-channel 32-bit floating-point. If image is \(W \times H\) and templ is \(w \times h\) , then result is \((W-w+1) \times (H-h+1)\) .
        `method` - Parameter specifying the comparison method, see #TemplateMatchModes
        `mask` - Mask of searched template. It must have the same datatype and size with templ. It is not set by default. Currently, only the #TM_SQDIFF and #TM_CCORR_NORMED methods are supported.

    - #### matchTemplate

          public static void matchTemplate(Mat image,
                                           Mat templ,
                                           Mat result,
                                           int method)

      Compares a template against overlapped image regions. The function slides through image , compares the overlapped patches of size \(w \times h\) against templ using the specified method and stores the comparison results in result . Here are the formulae for the available comparison methods ( \(I\) denotes image, \(T\) template, \(R\) result ). The summation is done over template and/or the image patch: \(x' = 0...w-1, y' = 0...h-1\) After the function finishes the comparison, the best matches can be found as global minimums (when #TM_SQDIFF was used) or maximums (when #TM_CCORR or #TM_CCOEFF was used) using the #minMaxLoc function. In case of a color image, template summation in the numerator and each sum in the denominator is done over all of the channels and separate mean values are used for each channel. That is, the function can take a color template and a color image. The result will still be a single-channel image, which is easier to analyze.
      Parameters:
        `image` - Image where the search is running. It must be 8-bit or 32-bit floating-point.
        `templ` - Searched template. It must be not greater than the source image and have the same data type.
        `result` - Map of comparison results. It must be single-channel 32-bit floating-point. If image is \(W \times H\) and templ is \(w \times h\) , then result is \((W-w+1) \times (H-h+1)\) .
        `method` - Parameter specifying the comparison method, see #TemplateMatchModes not set by default. Currently, only the #TM_SQDIFF and #TM_CCORR_NORMED methods are supported.

    - #### medianBlur

          public static void medianBlur(Mat src,
                                        Mat dst,
                                        int ksize)

      Blurs an image using the median filter. The function smoothes an image using the median filter with the \(\texttt{ksize} \times \texttt{ksize}\) aperture. Each channel of a multi-channel image is processed independently. In-place operation is supported. Note: The median filter uses #BORDER_REPLICATE internally to cope with border pixels, see #BorderTypes
      Parameters:
        `src` - input 1-, 3-, or 4-channel image; when ksize is 3 or 5, the image depth should be CV_8U, CV_16U, or CV_32F, for larger aperture sizes, it can only be CV_8U.
        `dst` - destination array of the same size and type as src.
        `ksize` - aperture linear size; it must be odd and greater than 1, for example: 3, 5, 7 ... SEE: bilateralFilter, blur, boxFilter, GaussianBlur

    - #### minEnclosingCircle

          public static void minEnclosingCircle(MatOfPoint2f points,
                                                Point center,
                                                float[] radius)

      Finds a circle of the minimum area enclosing a 2D point set. The function finds the minimal enclosing circle of a 2D point set using an iterative algorithm.
      Parameters:
        `points` - Input vector of 2D points, stored in std::vector<> or Mat
        `center` - Output center of the circle.
        `radius` - Output radius of the circle.

    - #### morphologyEx

          public static void morphologyEx(Mat src,
                                          Mat dst,
                                          int op,
                                          Mat kernel,
                                          Point anchor,
                                          int iterations,
                                          int borderType,
                                          Scalar borderValue)

      Performs advanced morphological transformations. The function cv::morphologyEx can perform advanced morphological transformations using an erosion and dilation as basic operations. Any of the operations can be done in-place. In case of multi-channel images, each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image. The number of channels can be arbitrary. The depth should be one of CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and type as source image.
        `op` - Type of a morphological operation, see #MorphTypes
        `kernel` - Structuring element. It can be created using #getStructuringElement.
        `anchor` - Anchor position with the kernel. Negative values mean that the anchor is at the kernel center.
        `iterations` - Number of times erosion and dilation are applied.
        `borderType` - Pixel extrapolation method, see #BorderTypes
        `borderValue` - Border value in case of a constant border. The default value has a special meaning. SEE: dilate, erode, getStructuringElement Note: The number of iterations is the number of times erosion or dilatation operation will be applied. For instance, an opening operation (#MORPH_OPEN) with two iterations is equivalent to apply successively: erode -> erode -> dilate -> dilate (and not erode -> dilate -> erode -> dilate).

    - #### morphologyEx

          public static void morphologyEx(Mat src,
                                          Mat dst,
                                          int op,
                                          Mat kernel,
                                          Point anchor,
                                          int iterations,
                                          int borderType)

      Performs advanced morphological transformations. The function cv::morphologyEx can perform advanced morphological transformations using an erosion and dilation as basic operations. Any of the operations can be done in-place. In case of multi-channel images, each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image. The number of channels can be arbitrary. The depth should be one of CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and type as source image.
        `op` - Type of a morphological operation, see #MorphTypes
        `kernel` - Structuring element. It can be created using #getStructuringElement.
        `anchor` - Anchor position with the kernel. Negative values mean that the anchor is at the kernel center.
        `iterations` - Number of times erosion and dilation are applied.
        `borderType` - Pixel extrapolation method, see #BorderTypes meaning. SEE: dilate, erode, getStructuringElement Note: The number of iterations is the number of times erosion or dilatation operation will be applied. For instance, an opening operation (#MORPH_OPEN) with two iterations is equivalent to apply successively: erode -> erode -> dilate -> dilate (and not erode -> dilate -> erode -> dilate).

    - #### morphologyEx

          public static void morphologyEx(Mat src,
                                          Mat dst,
                                          int op,
                                          Mat kernel,
                                          Point anchor,
                                          int iterations)

      Performs advanced morphological transformations. The function cv::morphologyEx can perform advanced morphological transformations using an erosion and dilation as basic operations. Any of the operations can be done in-place. In case of multi-channel images, each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image. The number of channels can be arbitrary. The depth should be one of CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and type as source image.
        `op` - Type of a morphological operation, see #MorphTypes
        `kernel` - Structuring element. It can be created using #getStructuringElement.
        `anchor` - Anchor position with the kernel. Negative values mean that the anchor is at the kernel center.
        `iterations` - Number of times erosion and dilation are applied. meaning. SEE: dilate, erode, getStructuringElement Note: The number of iterations is the number of times erosion or dilatation operation will be applied. For instance, an opening operation (#MORPH_OPEN) with two iterations is equivalent to apply successively: erode -> erode -> dilate -> dilate (and not erode -> dilate -> erode -> dilate).

    - #### morphologyEx

          public static void morphologyEx(Mat src,
                                          Mat dst,
                                          int op,
                                          Mat kernel,
                                          Point anchor)

      Performs advanced morphological transformations. The function cv::morphologyEx can perform advanced morphological transformations using an erosion and dilation as basic operations. Any of the operations can be done in-place. In case of multi-channel images, each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image. The number of channels can be arbitrary. The depth should be one of CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and type as source image.
        `op` - Type of a morphological operation, see #MorphTypes
        `kernel` - Structuring element. It can be created using #getStructuringElement.
        `anchor` - Anchor position with the kernel. Negative values mean that the anchor is at the kernel center. meaning. SEE: dilate, erode, getStructuringElement Note: The number of iterations is the number of times erosion or dilatation operation will be applied. For instance, an opening operation (#MORPH_OPEN) with two iterations is equivalent to apply successively: erode -> erode -> dilate -> dilate (and not erode -> dilate -> erode -> dilate).

    - #### morphologyEx

          public static void morphologyEx(Mat src,
                                          Mat dst,
                                          int op,
                                          Mat kernel)

      Performs advanced morphological transformations. The function cv::morphologyEx can perform advanced morphological transformations using an erosion and dilation as basic operations. Any of the operations can be done in-place. In case of multi-channel images, each channel is processed independently.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image. The number of channels can be arbitrary. The depth should be one of CV_8U, CV_16U, CV_16S, CV_32F or CV_64F.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and type as source image.
        `op` - Type of a morphological operation, see #MorphTypes
        `kernel` - Structuring element. It can be created using #getStructuringElement. kernel center. meaning. SEE: dilate, erode, getStructuringElement Note: The number of iterations is the number of times erosion or dilatation operation will be applied. For instance, an opening operation (#MORPH_OPEN) with two iterations is equivalent to apply successively: erode -> erode -> dilate -> dilate (and not erode -> dilate -> erode -> dilate).

    - #### polylines

          public static void polylines(Mat img,
                                       List<MatOfPoint> pts,
                                       boolean isClosed,
                                       Scalar color,
                                       int thickness,
                                       int lineType,
                                       int shift)

      Draws several polygonal curves.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pts` - Array of polygonal curves.
        `isClosed` - Flag indicating whether the drawn polylines are closed or not. If they are closed, the function draws a line from the last vertex of each curve to its first vertex.
        `color` - Polyline color.
        `thickness` - Thickness of the polyline edges.
        `lineType` - Type of the line segments. See #LineTypes
        `shift` - Number of fractional bits in the vertex coordinates. The function cv::polylines draws one or more polygonal curves.

    - #### polylines

          public static void polylines(Mat img,
                                       List<MatOfPoint> pts,
                                       boolean isClosed,
                                       Scalar color,
                                       int thickness,
                                       int lineType)

      Draws several polygonal curves.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pts` - Array of polygonal curves.
        `isClosed` - Flag indicating whether the drawn polylines are closed or not. If they are closed, the function draws a line from the last vertex of each curve to its first vertex.
        `color` - Polyline color.
        `thickness` - Thickness of the polyline edges.
        `lineType` - Type of the line segments. See #LineTypes The function cv::polylines draws one or more polygonal curves.

    - #### polylines

          public static void polylines(Mat img,
                                       List<MatOfPoint> pts,
                                       boolean isClosed,
                                       Scalar color,
                                       int thickness)

      Draws several polygonal curves.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pts` - Array of polygonal curves.
        `isClosed` - Flag indicating whether the drawn polylines are closed or not. If they are closed, the function draws a line from the last vertex of each curve to its first vertex.
        `color` - Polyline color.
        `thickness` - Thickness of the polyline edges. The function cv::polylines draws one or more polygonal curves.

    - #### polylines

          public static void polylines(Mat img,
                                       List<MatOfPoint> pts,
                                       boolean isClosed,
                                       Scalar color)

      Draws several polygonal curves.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pts` - Array of polygonal curves.
        `isClosed` - Flag indicating whether the drawn polylines are closed or not. If they are closed, the function draws a line from the last vertex of each curve to its first vertex.
        `color` - Polyline color. The function cv::polylines draws one or more polygonal curves.

    - #### preCornerDetect

          public static void preCornerDetect(Mat src,
                                             Mat dst,
                                             int ksize,
                                             int borderType)

      Calculates a feature map for corner detection. The function calculates the complex spatial derivative-based function of the source image \(\texttt{dst} = (D_x \texttt{src} )^2 \cdot D_{yy} \texttt{src} + (D_y \texttt{src} )^2 \cdot D_{xx} \texttt{src} - 2 D_x \texttt{src} \cdot D_y \texttt{src} \cdot D_{xy} \texttt{src}\) where \(D_x\),\(D_y\) are the first image derivatives, \(D_{xx}\),\(D_{yy}\) are the second image derivatives, and \(D_{xy}\) is the mixed derivative. The corners can be found as local maximums of the functions, as shown below: `Mat corners, dilated_corners; preCornerDetect(image, corners, 3); // dilation with 3x3 rectangular structuring element dilate(corners, dilated_corners, Mat(), 1); Mat corner_mask = corners == dilated_corners;`
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source single-channel 8-bit of floating-point image.
        `dst` - Output image that has the type CV_32F and the same size as src .
        `ksize` - %Aperture size of the Sobel .
        `borderType` - Pixel extrapolation method. See #BorderTypes.

    - #### preCornerDetect

          public static void preCornerDetect(Mat src,
                                             Mat dst,
                                             int ksize)

      Calculates a feature map for corner detection. The function calculates the complex spatial derivative-based function of the source image \(\texttt{dst} = (D_x \texttt{src} )^2 \cdot D_{yy} \texttt{src} + (D_y \texttt{src} )^2 \cdot D_{xx} \texttt{src} - 2 D_x \texttt{src} \cdot D_y \texttt{src} \cdot D_{xy} \texttt{src}\) where \(D_x\),\(D_y\) are the first image derivatives, \(D_{xx}\),\(D_{yy}\) are the second image derivatives, and \(D_{xy}\) is the mixed derivative. The corners can be found as local maximums of the functions, as shown below: `Mat corners, dilated_corners; preCornerDetect(image, corners, 3); // dilation with 3x3 rectangular structuring element dilate(corners, dilated_corners, Mat(), 1); Mat corner_mask = corners == dilated_corners;`
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source single-channel 8-bit of floating-point image.
        `dst` - Output image that has the type CV_32F and the same size as src .
        `ksize` - %Aperture size of the Sobel .

    - #### putText

          public static void putText(Mat img,
                                     String text,
                                     Point org,
                                     int fontFace,
                                     double fontScale,
                                     Scalar color,
                                     int thickness,
                                     int lineType,
                                     boolean bottomLeftOrigin)

      Draws a text string. The function cv::putText renders the specified text string in the image. Symbols that cannot be rendered using the specified font are replaced by question marks. See #getTextSize for a text rendering code example.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `text` - Text string to be drawn.
        `org` - Bottom-left corner of the text string in the image.
        `fontFace` - Font type, see #HersheyFonts.
        `fontScale` - Font scale factor that is multiplied by the font-specific base size.
        `color` - Text color.
        `thickness` - Thickness of the lines used to draw a text.
        `lineType` - Line type. See #LineTypes
        `bottomLeftOrigin` - When true, the image data origin is at the bottom-left corner. Otherwise, it is at the top-left corner.

    - #### putText

          public static void putText(Mat img,
                                     String text,
                                     Point org,
                                     int fontFace,
                                     double fontScale,
                                     Scalar color,
                                     int thickness,
                                     int lineType)

      Draws a text string. The function cv::putText renders the specified text string in the image. Symbols that cannot be rendered using the specified font are replaced by question marks. See #getTextSize for a text rendering code example.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `text` - Text string to be drawn.
        `org` - Bottom-left corner of the text string in the image.
        `fontFace` - Font type, see #HersheyFonts.
        `fontScale` - Font scale factor that is multiplied by the font-specific base size.
        `color` - Text color.
        `thickness` - Thickness of the lines used to draw a text.
        `lineType` - Line type. See #LineTypes it is at the top-left corner.

    - #### putText

          public static void putText(Mat img,
                                     String text,
                                     Point org,
                                     int fontFace,
                                     double fontScale,
                                     Scalar color,
                                     int thickness)

      Draws a text string. The function cv::putText renders the specified text string in the image. Symbols that cannot be rendered using the specified font are replaced by question marks. See #getTextSize for a text rendering code example.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `text` - Text string to be drawn.
        `org` - Bottom-left corner of the text string in the image.
        `fontFace` - Font type, see #HersheyFonts.
        `fontScale` - Font scale factor that is multiplied by the font-specific base size.
        `color` - Text color.
        `thickness` - Thickness of the lines used to draw a text. it is at the top-left corner.

    - #### putText

          public static void putText(Mat img,
                                     String text,
                                     Point org,
                                     int fontFace,
                                     double fontScale,
                                     Scalar color)

      Draws a text string. The function cv::putText renders the specified text string in the image. Symbols that cannot be rendered using the specified font are replaced by question marks. See #getTextSize for a text rendering code example.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `text` - Text string to be drawn.
        `org` - Bottom-left corner of the text string in the image.
        `fontFace` - Font type, see #HersheyFonts.
        `fontScale` - Font scale factor that is multiplied by the font-specific base size.
        `color` - Text color. it is at the top-left corner.

    - #### pyrDown

          public static void pyrDown(Mat src,
                                     Mat dst,
                                     Size dstsize,
                                     int borderType)

      Blurs an image and downsamples it. By default, size of the output image is computed as `Size((src.cols+1)/2, (src.rows+1)/2)`, but in any case, the following conditions should be satisfied: \(\begin{array}{l} | \texttt{dstsize.width} *2-src.cols| \leq 2 \\ | \texttt{dstsize.height} *2-src.rows| \leq 2 \end{array}\) The function performs the downsampling step of the Gaussian pyramid construction. First, it convolves the source image with the kernel: \(\frac{1}{256} \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 4 & 6 & 4 & 1 \\ 4 & 16 & 24 & 16 & 4 \\ 6 & 24 & 36 & 24 & 6 \\ 4 & 16 & 24 & 16 & 4 \\ 1 & 4 & 6 & 4 & 1 \end{bmatrix}\) Then, it downsamples the image by rejecting even rows and columns.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image; it has the specified size and the same type as src.
        `dstsize` - size of the output image.
        `borderType` - Pixel extrapolation method, see #BorderTypes (#BORDER_CONSTANT isn't supported)

    - #### pyrDown

          public static void pyrDown(Mat src,
                                     Mat dst,
                                     Size dstsize)

      Blurs an image and downsamples it. By default, size of the output image is computed as `Size((src.cols+1)/2, (src.rows+1)/2)`, but in any case, the following conditions should be satisfied: \(\begin{array}{l} | \texttt{dstsize.width} *2-src.cols| \leq 2 \\ | \texttt{dstsize.height} *2-src.rows| \leq 2 \end{array}\) The function performs the downsampling step of the Gaussian pyramid construction. First, it convolves the source image with the kernel: \(\frac{1}{256} \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 4 & 6 & 4 & 1 \\ 4 & 16 & 24 & 16 & 4 \\ 6 & 24 & 36 & 24 & 6 \\ 4 & 16 & 24 & 16 & 4 \\ 1 & 4 & 6 & 4 & 1 \end{bmatrix}\) Then, it downsamples the image by rejecting even rows and columns.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image; it has the specified size and the same type as src.
        `dstsize` - size of the output image.

    - #### pyrDown

          public static void pyrDown(Mat src,
                                     Mat dst)

      Blurs an image and downsamples it. By default, size of the output image is computed as `Size((src.cols+1)/2, (src.rows+1)/2)`, but in any case, the following conditions should be satisfied: \(\begin{array}{l} | \texttt{dstsize.width} *2-src.cols| \leq 2 \\ | \texttt{dstsize.height} *2-src.rows| \leq 2 \end{array}\) The function performs the downsampling step of the Gaussian pyramid construction. First, it convolves the source image with the kernel: \(\frac{1}{256} \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 4 & 6 & 4 & 1 \\ 4 & 16 & 24 & 16 & 4 \\ 6 & 24 & 36 & 24 & 6 \\ 4 & 16 & 24 & 16 & 4 \\ 1 & 4 & 6 & 4 & 1 \end{bmatrix}\) Then, it downsamples the image by rejecting even rows and columns.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image; it has the specified size and the same type as src.

    - #### pyrMeanShiftFiltering

          public static void pyrMeanShiftFiltering(Mat src,
                                                   Mat dst,
                                                   double sp,
                                                   double sr,
                                                   int maxLevel,
                                                   TermCriteria termcrit)

      Performs initial step of meanshift segmentation of an image. The function implements the filtering stage of meanshift segmentation, that is, the output of the function is the filtered "posterized" image with color gradients and fine-grain texture flattened. At every pixel (X,Y) of the input image (or down-sized input image, see below) the function executes meanshift iterations, that is, the pixel (X,Y) neighborhood in the joint space-color hyperspace is considered: \((x,y): X- \texttt{sp} \le x \le X+ \texttt{sp} , Y- \texttt{sp} \le y \le Y+ \texttt{sp} , ||(R,G,B)-(r,g,b)|| \le \texttt{sr}\) where (R,G,B) and (r,g,b) are the vectors of color components at (X,Y) and (x,y), respectively (though, the algorithm does not depend on the color space used, so any 3-component color space can be used instead). Over the neighborhood the average spatial value (X',Y') and average color vector (R',G',B') are found and they act as the neighborhood center on the next iteration: \((X,Y)~(X',Y'), (R,G,B)~(R',G',B').\) After the iterations over, the color components of the initial pixel (that is, the pixel from where the iterations started) are set to the final value (average color at the last iteration): \(I(X,Y) <- (R*,G*,B*)\) When maxLevel > 0, the gaussian pyramid of maxLevel+1 levels is built, and the above procedure is run on the smallest layer first. After that, the results are propagated to the larger layer and the iterations are run again only on those pixels where the layer colors differ by more than sr from the lower-resolution layer of the pyramid. That makes boundaries of color regions sharper. Note that the results will be actually different from the ones obtained by running the meanshift procedure on the whole original image (i.e. when maxLevel==0).
      Parameters:
        `src` - The source 8-bit, 3-channel image.
        `dst` - The destination image of the same format and the same size as the source.
        `sp` - The spatial window radius.
        `sr` - The color window radius.
        `maxLevel` - Maximum level of the pyramid for the segmentation.
        `termcrit` - Termination criteria: when to stop meanshift iterations.

    - #### pyrMeanShiftFiltering

          public static void pyrMeanShiftFiltering(Mat src,
                                                   Mat dst,
                                                   double sp,
                                                   double sr,
                                                   int maxLevel)

      Performs initial step of meanshift segmentation of an image. The function implements the filtering stage of meanshift segmentation, that is, the output of the function is the filtered "posterized" image with color gradients and fine-grain texture flattened. At every pixel (X,Y) of the input image (or down-sized input image, see below) the function executes meanshift iterations, that is, the pixel (X,Y) neighborhood in the joint space-color hyperspace is considered: \((x,y): X- \texttt{sp} \le x \le X+ \texttt{sp} , Y- \texttt{sp} \le y \le Y+ \texttt{sp} , ||(R,G,B)-(r,g,b)|| \le \texttt{sr}\) where (R,G,B) and (r,g,b) are the vectors of color components at (X,Y) and (x,y), respectively (though, the algorithm does not depend on the color space used, so any 3-component color space can be used instead). Over the neighborhood the average spatial value (X',Y') and average color vector (R',G',B') are found and they act as the neighborhood center on the next iteration: \((X,Y)~(X',Y'), (R,G,B)~(R',G',B').\) After the iterations over, the color components of the initial pixel (that is, the pixel from where the iterations started) are set to the final value (average color at the last iteration): \(I(X,Y) <- (R*,G*,B*)\) When maxLevel > 0, the gaussian pyramid of maxLevel+1 levels is built, and the above procedure is run on the smallest layer first. After that, the results are propagated to the larger layer and the iterations are run again only on those pixels where the layer colors differ by more than sr from the lower-resolution layer of the pyramid. That makes boundaries of color regions sharper. Note that the results will be actually different from the ones obtained by running the meanshift procedure on the whole original image (i.e. when maxLevel==0).
      Parameters:
        `src` - The source 8-bit, 3-channel image.
        `dst` - The destination image of the same format and the same size as the source.
        `sp` - The spatial window radius.
        `sr` - The color window radius.
        `maxLevel` - Maximum level of the pyramid for the segmentation.

    - #### pyrMeanShiftFiltering

          public static void pyrMeanShiftFiltering(Mat src,
                                                   Mat dst,
                                                   double sp,
                                                   double sr)

      Performs initial step of meanshift segmentation of an image. The function implements the filtering stage of meanshift segmentation, that is, the output of the function is the filtered "posterized" image with color gradients and fine-grain texture flattened. At every pixel (X,Y) of the input image (or down-sized input image, see below) the function executes meanshift iterations, that is, the pixel (X,Y) neighborhood in the joint space-color hyperspace is considered: \((x,y): X- \texttt{sp} \le x \le X+ \texttt{sp} , Y- \texttt{sp} \le y \le Y+ \texttt{sp} , ||(R,G,B)-(r,g,b)|| \le \texttt{sr}\) where (R,G,B) and (r,g,b) are the vectors of color components at (X,Y) and (x,y), respectively (though, the algorithm does not depend on the color space used, so any 3-component color space can be used instead). Over the neighborhood the average spatial value (X',Y') and average color vector (R',G',B') are found and they act as the neighborhood center on the next iteration: \((X,Y)~(X',Y'), (R,G,B)~(R',G',B').\) After the iterations over, the color components of the initial pixel (that is, the pixel from where the iterations started) are set to the final value (average color at the last iteration): \(I(X,Y) <- (R*,G*,B*)\) When maxLevel > 0, the gaussian pyramid of maxLevel+1 levels is built, and the above procedure is run on the smallest layer first. After that, the results are propagated to the larger layer and the iterations are run again only on those pixels where the layer colors differ by more than sr from the lower-resolution layer of the pyramid. That makes boundaries of color regions sharper. Note that the results will be actually different from the ones obtained by running the meanshift procedure on the whole original image (i.e. when maxLevel==0).
      Parameters:
        `src` - The source 8-bit, 3-channel image.
        `dst` - The destination image of the same format and the same size as the source.
        `sp` - The spatial window radius.
        `sr` - The color window radius.

    - #### pyrUp

          public static void pyrUp(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst,
                                   Size dstsize,
                                   int borderType)

      Upsamples an image and then blurs it. By default, size of the output image is computed as `Size(src.cols\*2, (src.rows\*2)`, but in any case, the following conditions should be satisfied: \(\begin{array}{l} | \texttt{dstsize.width} -src.cols*2| \leq ( \texttt{dstsize.width} \mod 2) \\ | \texttt{dstsize.height} -src.rows*2| \leq ( \texttt{dstsize.height} \mod 2) \end{array}\) The function performs the upsampling step of the Gaussian pyramid construction, though it can actually be used to construct the Laplacian pyramid. First, it upsamples the source image by injecting even zero rows and columns and then convolves the result with the same kernel as in pyrDown multiplied by 4.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image. It has the specified size and the same type as src .
        `dstsize` - size of the output image.
        `borderType` - Pixel extrapolation method, see #BorderTypes (only #BORDER_DEFAULT is supported)

    - #### pyrUp

          public static void pyrUp(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst,
                                   Size dstsize)

      Upsamples an image and then blurs it. By default, size of the output image is computed as `Size(src.cols\*2, (src.rows\*2)`, but in any case, the following conditions should be satisfied: \(\begin{array}{l} | \texttt{dstsize.width} -src.cols*2| \leq ( \texttt{dstsize.width} \mod 2) \\ | \texttt{dstsize.height} -src.rows*2| \leq ( \texttt{dstsize.height} \mod 2) \end{array}\) The function performs the upsampling step of the Gaussian pyramid construction, though it can actually be used to construct the Laplacian pyramid. First, it upsamples the source image by injecting even zero rows and columns and then convolves the result with the same kernel as in pyrDown multiplied by 4.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image. It has the specified size and the same type as src .
        `dstsize` - size of the output image.

    - #### pyrUp

          public static void pyrUp(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst)

      Upsamples an image and then blurs it. By default, size of the output image is computed as `Size(src.cols\*2, (src.rows\*2)`, but in any case, the following conditions should be satisfied: \(\begin{array}{l} | \texttt{dstsize.width} -src.cols*2| \leq ( \texttt{dstsize.width} \mod 2) \\ | \texttt{dstsize.height} -src.rows*2| \leq ( \texttt{dstsize.height} \mod 2) \end{array}\) The function performs the upsampling step of the Gaussian pyramid construction, though it can actually be used to construct the Laplacian pyramid. First, it upsamples the source image by injecting even zero rows and columns and then convolves the result with the same kernel as in pyrDown multiplied by 4.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image. It has the specified size and the same type as src .

    - #### rectangle

          public static void rectangle(Mat img,
                                       Point pt1,
                                       Point pt2,
                                       Scalar color,
                                       int thickness,
                                       int lineType,
                                       int shift)

      Draws a simple, thick, or filled up-right rectangle. The function cv::rectangle draws a rectangle outline or a filled rectangle whose two opposite corners are pt1 and pt2.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pt1` - Vertex of the rectangle.
        `pt2` - Vertex of the rectangle opposite to pt1 .
        `color` - Rectangle color or brightness (grayscale image).
        `thickness` - Thickness of lines that make up the rectangle. Negative values, like #FILLED, mean that the function has to draw a filled rectangle.
        `lineType` - Type of the line. See #LineTypes
        `shift` - Number of fractional bits in the point coordinates.

    - #### rectangle

          public static void rectangle(Mat img,
                                       Point pt1,
                                       Point pt2,
                                       Scalar color,
                                       int thickness,
                                       int lineType)

      Draws a simple, thick, or filled up-right rectangle. The function cv::rectangle draws a rectangle outline or a filled rectangle whose two opposite corners are pt1 and pt2.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pt1` - Vertex of the rectangle.
        `pt2` - Vertex of the rectangle opposite to pt1 .
        `color` - Rectangle color or brightness (grayscale image).
        `thickness` - Thickness of lines that make up the rectangle. Negative values, like #FILLED, mean that the function has to draw a filled rectangle.
        `lineType` - Type of the line. See #LineTypes

    - #### rectangle

          public static void rectangle(Mat img,
                                       Point pt1,
                                       Point pt2,
                                       Scalar color,
                                       int thickness)

      Draws a simple, thick, or filled up-right rectangle. The function cv::rectangle draws a rectangle outline or a filled rectangle whose two opposite corners are pt1 and pt2.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pt1` - Vertex of the rectangle.
        `pt2` - Vertex of the rectangle opposite to pt1 .
        `color` - Rectangle color or brightness (grayscale image).
        `thickness` - Thickness of lines that make up the rectangle. Negative values, like #FILLED, mean that the function has to draw a filled rectangle.

    - #### rectangle

          public static void rectangle(Mat img,
                                       Point pt1,
                                       Point pt2,
                                       Scalar color)

      Draws a simple, thick, or filled up-right rectangle. The function cv::rectangle draws a rectangle outline or a filled rectangle whose two opposite corners are pt1 and pt2.
      Parameters:
        `img` - Image.
        `pt1` - Vertex of the rectangle.
        `pt2` - Vertex of the rectangle opposite to pt1 .
        `color` - Rectangle color or brightness (grayscale image). mean that the function has to draw a filled rectangle.

    - #### remap

          public static void remap(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst,
                                   Mat map1,
                                   Mat map2,
                                   int interpolation,
                                   int borderMode,
                                   Scalar borderValue)

      Applies a generic geometrical transformation to an image. The function remap transforms the source image using the specified map: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \texttt{src} (map_x(x,y),map_y(x,y))\) where values of pixels with non-integer coordinates are computed using one of available interpolation methods. \(map_x\) and \(map_y\) can be encoded as separate floating-point maps in \(map_1\) and \(map_2\) respectively, or interleaved floating-point maps of \((x,y)\) in \(map_1\), or fixed-point maps created by using convertMaps. The reason you might want to convert from floating to fixed-point representations of a map is that they can yield much faster (\~2x) remapping operations. In the converted case, \(map_1\) contains pairs (cvFloor(x), cvFloor(y)) and \(map_2\) contains indices in a table of interpolation coefficients. This function cannot operate in-place.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image.
        `dst` - Destination image. It has the same size as map1 and the same type as src .
        `map1` - The first map of either (x,y) points or just x values having the type CV_16SC2 , CV_32FC1, or CV_32FC2. See convertMaps for details on converting a floating point representation to fixed-point for speed.
        `map2` - The second map of y values having the type CV_16UC1, CV_32FC1, or none (empty map if map1 is (x,y) points), respectively.
        `interpolation` - Interpolation method (see #InterpolationFlags). The method #INTER_AREA is not supported by this function.
        `borderMode` - Pixel extrapolation method (see #BorderTypes). When borderMode=#BORDER_TRANSPARENT, it means that the pixels in the destination image that corresponds to the "outliers" in the source image are not modified by the function.
        `borderValue` - Value used in case of a constant border. By default, it is 0. Note: Due to current implementation limitations the size of an input and output images should be less than 32767x32767.

    - #### remap

          public static void remap(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst,
                                   Mat map1,
                                   Mat map2,
                                   int interpolation,
                                   int borderMode)

      Applies a generic geometrical transformation to an image. The function remap transforms the source image using the specified map: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \texttt{src} (map_x(x,y),map_y(x,y))\) where values of pixels with non-integer coordinates are computed using one of available interpolation methods. \(map_x\) and \(map_y\) can be encoded as separate floating-point maps in \(map_1\) and \(map_2\) respectively, or interleaved floating-point maps of \((x,y)\) in \(map_1\), or fixed-point maps created by using convertMaps. The reason you might want to convert from floating to fixed-point representations of a map is that they can yield much faster (\~2x) remapping operations. In the converted case, \(map_1\) contains pairs (cvFloor(x), cvFloor(y)) and \(map_2\) contains indices in a table of interpolation coefficients. This function cannot operate in-place.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image.
        `dst` - Destination image. It has the same size as map1 and the same type as src .
        `map1` - The first map of either (x,y) points or just x values having the type CV_16SC2 , CV_32FC1, or CV_32FC2. See convertMaps for details on converting a floating point representation to fixed-point for speed.
        `map2` - The second map of y values having the type CV_16UC1, CV_32FC1, or none (empty map if map1 is (x,y) points), respectively.
        `interpolation` - Interpolation method (see #InterpolationFlags). The method #INTER_AREA is not supported by this function.
        `borderMode` - Pixel extrapolation method (see #BorderTypes). When borderMode=#BORDER_TRANSPARENT, it means that the pixels in the destination image that corresponds to the "outliers" in the source image are not modified by the function. Note: Due to current implementation limitations the size of an input and output images should be less than 32767x32767.

    - #### remap

          public static void remap(Mat src,
                                   Mat dst,
                                   Mat map1,
                                   Mat map2,
                                   int interpolation)

      Applies a generic geometrical transformation to an image. The function remap transforms the source image using the specified map: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \texttt{src} (map_x(x,y),map_y(x,y))\) where values of pixels with non-integer coordinates are computed using one of available interpolation methods. \(map_x\) and \(map_y\) can be encoded as separate floating-point maps in \(map_1\) and \(map_2\) respectively, or interleaved floating-point maps of \((x,y)\) in \(map_1\), or fixed-point maps created by using convertMaps. The reason you might want to convert from floating to fixed-point representations of a map is that they can yield much faster (\~2x) remapping operations. In the converted case, \(map_1\) contains pairs (cvFloor(x), cvFloor(y)) and \(map_2\) contains indices in a table of interpolation coefficients. This function cannot operate in-place.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image.
        `dst` - Destination image. It has the same size as map1 and the same type as src .
        `map1` - The first map of either (x,y) points or just x values having the type CV_16SC2 , CV_32FC1, or CV_32FC2. See convertMaps for details on converting a floating point representation to fixed-point for speed.
        `map2` - The second map of y values having the type CV_16UC1, CV_32FC1, or none (empty map if map1 is (x,y) points), respectively.
        `interpolation` - Interpolation method (see #InterpolationFlags). The method #INTER_AREA is not supported by this function. borderMode=#BORDER_TRANSPARENT, it means that the pixels in the destination image that corresponds to the "outliers" in the source image are not modified by the function. Note: Due to current implementation limitations the size of an input and output images should be less than 32767x32767.

    - #### resize

          public static void resize(Mat src,
                                    Mat dst,
                                    Size dsize,
                                    double fx,
                                    double fy,
                                    int interpolation)

      Resizes an image. The function resize resizes the image src down to or up to the specified size. Note that the initial dst type or size are not taken into account. Instead, the size and type are derived from the `src`,`dsize`,`fx`, and `fy`. If you want to resize src so that it fits the pre-created dst, you may call the function as follows: `// explicitly specify dsize=dst.size(); fx and fy will be computed from that. resize(src, dst, dst.size(), 0, 0, interpolation);` If you want to decimate the image by factor of 2 in each direction, you can call the function this way: `// specify fx and fy and let the function compute the destination image size. resize(src, dst, Size(), 0.5, 0.5, interpolation);` To shrink an image, it will generally look best with #INTER_AREA interpolation, whereas to enlarge an image, it will generally look best with c#INTER_CUBIC (slow) or #INTER_LINEAR (faster but still looks OK).
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image; it has the size dsize (when it is non-zero) or the size computed from src.size(), fx, and fy; the type of dst is the same as of src.
        `dsize` - output image size; if it equals zero, it is computed as: \(\texttt{dsize = Size(round(fx*src.cols), round(fy*src.rows))}\) Either dsize or both fx and fy must be non-zero.
        `fx` - scale factor along the horizontal axis; when it equals 0, it is computed as \(\texttt{(double)dsize.width/src.cols}\)
        `fy` - scale factor along the vertical axis; when it equals 0, it is computed as \(\texttt{(double)dsize.height/src.rows}\)
        `interpolation` - interpolation method, see #InterpolationFlags SEE: warpAffine, warpPerspective, remap

    - #### resize

          public static void resize(Mat src,
                                    Mat dst,
                                    Size dsize,
                                    double fx,
                                    double fy)

      Resizes an image. The function resize resizes the image src down to or up to the specified size. Note that the initial dst type or size are not taken into account. Instead, the size and type are derived from the `src`,`dsize`,`fx`, and `fy`. If you want to resize src so that it fits the pre-created dst, you may call the function as follows: `// explicitly specify dsize=dst.size(); fx and fy will be computed from that. resize(src, dst, dst.size(), 0, 0, interpolation);` If you want to decimate the image by factor of 2 in each direction, you can call the function this way: `// specify fx and fy and let the function compute the destination image size. resize(src, dst, Size(), 0.5, 0.5, interpolation);` To shrink an image, it will generally look best with #INTER_AREA interpolation, whereas to enlarge an image, it will generally look best with c#INTER_CUBIC (slow) or #INTER_LINEAR (faster but still looks OK).
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image; it has the size dsize (when it is non-zero) or the size computed from src.size(), fx, and fy; the type of dst is the same as of src.
        `dsize` - output image size; if it equals zero, it is computed as: \(\texttt{dsize = Size(round(fx*src.cols), round(fy*src.rows))}\) Either dsize or both fx and fy must be non-zero.
        `fx` - scale factor along the horizontal axis; when it equals 0, it is computed as \(\texttt{(double)dsize.width/src.cols}\)
        `fy` - scale factor along the vertical axis; when it equals 0, it is computed as \(\texttt{(double)dsize.height/src.rows}\) SEE: warpAffine, warpPerspective, remap

    - #### resize

          public static void resize(Mat src,
                                    Mat dst,
                                    Size dsize,
                                    double fx)

      Resizes an image. The function resize resizes the image src down to or up to the specified size. Note that the initial dst type or size are not taken into account. Instead, the size and type are derived from the `src`,`dsize`,`fx`, and `fy`. If you want to resize src so that it fits the pre-created dst, you may call the function as follows: `// explicitly specify dsize=dst.size(); fx and fy will be computed from that. resize(src, dst, dst.size(), 0, 0, interpolation);` If you want to decimate the image by factor of 2 in each direction, you can call the function this way: `// specify fx and fy and let the function compute the destination image size. resize(src, dst, Size(), 0.5, 0.5, interpolation);` To shrink an image, it will generally look best with #INTER_AREA interpolation, whereas to enlarge an image, it will generally look best with c#INTER_CUBIC (slow) or #INTER_LINEAR (faster but still looks OK).
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image; it has the size dsize (when it is non-zero) or the size computed from src.size(), fx, and fy; the type of dst is the same as of src.
        `dsize` - output image size; if it equals zero, it is computed as: \(\texttt{dsize = Size(round(fx*src.cols), round(fy*src.rows))}\) Either dsize or both fx and fy must be non-zero.
        `fx` - scale factor along the horizontal axis; when it equals 0, it is computed as \(\texttt{(double)dsize.width/src.cols}\) \(\texttt{(double)dsize.height/src.rows}\) SEE: warpAffine, warpPerspective, remap

    - #### resize

          public static void resize(Mat src,
                                    Mat dst,
                                    Size dsize)

      Resizes an image. The function resize resizes the image src down to or up to the specified size. Note that the initial dst type or size are not taken into account. Instead, the size and type are derived from the `src`,`dsize`,`fx`, and `fy`. If you want to resize src so that it fits the pre-created dst, you may call the function as follows: `// explicitly specify dsize=dst.size(); fx and fy will be computed from that. resize(src, dst, dst.size(), 0, 0, interpolation);` If you want to decimate the image by factor of 2 in each direction, you can call the function this way: `// specify fx and fy and let the function compute the destination image size. resize(src, dst, Size(), 0.5, 0.5, interpolation);` To shrink an image, it will generally look best with #INTER_AREA interpolation, whereas to enlarge an image, it will generally look best with c#INTER_CUBIC (slow) or #INTER_LINEAR (faster but still looks OK).
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image; it has the size dsize (when it is non-zero) or the size computed from src.size(), fx, and fy; the type of dst is the same as of src.
        `dsize` - output image size; if it equals zero, it is computed as: \(\texttt{dsize = Size(round(fx*src.cols), round(fy*src.rows))}\) Either dsize or both fx and fy must be non-zero. \(\texttt{(double)dsize.width/src.cols}\) \(\texttt{(double)dsize.height/src.rows}\) SEE: warpAffine, warpPerspective, remap

    - #### sepFilter2D

          public static void sepFilter2D(Mat src,
                                         Mat dst,
                                         int ddepth,
                                         Mat kernelX,
                                         Mat kernelY,
                                         Point anchor,
                                         double delta,
                                         int borderType)

      Applies a separable linear filter to an image. The function applies a separable linear filter to the image. That is, first, every row of src is filtered with the 1D kernel kernelX. Then, every column of the result is filtered with the 1D kernel kernelY. The final result shifted by delta is stored in dst .
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and the same number of channels as src .
        `ddepth` - Destination image depth, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"
        `kernelX` - Coefficients for filtering each row.
        `kernelY` - Coefficients for filtering each column.
        `anchor` - Anchor position within the kernel. The default value \((-1,-1)\) means that the anchor is at the kernel center.
        `delta` - Value added to the filtered results before storing them.
        `borderType` - Pixel extrapolation method, see #BorderTypes SEE: filter2D, Sobel, GaussianBlur, boxFilter, blur

    - #### sepFilter2D

          public static void sepFilter2D(Mat src,
                                         Mat dst,
                                         int ddepth,
                                         Mat kernelX,
                                         Mat kernelY,
                                         Point anchor,
                                         double delta)

      Applies a separable linear filter to an image. The function applies a separable linear filter to the image. That is, first, every row of src is filtered with the 1D kernel kernelX. Then, every column of the result is filtered with the 1D kernel kernelY. The final result shifted by delta is stored in dst .
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and the same number of channels as src .
        `ddepth` - Destination image depth, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"
        `kernelX` - Coefficients for filtering each row.
        `kernelY` - Coefficients for filtering each column.
        `anchor` - Anchor position within the kernel. The default value \((-1,-1)\) means that the anchor is at the kernel center.
        `delta` - Value added to the filtered results before storing them. SEE: filter2D, Sobel, GaussianBlur, boxFilter, blur

    - #### sepFilter2D

          public static void sepFilter2D(Mat src,
                                         Mat dst,
                                         int ddepth,
                                         Mat kernelX,
                                         Mat kernelY,
                                         Point anchor)

      Applies a separable linear filter to an image. The function applies a separable linear filter to the image. That is, first, every row of src is filtered with the 1D kernel kernelX. Then, every column of the result is filtered with the 1D kernel kernelY. The final result shifted by delta is stored in dst .
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and the same number of channels as src .
        `ddepth` - Destination image depth, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"
        `kernelX` - Coefficients for filtering each row.
        `kernelY` - Coefficients for filtering each column.
        `anchor` - Anchor position within the kernel. The default value \((-1,-1)\) means that the anchor is at the kernel center. SEE: filter2D, Sobel, GaussianBlur, boxFilter, blur

    - #### sepFilter2D

          public static void sepFilter2D(Mat src,
                                         Mat dst,
                                         int ddepth,
                                         Mat kernelX,
                                         Mat kernelY)

      Applies a separable linear filter to an image. The function applies a separable linear filter to the image. That is, first, every row of src is filtered with the 1D kernel kernelX. Then, every column of the result is filtered with the 1D kernel kernelY. The final result shifted by delta is stored in dst .
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image.
        `dst` - Destination image of the same size and the same number of channels as src .
        `ddepth` - Destination image depth, see REF: filter_depths "combinations"
        `kernelX` - Coefficients for filtering each row.
        `kernelY` - Coefficients for filtering each column. is at the kernel center. SEE: filter2D, Sobel, GaussianBlur, boxFilter, blur

    - #### spatialGradient

          public static void spatialGradient(Mat src,
                                             Mat dx,
                                             Mat dy,
                                             int ksize,
                                             int borderType)

      Calculates the first order image derivative in both x and y using a Sobel operator Equivalent to calling: `Sobel( src, dx, CV_16SC1, 1, 0, 3 ); Sobel( src, dy, CV_16SC1, 0, 1, 3 );`
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dx` - output image with first-order derivative in x.
        `dy` - output image with first-order derivative in y.
        `ksize` - size of Sobel kernel. It must be 3.
        `borderType` - pixel extrapolation method, see #BorderTypes SEE: Sobel

    - #### spatialGradient

          public static void spatialGradient(Mat src,
                                             Mat dx,
                                             Mat dy,
                                             int ksize)

      Calculates the first order image derivative in both x and y using a Sobel operator Equivalent to calling: `Sobel( src, dx, CV_16SC1, 1, 0, 3 ); Sobel( src, dy, CV_16SC1, 0, 1, 3 );`
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dx` - output image with first-order derivative in x.
        `dy` - output image with first-order derivative in y.
        `ksize` - size of Sobel kernel. It must be 3. SEE: Sobel

    - #### spatialGradient

          public static void spatialGradient(Mat src,
                                             Mat dx,
                                             Mat dy)

      Calculates the first order image derivative in both x and y using a Sobel operator Equivalent to calling: `Sobel( src, dx, CV_16SC1, 1, 0, 3 ); Sobel( src, dy, CV_16SC1, 0, 1, 3 );`
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dx` - output image with first-order derivative in x.
        `dy` - output image with first-order derivative in y. SEE: Sobel

    - #### sqrBoxFilter

          public static void sqrBoxFilter(Mat src,
                                          Mat dst,
                                          int ddepth,
                                          Size ksize,
                                          Point anchor,
                                          boolean normalize,
                                          int borderType)

      Calculates the normalized sum of squares of the pixel values overlapping the filter. For every pixel \( (x, y) \) in the source image, the function calculates the sum of squares of those neighboring pixel values which overlap the filter placed over the pixel \( (x, y) \). The unnormalized square box filter can be useful in computing local image statistics such as the the local variance and standard deviation around the neighborhood of a pixel.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as _src
        `ddepth` - the output image depth (-1 to use src.depth())
        `ksize` - kernel size
        `anchor` - kernel anchor point. The default value of Point(-1, -1) denotes that the anchor is at the kernel center.
        `normalize` - flag, specifying whether the kernel is to be normalized by it's area or not.
        `borderType` - border mode used to extrapolate pixels outside of the image, see #BorderTypes SEE: boxFilter

    - #### sqrBoxFilter

          public static void sqrBoxFilter(Mat src,
                                          Mat dst,
                                          int ddepth,
                                          Size ksize,
                                          Point anchor,
                                          boolean normalize)

      Calculates the normalized sum of squares of the pixel values overlapping the filter. For every pixel \( (x, y) \) in the source image, the function calculates the sum of squares of those neighboring pixel values which overlap the filter placed over the pixel \( (x, y) \). The unnormalized square box filter can be useful in computing local image statistics such as the the local variance and standard deviation around the neighborhood of a pixel.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as _src
        `ddepth` - the output image depth (-1 to use src.depth())
        `ksize` - kernel size
        `anchor` - kernel anchor point. The default value of Point(-1, -1) denotes that the anchor is at the kernel center.
        `normalize` - flag, specifying whether the kernel is to be normalized by it's area or not. SEE: boxFilter

    - #### sqrBoxFilter

          public static void sqrBoxFilter(Mat src,
                                          Mat dst,
                                          int ddepth,
                                          Size ksize,
                                          Point anchor)

      Calculates the normalized sum of squares of the pixel values overlapping the filter. For every pixel \( (x, y) \) in the source image, the function calculates the sum of squares of those neighboring pixel values which overlap the filter placed over the pixel \( (x, y) \). The unnormalized square box filter can be useful in computing local image statistics such as the the local variance and standard deviation around the neighborhood of a pixel.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as _src
        `ddepth` - the output image depth (-1 to use src.depth())
        `ksize` - kernel size
        `anchor` - kernel anchor point. The default value of Point(-1, -1) denotes that the anchor is at the kernel center. SEE: boxFilter

    - #### sqrBoxFilter

          public static void sqrBoxFilter(Mat src,
                                          Mat dst,
                                          int ddepth,
                                          Size ksize)

      Calculates the normalized sum of squares of the pixel values overlapping the filter. For every pixel \( (x, y) \) in the source image, the function calculates the sum of squares of those neighboring pixel values which overlap the filter placed over the pixel \( (x, y) \). The unnormalized square box filter can be useful in computing local image statistics such as the the local variance and standard deviation around the neighborhood of a pixel.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image
        `dst` - output image of the same size and type as _src
        `ddepth` - the output image depth (-1 to use src.depth())
        `ksize` - kernel size center. SEE: boxFilter

    - #### undistort

          public static void undistort(Mat src,
                                       Mat dst,
                                       Mat cameraMatrix,
                                       Mat distCoeffs,
                                       Mat newCameraMatrix)

      Transforms an image to compensate for lens distortion. The function transforms an image to compensate radial and tangential lens distortion. The function is simply a combination of #initUndistortRectifyMap (with unity R ) and #remap (with bilinear interpolation). See the former function for details of the transformation being performed. Those pixels in the destination image, for which there is no correspondent pixels in the source image, are filled with zeros (black color). A particular subset of the source image that will be visible in the corrected image can be regulated by newCameraMatrix. You can use #getOptimalNewCameraMatrix to compute the appropriate newCameraMatrix depending on your requirements. The camera matrix and the distortion parameters can be determined using #calibrateCamera. If the resolution of images is different from the resolution used at the calibration stage, \(f_x, f_y, c_x\) and \(c_y\) need to be scaled accordingly, while the distortion coefficients remain the same.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Input (distorted) image.
        `dst` - Output (corrected) image that has the same size and type as src .
        `cameraMatrix` - Input camera matrix \(A = \vecthreethree{f_x}{0}{c_x}{0}{f_y}{c_y}{0}{0}{1}\) .
        `distCoeffs` - Input vector of distortion coefficients \((k_1, k_2, p_1, p_2[, k_3[, k_4, k_5, k_6[, s_1, s_2, s_3, s_4[, \tau_x, \tau_y]]]])\) of 4, 5, 8, 12 or 14 elements. If the vector is NULL/empty, the zero distortion coefficients are assumed.
        `newCameraMatrix` - Camera matrix of the distorted image. By default, it is the same as cameraMatrix but you may additionally scale and shift the result by using a different matrix.

    - #### undistort

          public static void undistort(Mat src,
                                       Mat dst,
                                       Mat cameraMatrix,
                                       Mat distCoeffs)

      Transforms an image to compensate for lens distortion. The function transforms an image to compensate radial and tangential lens distortion. The function is simply a combination of #initUndistortRectifyMap (with unity R ) and #remap (with bilinear interpolation). See the former function for details of the transformation being performed. Those pixels in the destination image, for which there is no correspondent pixels in the source image, are filled with zeros (black color). A particular subset of the source image that will be visible in the corrected image can be regulated by newCameraMatrix. You can use #getOptimalNewCameraMatrix to compute the appropriate newCameraMatrix depending on your requirements. The camera matrix and the distortion parameters can be determined using #calibrateCamera. If the resolution of images is different from the resolution used at the calibration stage, \(f_x, f_y, c_x\) and \(c_y\) need to be scaled accordingly, while the distortion coefficients remain the same.
      Parameters:
        `src` - Input (distorted) image.
        `dst` - Output (corrected) image that has the same size and type as src .
        `cameraMatrix` - Input camera matrix \(A = \vecthreethree{f_x}{0}{c_x}{0}{f_y}{c_y}{0}{0}{1}\) .
        `distCoeffs` - Input vector of distortion coefficients \((k_1, k_2, p_1, p_2[, k_3[, k_4, k_5, k_6[, s_1, s_2, s_3, s_4[, \tau_x, \tau_y]]]])\) of 4, 5, 8, 12 or 14 elements. If the vector is NULL/empty, the zero distortion coefficients are assumed. cameraMatrix but you may additionally scale and shift the result by using a different matrix.

    - #### undistortPointsIter

          public static void undistortPointsIter(Mat src,
                                                 Mat dst,
                                                 Mat cameraMatrix,
                                                 Mat distCoeffs,
                                                 Mat R,
                                                 Mat P,
                                                 TermCriteria criteria)

      Note: Default version of #undistortPoints does 5 iterations to compute undistorted points.
      Parameters:
        `src` - automatically generated
        `dst` - automatically generated
        `cameraMatrix` - automatically generated
        `distCoeffs` - automatically generated
        `R` - automatically generated
        `P` - automatically generated
        `criteria` - automatically generated

    - #### undistortPoints

          public static void undistortPoints(Mat src,
                                             Mat dst,
                                             Mat cameraMatrix,
                                             Mat distCoeffs,
                                             Mat R,
                                             Mat P)

      Computes the ideal point coordinates from the observed point coordinates. The function is similar to #undistort and #initUndistortRectifyMap but it operates on a sparse set of points instead of a raster image. Also the function performs a reverse transformation to projectPoints. In case of a 3D object, it does not reconstruct its 3D coordinates, but for a planar object, it does, up to a translation vector, if the proper R is specified. For each observed point coordinate \((u, v)\) the function computes: \( \begin{array}{l} x^{"} \leftarrow (u - c_x)/f_x \\ y^{"} \leftarrow (v - c_y)/f_y \\ (x',y') = undistort(x^{"},y^{"}, \texttt{distCoeffs}) \\ {[X\,Y\,W]} ^T \leftarrow R*[x' \, y' \, 1]^T \\ x \leftarrow X/W \\ y \leftarrow Y/W \\ \text{only performed if P is specified:} \\ u' \leftarrow x {f'}_x + {c'}_x \\ v' \leftarrow y {f'}_y + {c'}_y \end{array} \) where *undistort* is an approximate iterative algorithm that estimates the normalized original point coordinates out of the normalized distorted point coordinates ("normalized" means that the coordinates do not depend on the camera matrix). The function can be used for both a stereo camera head or a monocular camera (when R is empty).
      Parameters:
        `src` - Observed point coordinates, 2xN/Nx2 1-channel or 1xN/Nx1 2-channel (CV_32FC2 or CV_64FC2) (or vector<Point2f> ).
        `dst` - Output ideal point coordinates (1xN/Nx1 2-channel or vector<Point2f> ) after undistortion and reverse perspective transformation. If matrix P is identity or omitted, dst will contain normalized point coordinates.
        `cameraMatrix` - Camera matrix \(\vecthreethree{f_x}{0}{c_x}{0}{f_y}{c_y}{0}{0}{1}\) .
        `distCoeffs` - Input vector of distortion coefficients \((k_1, k_2, p_1, p_2[, k_3[, k_4, k_5, k_6[, s_1, s_2, s_3, s_4[, \tau_x, \tau_y]]]])\) of 4, 5, 8, 12 or 14 elements. If the vector is NULL/empty, the zero distortion coefficients are assumed.
        `R` - Rectification transformation in the object space (3x3 matrix). R1 or R2 computed by #stereoRectify can be passed here. If the matrix is empty, the identity transformation is used.
        `P` - New camera matrix (3x3) or new projection matrix (3x4) \(\begin{bmatrix} {f'}_x & 0 & {c'}_x & t_x \\ 0 & {f'}_y & {c'}_y & t_y \\ 0 & 0 & 1 & t_z \end{bmatrix}\). P1 or P2 computed by #stereoRectify can be passed here. If the matrix is empty, the identity new camera matrix is used.

    - #### undistortPoints

          public static void undistortPoints(Mat src,
                                             Mat dst,
                                             Mat cameraMatrix,
                                             Mat distCoeffs,
                                             Mat R)

      Computes the ideal point coordinates from the observed point coordinates. The function is similar to #undistort and #initUndistortRectifyMap but it operates on a sparse set of points instead of a raster image. Also the function performs a reverse transformation to projectPoints. In case of a 3D object, it does not reconstruct its 3D coordinates, but for a planar object, it does, up to a translation vector, if the proper R is specified. For each observed point coordinate \((u, v)\) the function computes: \( \begin{array}{l} x^{"} \leftarrow (u - c_x)/f_x \\ y^{"} \leftarrow (v - c_y)/f_y \\ (x',y') = undistort(x^{"},y^{"}, \texttt{distCoeffs}) \\ {[X\,Y\,W]} ^T \leftarrow R*[x' \, y' \, 1]^T \\ x \leftarrow X/W \\ y \leftarrow Y/W \\ \text{only performed if P is specified:} \\ u' \leftarrow x {f'}_x + {c'}_x \\ v' \leftarrow y {f'}_y + {c'}_y \end{array} \) where *undistort* is an approximate iterative algorithm that estimates the normalized original point coordinates out of the normalized distorted point coordinates ("normalized" means that the coordinates do not depend on the camera matrix). The function can be used for both a stereo camera head or a monocular camera (when R is empty).
      Parameters:
        `src` - Observed point coordinates, 2xN/Nx2 1-channel or 1xN/Nx1 2-channel (CV_32FC2 or CV_64FC2) (or vector<Point2f> ).
        `dst` - Output ideal point coordinates (1xN/Nx1 2-channel or vector<Point2f> ) after undistortion and reverse perspective transformation. If matrix P is identity or omitted, dst will contain normalized point coordinates.
        `cameraMatrix` - Camera matrix \(\vecthreethree{f_x}{0}{c_x}{0}{f_y}{c_y}{0}{0}{1}\) .
        `distCoeffs` - Input vector of distortion coefficients \((k_1, k_2, p_1, p_2[, k_3[, k_4, k_5, k_6[, s_1, s_2, s_3, s_4[, \tau_x, \tau_y]]]])\) of 4, 5, 8, 12 or 14 elements. If the vector is NULL/empty, the zero distortion coefficients are assumed.
        `R` - Rectification transformation in the object space (3x3 matrix). R1 or R2 computed by #stereoRectify can be passed here. If the matrix is empty, the identity transformation is used. #stereoRectify can be passed here. If the matrix is empty, the identity new camera matrix is used.

    - #### undistortPoints

          public static void undistortPoints(Mat src,
                                             Mat dst,
                                             Mat cameraMatrix,
                                             Mat distCoeffs)

      Computes the ideal point coordinates from the observed point coordinates. The function is similar to #undistort and #initUndistortRectifyMap but it operates on a sparse set of points instead of a raster image. Also the function performs a reverse transformation to projectPoints. In case of a 3D object, it does not reconstruct its 3D coordinates, but for a planar object, it does, up to a translation vector, if the proper R is specified. For each observed point coordinate \((u, v)\) the function computes: \( \begin{array}{l} x^{"} \leftarrow (u - c_x)/f_x \\ y^{"} \leftarrow (v - c_y)/f_y \\ (x',y') = undistort(x^{"},y^{"}, \texttt{distCoeffs}) \\ {[X\,Y\,W]} ^T \leftarrow R*[x' \, y' \, 1]^T \\ x \leftarrow X/W \\ y \leftarrow Y/W \\ \text{only performed if P is specified:} \\ u' \leftarrow x {f'}_x + {c'}_x \\ v' \leftarrow y {f'}_y + {c'}_y \end{array} \) where *undistort* is an approximate iterative algorithm that estimates the normalized original point coordinates out of the normalized distorted point coordinates ("normalized" means that the coordinates do not depend on the camera matrix). The function can be used for both a stereo camera head or a monocular camera (when R is empty).
      Parameters:
        `src` - Observed point coordinates, 2xN/Nx2 1-channel or 1xN/Nx1 2-channel (CV_32FC2 or CV_64FC2) (or vector<Point2f> ).
        `dst` - Output ideal point coordinates (1xN/Nx1 2-channel or vector<Point2f> ) after undistortion and reverse perspective transformation. If matrix P is identity or omitted, dst will contain normalized point coordinates.
        `cameraMatrix` - Camera matrix \(\vecthreethree{f_x}{0}{c_x}{0}{f_y}{c_y}{0}{0}{1}\) .
        `distCoeffs` - Input vector of distortion coefficients \((k_1, k_2, p_1, p_2[, k_3[, k_4, k_5, k_6[, s_1, s_2, s_3, s_4[, \tau_x, \tau_y]]]])\) of 4, 5, 8, 12 or 14 elements. If the vector is NULL/empty, the zero distortion coefficients are assumed. #stereoRectify can be passed here. If the matrix is empty, the identity transformation is used. #stereoRectify can be passed here. If the matrix is empty, the identity new camera matrix is used.

    - #### warpAffine

          public static void warpAffine(Mat src,
                                        Mat dst,
                                        Mat M,
                                        Size dsize,
                                        int flags,
                                        int borderMode,
                                        Scalar borderValue)

      Applies an affine transformation to an image. The function warpAffine transforms the source image using the specified matrix: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \texttt{src} ( \texttt{M} _{11} x + \texttt{M} _{12} y + \texttt{M} _{13}, \texttt{M} _{21} x + \texttt{M} _{22} y + \texttt{M} _{23})\) when the flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP is set. Otherwise, the transformation is first inverted with #invertAffineTransform and then put in the formula above instead of M. The function cannot operate in-place.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image that has the size dsize and the same type as src .
        `M` - \(2\times 3\) transformation matrix.
        `dsize` - size of the output image.
        `flags` - combination of interpolation methods (see #InterpolationFlags) and the optional flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP that means that M is the inverse transformation ( \(\texttt{dst}\rightarrow\texttt{src}\) ).
        `borderMode` - pixel extrapolation method (see #BorderTypes); when borderMode=#BORDER_TRANSPARENT, it means that the pixels in the destination image corresponding to the "outliers" in the source image are not modified by the function.
        `borderValue` - value used in case of a constant border; by default, it is 0. SEE: warpPerspective, resize, remap, getRectSubPix, transform

    - #### warpAffine

          public static void warpAffine(Mat src,
                                        Mat dst,
                                        Mat M,
                                        Size dsize,
                                        int flags,
                                        int borderMode)

      Applies an affine transformation to an image. The function warpAffine transforms the source image using the specified matrix: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \texttt{src} ( \texttt{M} _{11} x + \texttt{M} _{12} y + \texttt{M} _{13}, \texttt{M} _{21} x + \texttt{M} _{22} y + \texttt{M} _{23})\) when the flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP is set. Otherwise, the transformation is first inverted with #invertAffineTransform and then put in the formula above instead of M. The function cannot operate in-place.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image that has the size dsize and the same type as src .
        `M` - \(2\times 3\) transformation matrix.
        `dsize` - size of the output image.
        `flags` - combination of interpolation methods (see #InterpolationFlags) and the optional flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP that means that M is the inverse transformation ( \(\texttt{dst}\rightarrow\texttt{src}\) ).
        `borderMode` - pixel extrapolation method (see #BorderTypes); when borderMode=#BORDER_TRANSPARENT, it means that the pixels in the destination image corresponding to the "outliers" in the source image are not modified by the function. SEE: warpPerspective, resize, remap, getRectSubPix, transform

    - #### warpAffine

          public static void warpAffine(Mat src,
                                        Mat dst,
                                        Mat M,
                                        Size dsize,
                                        int flags)

      Applies an affine transformation to an image. The function warpAffine transforms the source image using the specified matrix: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \texttt{src} ( \texttt{M} _{11} x + \texttt{M} _{12} y + \texttt{M} _{13}, \texttt{M} _{21} x + \texttt{M} _{22} y + \texttt{M} _{23})\) when the flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP is set. Otherwise, the transformation is first inverted with #invertAffineTransform and then put in the formula above instead of M. The function cannot operate in-place.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image that has the size dsize and the same type as src .
        `M` - \(2\times 3\) transformation matrix.
        `dsize` - size of the output image.
        `flags` - combination of interpolation methods (see #InterpolationFlags) and the optional flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP that means that M is the inverse transformation ( \(\texttt{dst}\rightarrow\texttt{src}\) ). borderMode=#BORDER_TRANSPARENT, it means that the pixels in the destination image corresponding to the "outliers" in the source image are not modified by the function. SEE: warpPerspective, resize, remap, getRectSubPix, transform

    - #### warpAffine

          public static void warpAffine(Mat src,
                                        Mat dst,
                                        Mat M,
                                        Size dsize)

      Applies an affine transformation to an image. The function warpAffine transforms the source image using the specified matrix: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \texttt{src} ( \texttt{M} _{11} x + \texttt{M} _{12} y + \texttt{M} _{13}, \texttt{M} _{21} x + \texttt{M} _{22} y + \texttt{M} _{23})\) when the flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP is set. Otherwise, the transformation is first inverted with #invertAffineTransform and then put in the formula above instead of M. The function cannot operate in-place.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image that has the size dsize and the same type as src .
        `M` - \(2\times 3\) transformation matrix.
        `dsize` - size of the output image. flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP that means that M is the inverse transformation ( \(\texttt{dst}\rightarrow\texttt{src}\) ). borderMode=#BORDER_TRANSPARENT, it means that the pixels in the destination image corresponding to the "outliers" in the source image are not modified by the function. SEE: warpPerspective, resize, remap, getRectSubPix, transform

    - #### warpPerspective

          public static void warpPerspective(Mat src,
                                             Mat dst,
                                             Mat M,
                                             Size dsize,
                                             int flags,
                                             int borderMode,
                                             Scalar borderValue)

      Applies a perspective transformation to an image. The function warpPerspective transforms the source image using the specified matrix: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \texttt{src} \left ( \frac{M_{11} x + M_{12} y + M_{13}}{M_{31} x + M_{32} y + M_{33}} , \frac{M_{21} x + M_{22} y + M_{23}}{M_{31} x + M_{32} y + M_{33}} \right )\) when the flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP is set. Otherwise, the transformation is first inverted with invert and then put in the formula above instead of M. The function cannot operate in-place.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image that has the size dsize and the same type as src .
        `M` - \(3\times 3\) transformation matrix.
        `dsize` - size of the output image.
        `flags` - combination of interpolation methods (#INTER_LINEAR or #INTER_NEAREST) and the optional flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP, that sets M as the inverse transformation ( \(\texttt{dst}\rightarrow\texttt{src}\) ).
        `borderMode` - pixel extrapolation method (#BORDER_CONSTANT or #BORDER_REPLICATE).
        `borderValue` - value used in case of a constant border; by default, it equals 0. SEE: warpAffine, resize, remap, getRectSubPix, perspectiveTransform

    - #### warpPerspective

          public static void warpPerspective(Mat src,
                                             Mat dst,
                                             Mat M,
                                             Size dsize,
                                             int flags,
                                             int borderMode)

      Applies a perspective transformation to an image. The function warpPerspective transforms the source image using the specified matrix: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \texttt{src} \left ( \frac{M_{11} x + M_{12} y + M_{13}}{M_{31} x + M_{32} y + M_{33}} , \frac{M_{21} x + M_{22} y + M_{23}}{M_{31} x + M_{32} y + M_{33}} \right )\) when the flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP is set. Otherwise, the transformation is first inverted with invert and then put in the formula above instead of M. The function cannot operate in-place.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image that has the size dsize and the same type as src .
        `M` - \(3\times 3\) transformation matrix.
        `dsize` - size of the output image.
        `flags` - combination of interpolation methods (#INTER_LINEAR or #INTER_NEAREST) and the optional flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP, that sets M as the inverse transformation ( \(\texttt{dst}\rightarrow\texttt{src}\) ).
        `borderMode` - pixel extrapolation method (#BORDER_CONSTANT or #BORDER_REPLICATE). SEE: warpAffine, resize, remap, getRectSubPix, perspectiveTransform

    - #### warpPerspective

          public static void warpPerspective(Mat src,
                                             Mat dst,
                                             Mat M,
                                             Size dsize,
                                             int flags)

      Applies a perspective transformation to an image. The function warpPerspective transforms the source image using the specified matrix: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \texttt{src} \left ( \frac{M_{11} x + M_{12} y + M_{13}}{M_{31} x + M_{32} y + M_{33}} , \frac{M_{21} x + M_{22} y + M_{23}}{M_{31} x + M_{32} y + M_{33}} \right )\) when the flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP is set. Otherwise, the transformation is first inverted with invert and then put in the formula above instead of M. The function cannot operate in-place.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image that has the size dsize and the same type as src .
        `M` - \(3\times 3\) transformation matrix.
        `dsize` - size of the output image.
        `flags` - combination of interpolation methods (#INTER_LINEAR or #INTER_NEAREST) and the optional flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP, that sets M as the inverse transformation ( \(\texttt{dst}\rightarrow\texttt{src}\) ). SEE: warpAffine, resize, remap, getRectSubPix, perspectiveTransform

    - #### warpPerspective

          public static void warpPerspective(Mat src,
                                             Mat dst,
                                             Mat M,
                                             Size dsize)

      Applies a perspective transformation to an image. The function warpPerspective transforms the source image using the specified matrix: \(\texttt{dst} (x,y) = \texttt{src} \left ( \frac{M_{11} x + M_{12} y + M_{13}}{M_{31} x + M_{32} y + M_{33}} , \frac{M_{21} x + M_{22} y + M_{23}}{M_{31} x + M_{32} y + M_{33}} \right )\) when the flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP is set. Otherwise, the transformation is first inverted with invert and then put in the formula above instead of M. The function cannot operate in-place.
      Parameters:
        `src` - input image.
        `dst` - output image that has the size dsize and the same type as src .
        `M` - \(3\times 3\) transformation matrix.
        `dsize` - size of the output image. optional flag #WARP_INVERSE_MAP, that sets M as the inverse transformation ( \(\texttt{dst}\rightarrow\texttt{src}\) ). SEE: warpAffine, resize, remap, getRectSubPix, perspectiveTransform

    - #### warpPolar

          public static void warpPolar(Mat src,
                                       Mat dst,
                                       Size dsize,
                                       Point center,
                                       double maxRadius,
                                       int flags)

      Remaps an image to polar or semilog-polar coordinates space polar_remaps_reference_image ![Polar remaps reference](pics/polar_remap_doc.png) Transform the source image using the following transformation: \( dst(\rho , \phi ) = src(x,y) \) where \( \begin{array}{l} \vec{I} = (x - center.x, \;y - center.y) \\ \phi = Kangle \cdot \texttt{angle} (\vec{I}) \\ \rho = \left\{\begin{matrix} Klin \cdot \texttt{magnitude} (\vec{I}) & default \\ Klog \cdot log_e(\texttt{magnitude} (\vec{I})) & if \; semilog \\ \end{matrix}\right. \end{array} \) and \( \begin{array}{l} Kangle = dsize.height / 2\Pi \\ Klin = dsize.width / maxRadius \\ Klog = dsize.width / log_e(maxRadius) \\ \end{array} \) \par Linear vs semilog mapping Polar mapping can be linear or semi-log. Add one of #WarpPolarMode to `flags` to specify the polar mapping mode. Linear is the default mode. The semilog mapping emulates the human "foveal" vision that permit very high acuity on the line of sight (central vision) in contrast to peripheral vision where acuity is minor. \par Option on `dsize`:
      - if both values in `dsize &lt;=0` (default), the destination image will have (almost) same area of source bounding circle: \(\begin{array}{l} dsize.area \leftarrow (maxRadius^2 \cdot \Pi) \\ dsize.width = \texttt{cvRound}(maxRadius) \\ dsize.height = \texttt{cvRound}(maxRadius \cdot \Pi) \\ \end{array}\)
      - if only `dsize.height &lt;= 0`, the destination image area will be proportional to the bounding circle area but scaled by `Kx * Kx`: \(\begin{array}{l} dsize.height = \texttt{cvRound}(dsize.width \cdot \Pi) \\ \end{array} \)
      - if both values in `dsize &gt; 0` , the destination image will have the given size therefore the area of the bounding circle will be scaled to `dsize`.
      \par Reverse mapping You can get reverse mapping adding #WARP_INVERSE_MAP to `flags` \snippet polar_transforms.cpp InverseMap In addiction, to calculate the original coordinate from a polar mapped coordinate \((rho, phi)->(x, y)\): \snippet polar_transforms.cpp InverseCoordinate
      Parameters:
        `src` - Source image.
        `dst` - Destination image. It will have same type as src.
        `dsize` - The destination image size (see description for valid options).
        `center` - The transformation center.
        `maxRadius` - The radius of the bounding circle to transform. It determines the inverse magnitude scale parameter too.
        `flags` - A combination of interpolation methods, #InterpolationFlags + #WarpPolarMode.
        - Add #WARP_POLAR_LINEAR to select linear polar mapping (default)
        - Add #WARP_POLAR_LOG to select semilog polar mapping
        - Add #WARP_INVERSE_MAP for reverse mapping.
        Note:
        - The function can not operate in-place.
        - To calculate magnitude and angle in degrees #cartToPolar is used internally thus angles are measured from 0 to 360 with accuracy about 0.3 degrees.
        - This function uses #remap. Due to current implementation limitations the size of an input and output images should be less than 32767x32767.
        SEE: cv::remap

    - #### watershed

          public static void watershed(Mat image,
                                       Mat markers)

      Performs a marker-based image segmentation using the watershed algorithm. The function implements one of the variants of watershed, non-parametric marker-based segmentation algorithm, described in CITE: Meyer92 . Before passing the image to the function, you have to roughly outline the desired regions in the image markers with positive (>0) indices. So, every region is represented as one or more connected components with the pixel values 1, 2, 3, and so on. Such markers can be retrieved from a binary mask using #findContours and #drawContours (see the watershed.cpp demo). The markers are "seeds" of the future image regions. All the other pixels in markers , whose relation to the outlined regions is not known and should be defined by the algorithm, should be set to 0's. In the function output, each pixel in markers is set to a value of the "seed" components or to -1 at boundaries between the regions. Note: Any two neighbor connected components are not necessarily separated by a watershed boundary (-1's pixels); for example, they can touch each other in the initial marker image passed to the function.
      Parameters:
        `image` - Input 8-bit 3-channel image.
        `markers` - Input/output 32-bit single-channel image (map) of markers. It should have the same size as image . SEE: findContours imgproc_misc

    - #### getTextSize

          public static Size getTextSize(String text,
                                         int fontFace,
                                         double fontScale,
                                         int thickness,
                                         int[] baseLine)

Generated on Thu Jul 25 2019 21:39:44 UTC / OpenCV 3.4.7